518 - HV - VFD - 00AMV13058 - 00 Rev - 04 - 03 - 7338540 - 01

Operating and Maintenance Manual
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD

Manual Part 00AMV13058.00
Rev 04.03
Valid for p/n 00F99F5650.00 / 5650.55 / 5650.55.SH / 5650.69
ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS
M-I SWACO, a Schlumberger Company

VIA Bellaria, 228
44033 Berra – Ferrara – ITALY
Tel: 0532/83.10.10
Fax: 0532/83.16.50
[email protected]
DISCLAIMER
Recommendations made by M-I SWACO are advisory only. M-I SWACO shall
not be liable under any guarantees or warranties, expressed or implied, in any
manner or form, AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, ARE
HEREBY SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED, and M-I SWACO shall not be liable
for the failure to obtain any particular results from the use of any recommendation
made by it or from the use of this material. In no event shall M-I SWACO be
liable for incidental or consequential damages.
© Copyright 2014 M-I SWACO
Publication Date: October 2018
All other products, brand, or trade names used in this publication are the trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective owners.
All rights reserved. This publication is the property of M-I SWACO and contains information
proprietary to M-I SWACO. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any
means, including electronic, mechanical, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of M-I
SWACO.
Information contained within this publication is subject to change without notice.

Section F
Supplier Logo
Equipment:
Document Title: Total No. of Pages

FOREWORD 2
1
F
Foreword
Congratulations for having chosen an M-I SWACO product.

Produced with the latest quality materials and the most advanced technology,
M-I SWACO machines have been designed to meet your requirements.
To get the best performance out of the machine we recommend reading this use and
maintenance manual carefully.
Notice on the Ownership of the Information
 The configuration of the set-ups and of the devices in this user's manual may be
different to those with which the machines in the specific installation are equipped,
realized in accordance with special requirements or safety standards.
 In pursuing a policy of constant development and product updating, the company
reserves the right to make any modifications necessary to improve the fundamental
characteristics of the machines; without being obliged to inform the client of this or being
obliged in any other way. If this has no effect on the aspects of safety, the company is not
obliged to include this information in this document enclosed with the machine.
 M-I SWACO also reserves the rights to the property of this printout and any
copying or reproduction or transferring to third parties is forbidden without prior
authorization to do so.
Method of Revision
New versions and/or revisions of the above-mentioned document are drawn up only at the
time when functional aspects of the machine are modified.
Certificate of warranty:
The complete warranty is included in the Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale –
Paragraph 7. Seller's warranty. No warranties other than those expressly indicated therein
shall apply.
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 2
Document Title: Foreword
Section F
Section 1-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 2
1
1
Validity
Rev. Written by Date Checked by Approved by
s/n from
01 E-Tech S.r.l. May 2013 A. Rosignoli L. Guandalini 13CF 054
02 E-Tech S.r.l. Jul 2013 A. Rosignoli L. Guandalini -
02.02 E-Tech S.r.l. Feb 2014 A. Rosignoli L. Guandalini -
02.03 E-Tech S.r.l. Jun 2014 L. Guandalini A. Spinello -
03.00 M-I SWACO Sep 2015 L. Guandalini A. Spinello 15CF0059
03.01 E-Tech S.r.l. Aug 2017 L. Guandalini A. Spinello -
03.02 E-Tech S.r.l. Nov 2017 B. Peverati L. Guandalini -
04.02 E-Tech S.r.l. June 2018 B. Peverati L. Guandalini 18CF0051
04.03 E-Tech S.r.l. Oct 2018 B. Peverati L. Guandalini -

Document Title: Operating and Maintenance Manual
Section 1-1
Section 1-2
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

USER MANUAL INDEX 4
1
1
User Manual Index
Section No. Description
Section F Foreword
Section 1 Introduction
1-1 Title Sheet
1-2 User Manual Index
1-3 Intended Usage
1-4 Symbols
1-5 Safety
1-6 PPE (Personnel Protective Equipment)
1-7 Abbreviations
Section 2 Main Data (Includes Data Sheets)
2-1 Main Equipment List
2-2 Instrument Index
2-3 Utility Schedule / Consumption Data
2-4 Data for Health, Environment and Safety
2-5 Weight Data Sheet
2-6 Nozzle Schedule
Section 3 Technical Description
3-1 Functional Description
Section 4 Preparation
4-1 Installation & Commissioning Procedure
4-2 Unpacking, Lifting and Handling
Section 5 Operating Instructions
5-1 Operating Instructions
5-2 Control Philosophy
Section 6 Maintenance Instructions
6-1 Corrective & Preventive Maintenance Instructions
6-2 Troubleshooting
6-3 Conveyor Wear Recording
6-5 Tools Kit
Section 7 Spare Parts List
7-1 Recommended Spare Parts List
Section 8 Main Drawings
8-1 General Arrangement Drawing
8-2 Detailed Drawings with Parts Lists
8-3 Wiring Diagram

Document Title: User Manual Index
Section 1-2
1
Section No. Description
Section 9 Manufacturing and Verifying Documents
9-1 Declaration of Conformity
Section 10 Vendor Manuals
10-1 Electric Motor (MARELLI)
10-2 Electric Motor (CEMP)
10-3 Electric Motor (ABB)
10-4 Electric Motor (EUROMOTORI)
Section 11 Material Safety Datasheets
11-1 Material Safety Datasheets

Section 1-2
1
This page intentionally left blank.

Section 1-2
Section 1-3
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

INTENDED USAGE 6
1
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 3
2. Using the Manual............................................................................................................. 3
3. Keeping the Manual ........................................................................................................ 4
4. Receivers of the Manual .................................................................................................. 4
4.1. Operators ............................................................................................................. 4
4.2. Mechanical installers / maintenance technicians ................................................ 4
4.3. Electrical installers / maintenance technicians .................................................... 4

Document Title: Intended Usage
Section 1-3
1
1. Introduction
This manual contains directions and information concerning the installation, start-up,
shutdown and service of the M-I SWACO CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD equipment.
Appropriate sections of this manual must be read and understood before attempting to install,
operate or service this unit. Failure to do so may cause injury to personnel, damage to the
equipment or reduced performance.
The primary goal of the M-I SWACO CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD equipment is to
process high volumes of drilling mud for higher solids removal efficiencies.
2. Using the Manual
This manual is an integral part of the Unit and provides all the information necessary for:
 The correct safety instructions for operations;
 The correct installation of the Unit;
 An in-depth description of the Unit operation and limits;
 The correct use in safe conditions;
 Performing maintenance tasks in a correct and safe manner;
The instructions, drawings and documentation in this manual are property of M-I
SWACO and cannot be reproduced or copied, neither as a whole nor partially.
The client is also responsible for making sure to have and use only the latest revised
version of this manual.
This manual, drawn up by the manufacturer, is considered as an integral part of the Unit.
Therefore it must be kept until the machine is decommissioned. In case of transfer of title,
this manual must be supplied to the new owner along with the Unit.
The purchaser is responsible for transposing and implementing any local and national
safety regulations.
Unit supervisors must carefully read the contents of this manual and all other manuals
enclosed with the machine and make sure that transporters, installers, users and service
technicians also read them in the parts of their competence.

Section 1-3
1
3. Keeping the Manual
The manual must be kept in a safe place within reach so that operators, installers or
service technicians can reference it at any time. The manual must be handled with care and
with clean hands, avoid leaving it on dirty surfaces.
It should also be kept away from sources of humidity and heat. Its parts must not be
removed, ripped off or arbitrarily modified. The manual is considered as an integral part of
the Unit. Therefore it must be kept until the machine is decommissioned.
4. Receivers of the Manual
4.1. Operators
People who are technically qualified and trained to correctly use the machine. Operators
are only authorized to use the controls and instruments on the system panels. They are
excluded from any intervention on electrical appliances. In particular, they are not allowed to:
 open the electrical cabinets and access to the appliances/devices installed in such
cabinets;
 remove the guards of live components installed on the machine, such as covers of
terminal boards, instruments, valves, connection joints, etc.
Electrical maintenance technicians are responsible for these tasks.
4.2. Mechanical installers / maintenance technicians

People with an electrical, mechanical and electronic technical qualification. They possess
a level of training on safety that authorizes them to carry out maintenance operations
competently in a way that does not create risks to people or property or the Unit itself.
4.3. Electrical installers / maintenance technicians

People who are technically qualified and suitably trained to service the electrical system.
They are also the responsible for the isolation system in place to access to live parts.
Electrical maintenance technicians are given the task of resetting the devices, guards and
of repairing the system within the limits described in the instructions of this manual.

Section 1-3
1
Typical jobs within the competence of electrical service technicians are:
 Re-setting circuit breakers;
 Maintaining/replacing any defective part.

Section 1-3
1

Section 1-3
Section 1-4
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

SYMBOLS 6
1
1
Safety Symbols and Warnings
Listed below are the safety symbols and warnings located on the M-I SWACO Centrifuge
518 HV VFD equipment with their meanings.
A Lifting point
B Shear hazard
C DO NOT operate with guards removed
DO NOT perform maintenance when

D
running
DO NOT start without removing bearing

E
protection blocks
F DO NOT operate with guards removed

Document Title: Symbols
Section 1-4
1
G Direction of rotation
C F
B E
C C
E
G
G B
A
G
User Manual Symbols
Different symbols and text styles have been used in this manual to draw the reader’s
attention to situations which can endanger the operators’ safety and/or the machine, and to
underline important instructions, warnings, safety precautions etc.
Machine operators and maintenance technicians must read and become familiar with
these symbols before continuing reading this manual and using and servicing the machine.
The symbols in this manual are used to make safety and technical instructions clearer and
immediate. Pay maximal attention to them and, if in doubt on their meaning, consult the
section below.
The symbols used in this manual can be placed either beside a text or at the beginning of
a section.

Section 1-4
1
The notices preceded by this symbol contain
information, instructions or procedures which, if not
properly complied with, may cause injury, death or
WARNING long-term health and environmental hazards.
information, instructions or procedures which, if not
properly complied with, may result in serious damage
to the machine or the product.

information on subjects of particular importance.
Failure to comply with this information makes the
INFORMATION guarantee void.
information or procedures recommended by M-I
SWACO to keep the machine running to maximum
efficiency.
Packing Symbols and Warnings
The symbols shown on the packing should be noted. Their significance is as follows:

Section 1-4
1
Machine Identification Data
The machine is identified by a fixed metal plate which contains the following data:
Do not tamper with, alter or remove the data plates.

The data plates must never be covered and must always
be well visible. Keep the data plate clean and remove
WARNING any grease or dirt.
Should the data plates be removed from the machine,

get damaged accidentally or become even partially
unreadable, inform the manufacturer immediately.
INFORMATION
The picture above is illustrative only. Please refer to the

real data plate and to the relevant sections of this
manual for further information.
INFORMATION

Section 1-4
1

Section 1-4
Section 1-5
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

SAFETY 4
1
1
1. General Safety
The M-I SWACO CENTRIFUGE 518 HV equipment is designed and manufactured to

work safely under the conditions described in this manual.
This equipment manufactured by M-I SWACO is installed and operated in a drilling rig
environment involving hazardous operations. Proper care is important for safe and reliable
equipment operation and safety of rig personnel. The operation and service procedures
described within this manual are recommended methods of performing proper operations and
safety methods. Consult Local or National codes for any other safety regulations required for
the type of environment.
The following general instructions should be closely respected to avoid injury to

personnel and/or damages to equipment:
 Before installation, maintenance and operation with this Unit, personnel must have read
this manual and understood the safety requirements.
 Do not energize the Unit till its complete installation, in all its mechanical and electrical
parts, has been done.
 Do not operate the Unit unless all covers and hatches are closed and clamping devices are
tightened.
 Switch off immediately the Unit if unusual noises or vibrations are detected.
 Check the good grounding power connection in conformity with Local Codes.
 Always cut off all utility power supply to the Unit when it is going to be inactivated for
any extended period of time.
 Equipment should be energized only after training all personnel on start-up and shut-
down procedures. Unauthorized personnel should not operate on the Unit.
 Any modification of the Unit carried out without prior written permission from the
manufacturer makes the warranty void and relieves M-I SWACO of any responsibility for
damage to people or property.
 The use of non-original spare parts or of parts not expressly indicated in this manual or in
the spare parts catalogue relieves M-I SWACO of any responsibility for damage to people
or property.

Document Title: Safety
Section 1-5
1
 Equipment and all machine parts of the complete Unit should be maintained in good
efficient working condition, in accordance with National and Local Codes.
 Involved staff should be trained on Unit operation and working procedures, in accordance
with National and Local Codes.
 Operators must never be distracted or disturbed during the operating cycle of the Unit.
 Always use specific spare parts and tools;
 Always follow all relevant Local and National Codes about work safety.
For specific safety information about use, handling and maintenance of the M-I SWACO
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD, refer to the relevant Sections of this manual; for specific
information about instruments and/or components, refer to their relevant manuals in Section
11 Vendor Manuals.
Before installing or performing maintenance on M-I

SWACO equipment, read the following procedure to
avoid injury to personnel or damage to the equipment.
WARNING
1. Lockout/Tag out power to the Unit before beginning the work.

2. Do not perform maintenance or repairs to equipment while the Unit is in
operation.
3. Wear PPE as per Section 1-6.
4. All personnel performing installation, operations and maintenance procedures
on this equipment should be trained on rig safety, operations and maintenance
of this equipment.
Refer to Section 2-4 for Health, Environment and Safety information.

Section 1-5
1

Section 1-5
Section 1-6
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

PPE (PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT) 2
1
1
All personnel working on or around M-I SWACO equipment must wear PPE (Personnel
Protective Equipment). Below is a list of personnel protective equipment to be worn unless
different PPE is specified by Local or National codes.
1. Approved Hard Hat

2. Approved Safety Glasses
3. Approved Gloves
4. Approved Outer garments
5. Approved Steel toe boots
6. Approved Ear Protection
Check with Local or National Codes for additional

requirements.
NOTE

Document Title: PPE (Personnel Protective Equipment)
Section 1-6
Section 1-7
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

ABBREVIATIONS 4
1
1
1. Abbreviations and Acronyms
The following is a list of common abbreviations and acronyms that can be used
throughout this document.
Abbreviation Meaning
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
ATEX European Directive on equipment for use in potentially
Explosive Atmospheres
C Centigrade
CCW Counter Clockwise
D.C Direct Current
ea Each
EEx European Approved Explosion Proof Equipment
EMC Electro Magnetic capability
EN European Nation
FH Fully Hydraulic
FNPT Female National Pipe Thread
ft Foot
GPM Gallons per minute
Hrs Hours
HSE Health Safety Environment
HV High volume
Hz Hertz
IEC International Electromechanical Commission
in Inch
IPxx Ingress protection (According to IEC 60529)
KPM Kilopond Meters
kW Kilo Watt
Kg Kilo gram
lb Pound weight
lg Length
lpm Liters per minute
mA Milli Amperes
mm Millimeter
mV Milli Volts
MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
MCCB Molded Case Circuit Breaker
MNPT Male National Pipe Thread
MS Mild Steel
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
N Newton
No. Number
Document Title: Abbreviations
Section 1-7
1
Abbreviation Meaning
NPT National Pipe Thread
OD Outer Diameter
pH Expresses Acidity or Basic nature of a Solution
psi Pounds per Square Inch
PED Pressure Equipment Directive
PID Piping & Instrumentation Diagram
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
RSPL Recommended Spare Parts list
SAE Society of Automotive Engineering
Sch Schedule Pipe
SWL Safe Working Load
V Volt
W Watt
2. Glossary
The following is a list of the technical terms which can be used throughout this manual
with a different meaning respect common use.
 DANGEROUS AREA  any zone within or around work equipment in which an
exposed worker is subject to a risk to their health or safety;
 EXPOSED PERSON  any person wholly or partially in a danger zone;
 MAN-MACHINERY INTERACTION  any situation during which an operator interacts
with machinery, during a single operation phase or the lifetime of the machine;
 NUMBER OF OPERATORS  the number of operators needed for performing the
operation described in the best way, as a result of the detailed assessment done by M-I
SWACO; therefore using fewer operators could make it impossible to obtain the
expected results, or put the involved personnel in danger;
 STATE OF THE MACHINERY  THE OPERATING MODE AND THE CONDITION OF THE
SAFETY DEVICES ON THE MACHINE;

Section 1-7
1
 RESIDUAL RISK  a hazard which has not been possible to eliminate or reduce
sufficiently in the design, against which the protection systems are not (or not wholly)
effective. The manual provides information on the existence of these hazards and the
instructions and steps to be taken to overcome them;
 SAFETY COMPONENTS  all those parts (e.g. hoisting equipment, fixed guards, mobile
guards, adjustable guards etc., electric, electronic, optical, pneumatic or hydraulic
devices that serve or interlock a guard, etc.) used to protect machine operators. Their
failure or malfunctioning can endanger the safety and health of exposed people.

Section 1-7
Section 2-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

MAIN EQUIPMENT LIST 4
1
2
Main Equipment List
Description Manufacturer Performance Dry Weight (kg) Dims. (mm) L x H x W Section
Skid Structure M-I SWACO - 462 3023 x 227 x 1778 3
Rotating Assembly M-I SWACO - 645 Ø420 x 2715 3
Gearbox M-I SWACO i = 57:1 72 Ø285 x 400 3
Torque Limiter
COELBO Mt = 74.4/89.3 N-m <1 106 x 106 x 82 3
FCL110RS

Document Title: Main Equipment List
Section 2-1
2
Motor Combinations
Manufacturer Description Performance Dry Weight (kg) Dims. (mm) L x H x W Section
Main Motor 37 kW
400/460 V 280 830 x 595 x 405
D5C 225 S4
50/60 Hz
MARELLI 11
11 kW
Secondary Motor 400/460 V 132 640 x 440 x 315
D5C 160 M4 50/60 Hz
Main Motor 37 kW
380/690 V 302 830 x 593 x 300
D5F 225 S4 B3
50/60 Hz
MARELLI 11
11 kW
Main Motor 123 648 x 446 x 405
380/690 V
D5F 180 M4 B3
50 Hz
37 kW
Main Motor 400/460 V 390 870 x 660 x 419
M3JP 225SMB 50/60 Hz
ABB 11
11 kW
M3JP 160MLC 50/60 Hz
37 kW
Main Motor 360 943 x 596 x 437
400/460 V
AB30 225 S4
CEMP 50/60 Hz 11
11 kW
AB30 160 MB 4 50/60 Hz

Section 2-1
2
Manufacturer Description Performance Dry Weight (Kg) Dimensions Section

37 kW
Main Motor 400/460 V 435 915 x 616 x 436
MAK 225S-4 50/60 Hz
EUROMOTORI 11
11 kW
MAK 160M-4 50/60 Hz
In terms of performances, these motors are identical. M-I SWACO reserves

the right to freely choose among them.
INFORMATION

Section 2-1
Section 2-2
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

INSTRUMENT INDEX 2
1
2
INSTRUMENT INDEX
Description Manufacturer Equipment Dry Wt. (kg)
Vessel cover
Position Micro Switch

COELBO Main drive belt guard <1
LS 5115
Back drive belt guard
Torque Limiter Switch FCL110RS COELBO Torque limiter <1
Vibration switch
BALMAC Centrifuge frame <3
E 550
Hour meter 7795 VEEDER-ROOT Control panel <1

Document Title: Instrument Index
Section 2-2
Section 2-3
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

UTILITIES SCHEDULE / CONSUMPTION DATA 2
1
2
UTILITY SCHEDULE / POWER CONSUMPTION
Description Voltage Frequency Power
460 V 60 Hz
Main Motors 37 kW
380/690 V 50 Hz
460 V 60 Hz
Secondary Motors 11 kW
380/690 V 50 Hz
In terms of performances, the four motors in each group are identical.
M-I SWACO reserves the right to freely choose among them.
INFORMATION

Document Title: Utilities Schedule / Consumption Data
Section 2-3
Section 2-4
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

DATA FOR HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY 2
1
2

General
The following documents contain the material safety datasheets for the compounds used
with the CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD.
Users are recommended to follow health, environment

and safety instructions from the respective drilling
fluids material safety data sheets.
NOTE
Prior to handling any fluid or compound used to maintain this Unit, look up the relevant
MSDS and review it carefully to indentify any specific hazards or precautions related to it
and take any necessary precautions to protect yourself.
Prior to discarding any fluid or compound used with this Unit, look up the relevant
MSDS and review it carefully to identify any specific hazards or precautions related to
disposal of it. Make sure to check for any disposal procedures that have been established for
the fluid or compound prior to discarding it.
Employment Type Manufacturer Model

Bearing lubrication Grease NILS DIMENSION
Gearbox lubrication Oil SHELL SPIRAX 80W90
Refer to Section 11 Vendor Manuals for further safety information related to vendor
equipments.

Document Title: Data for Health, Environment and Safety
Section 2-4
Section 2-5
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

WEIGHT DATA SHEET 4
1
2
WEIGHT DATA SHEET

Supplier : M-I SWACO
Equipment : CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD
Model : General Assembly
(One sheet to be completed for Weights and center of Gravity

Weights
each separately installed skid) (Mark as Appropriate)
Dry : 2400 Kg (5291 lb) Estimate at Bid N/A
Operating : N/A Confirmed at P.O. N/A
Test / Max. : N/A Weighted by Vendor N/A

Vendor’s Sketch
Notes:
(Showing Dimension & C.G)
i) Equipment orientation to be clearly
shown on sketch.
ii) C of G co-ordinates to be clearly
shown relative to dimensions L, W, H
Overall dimensions, mm (inches)
Dimension L 3023 (119)
Dimension H 887 (35)
Dimension W 1778 (70)
Center of Gravity, mm (inches)
Dimension Dry Operation
X 1341 (58) N/A
Y 438 (17) N/A
Z 929 (37) N/A
Compiled By E-Tech S.r.l.
Date 08/05/13

Document Title: Weight Data Sheet
Section 2-5
2
WEIGHT DATA SHEET

Model : Bowl

Weights
Dry : 569 Kg (1254 lb) Estimate at Bid N/A

Vendor’s Sketch
Notes:
shown on sketch.
X 1133 (45) N/A
Y 210 (8) N/A
Z 210 (8) N/A
Date 08/05/13

Section 2-5
2
WEIGHT DATA SHEET

Model : Vessel

Weights
Dry : 226 Kg (lb) Estimate at Bid N/A

Vendor’s Sketch
Notes:
shown on sketch.
X 1028 (40) N/A
Y 428 (17) N/A
Z 294 (11) N/A
Date 08/05/13

Section 2-5
Section 2-6
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

NOZZLE SCHEDULE 2
1
2
NOZZLE SCHEDULE
NO. SIZE CONNECTION DESCRIPTION

N1 2” NPT INLET
VICTAULIC LIQUID
N2 8”
COUPLING DISCHARGE
HOLED PATTERN SOLIDS
N3 530 x 350 mm
PER DESIGN DISCHARGE
N1
N3
N2

Document Title: Nozzle Schedule
Section 2-6
Section 3-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 18
1
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Overview ............................................................................................................................3
2. Working principle .............................................................................................................3
3. General Safety of the equipment .....................................................................................4
4. Main parts of the equipment ............................................................................................5
5. Specifications .....................................................................................................................6
6. Centrifuge Components....................................................................................................6
6.1. Frame Assembly......................................................................................................6
6.2. Main Drive Assembly .............................................................................................7
6.3. Back Drive Assembly..............................................................................................8
6.4. Rotating Assembly ..................................................................................................9
6.5. Conveyor ...............................................................................................................10
6.6. Planetary Gearbox .................................................................................................11
6.7. Vessel ....................................................................................................................12
6.8. Feed Tube ..............................................................................................................13
6.9. Feed Pump .............................................................................................................13
7. Environmental Operating Conditions ..........................................................................13
8. Envisaged Usage ..............................................................................................................14
9. Safety / Protection Components ....................................................................................14

9.1. Torque Limiter with G.S Coupling .......................................................................15
9.2. Position Switches ..................................................................................................16
9.3. Vibration Switch ...................................................................................................18

Document Title: Functional Description
Section 3-1
3
1. Overview
This manual contains directions and information concerning the installation, start-up,
shutdown and service of the CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD. The manual must be read and
understood before attempting to install, operate or service this unit. Errors in operations may
cause injury to personnel, damage to the equipment or reduced performance.
The M-I SWACO 518 HV VFD Centrifuge is known as a decanting-type separator.
2. Working principle
A decanter is a centrifugal separator having a horizontal axis of rotation. A process liquid

– or slurry – is supplied to the rotating part, called bowl, where solids are separated from the
liquids. The solids are forced to the inner wall of the bowl, while the liquids form a ring
inside the solids. A screw-type conveyor transports the solids toward the tapered end of the
bowl. The liquids flow in a spiral path, established by the conveyor flights, toward the
discharge ports located at the large end of the bowl.
The main difference of the M-I SWACO 518 HV VFD are the inverters in the electrical
panel that allow to change the speed of rotation of the bowl.
The inlet and outlet parts are as shown in drawing below.
MUD
INLET
SOLID
FLUID OUTLET
OUTLET

Section 3-1
3
3. General Safety of the equipment
The M-I SWACO CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD is engineered and manufactured to

perform safely under the conditions described in this manual. This large high-speed rotating
machine requires care and knowledge for maximum safety. Unsafe practices in maintenance
and operation will cause conditions which are hazardous to both personnel and property. The
following general precautions should be strictly followed to avoid damage to property and/or
injury or death to personnel.
 Do not allow personnel to maintain, install or operate the Centrifuge until they
have read this manual and understand safety requirements.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge until it is properly mounted.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge if the machine is not completely and correctly
assembled.
 Always cut off all utility power supply to the Unit when it is going to be
inactivated for any extended period of time.
 Make sure wiring is connected according to wiring plate on motors.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge unless the cover is closed and clamps and clamping
devices are tightened.
 Do not use inlet connections as supports for feed hoses.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge if unusual noises or vibrations are detected.
 Do not attempt to repair the Centrifuge until the switch box is locked in OFF
position or has had the breakers locked open.
 Do not attempt to assemble or dissemble the Centrifuge if the bowl is rotating.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge until start-up and shut down procedures are
understood.
 Do not switch off the main breaker during the Centrifuge shut-down.
Section 3-1
3
4. Main parts of the equipment
The machine consists of the following units:
1
5
3 2
1
Position Description
1 Frame with Guards
2 Main Drive
3 Back Drive
4 Vessel
5 Rotating
Some components have been hidden for clarity.
NOTE

Section 3-1
3
5. Specifications
Description Value
Main motor – Mud side kW 37
Secondary motor – Water side kW 11
Gearbox 9610130
Gearbox transmission ratio - 57:1
Main motor pulley primitive diameter mm 260
Bowl pulley primitive diameter mm 147
Main drive transmission ratio - 0.57
Back drive motor pulley primitive diameter mm 270
Gearbox pulley primitive diameter mm 355
Back drive transmission ratio - 1.32
Max rotation speed of the Centrifuge rpm 3200
Max hydraulic capacity of the Centrifuge m3/hr 56
Max solids discharge rate m3/hr 6.1
Note
The actual output of the machine depends on the percentage of solid and the total density
of the fed product, as well as on the performance of the machine.
6. Centrifuge Components
6.1. Frame Assembly

The frame is the rectangular hollow section steel component on which the bowl pillow
blocks, feed tube bracket vessel are mounted.
The four lifting points (A4), located at the top corners of the frame, are used to lift the
frame or the machine with or without the motors installed.
The frame has three guards:
One covering the main engine belt (A1);
One covering the carter assembly (A3);
One covering the vessel assembly (A2).

Section 3-1
3
These guards are installed to avoid any voluntary or accidental contacts of objects or parts
of the body with rotating gears of the machine. They are useful for maintenance of the belts
and of the torque limiter coupling. The guards may be completely removed for other repairs.
A2
A3 A4
A4
A4
A1
6.2. Main Drive Assembly
B3
B1
B2
B4

Section 3-1
3
The main drive unit transmits the motion to the bowl. The 37kW electric motor (B1)
rotates the bowl assembly by means of three special V-belts (B2) through a pulley (B3). To
increase the belt tensioning, the electric motor is fixed to a sliding support (B4).
Main drive pulley pitch diameter Bowl pulley pitch diameter Transmission ratio
260 mm 147 mm 0.57
6.3. Back Drive Assembly
C1
C2
C4
C3
The back drive unit regulates the differential speed between auger and bowl motion to the
auger of the machine. The motion to the rotating parts of the machine is transmitted by
special V-belts (C1). The 3-phase electric motor (C2) is part of the supply. The power of this
motor is 11 kW. This motor is fixed to a sliding support to modify the belt tensioning (C3).
The three-grooved driving sheave (C4) has a pitch diameter of 270mm.

Section 3-1
3
Back drive pulley pitch diameter Gearbox pulley pitch diameter Transmission ratio
270 mm 355 mm 1.32
6.4. Rotating Assembly
D7
D4
D4
D6
D3
D1
D2
D5
The bowl (D1) is the external part of the Centrifuge unit and consists of three cylindrical
parts and one conical part. At the end of the cylindrical section there are four “half-moon”
flanges (D2): liquids flow through them towards the liquid outlet after being separated from
the solids. There are different sets of plates that have different diameter.
The small diameter plates allow for a more efficient separation but involve a higher work
load of the machine; on the other hand, larger diameter plates make the separation less
efficient, but reduce the work load of the machine.
The solids are discharged through the outlet ports (D3) located at the end of the conical
section.
The bowl is made of stainless steel DUPLEX A890 and is anchored to the basement by
two supports (D4) mounted on roller bearings called pillow blocks.

Section 3-1
3
These supports are fixed to the frame by means of four hexagonal head screws (two for
each support). The auger or conveyor (D5) is located inside the bowl and turns in the same
direction of the bowl, though at lower speed. The central body of the auger is made of AISI
304 stainless steel and Duplex, the flights are made of AISI 304 stainless steel. The top of the
flights and the zones where the liquids flow are hardened.
The planetary gearbox (D6) gears down the speed of the motion transmitted by the
auxiliary drive to the auger (transmission ratio 57:1). It is possible to feed the product to the
machine through the feed pipe.
The connection to the feed pipe must be carried out in such a way that no extra load is
transmitted to the pipe by the surrounding piping. To achieve this, a suitable elastic joint must
be placed between the external system and the pipe to damp vibration. The torque limiter
(D7) is a mechanical device that lets you measure the torque demand of the machine during
operation.
6.5. Conveyor
The conveyor is suspended inside the bowl on bearings and rotates in the same direction
as the bowl, only slightly slower. The separated solids are forced to the inside wall of the
bowl by centrifugal force and conveyed to the solids discharge ports in the bowl. The pitch
(P) of the conveyor flights is the distance in millimetres between two consecutive flights
measured in the directions of the axis of the conveyor.

Section 3-1
3
6.6. Planetary Gearbox
The planetary gearbox is fitted on the hollow shaft at the cylindrical end of the bowl. It
drives the conveyor by means of a shaft going through the hollow shaft of the bowl. On the
end of the gearbox, opposite to the bowl, there is a small shaft. This is the small sun-wheel
shaft of the planetary gearbox. The speed and direction of the small sun-wheel determines the
differential speed, or the relative speed of the bowl and the conveyor.
The 518 HV VFD Centrifuge is operated between 1500 and 3200 rpm, depending on the
application. The conveyor rotates at approximately 1 to 55 rpm less than the bowl in the same
direction. The gearbox maximum output torque equals to 3,432 Nm. The 518 HV VFD
Centrifuge operates at all times with the bowl and conveyor turning in the same direction and
the conveyor turning slower than the bowl.
The main drive motor should be wired so that the bowl always turns clockwise when
viewed from the feed tube end. The small sun-wheel shaft in the gearbox is used to vary the
differential speed between the bowl and the conveyor. If the sun-wheel is “fixed”, that is, not
rotated by the back drive motor, the differential will equal the bowl rpm divided by the
gearbox ratio (57:1). If it turns in the same direction as the bowl, the differential will be less
than when it is fixed. If it turns in the opposite direction as the bowl, the differential will be
greater than when it is fixed.

Section 3-1
3
6.7. Vessel
The vessel is a stainless steel case, mounted on the frame, that completely encloses the
bowl. It is divided into compartments that divert the liquid and solids discharge to their
respective outlets. The semi-circular cover is hinged to allow an easy access to the bowl for
inspection and maintenance.
The opening of the cover (E1) with suitable handles (E2) lets you visually check the
external parts of the centrifuge. During the operation, this cover must be closed and held in
the blocked position by screws and lock nuts (E3).
E1
E3
E4
E2
E5
The liquid outlet (E4 – hole diameter 8”) is used to discharge the separated liquid. The
solids outlet (E5 – dimensions 530 x 350 mm) is used to discharge the separated solids.
Operators must prevent the discharged product from piling up underneath the machine.

Section 3-1
3
6.8. Feed Tube
The mud is introduced into the Centrifuge through the feed tube. This is a stainless steel
tube approximately 2 inches OD and 36 inches long. It extends into the conveyor that
accelerates mud into the conical end of the bowl. The mud is pumped into the tube by the
feed pump. The mud leaves the feed tube and enters the bowl through a slot in the conveyor.
This slot in the conveyor extends approximately the length of the conical section.
6.9. Feed Pump

Any pump capable to supply the desired feed rate at a sufficient pressure to overcome line
loss may be used to feed the 518 HV VFD Centrifuge.
The Nova Rotors Mono Pump 120/1 is recommended.
Suction and discharge lines on the feed pump should be sized to minimize head loss due
to line friction. A water line should be connected between the pump and the feed tube to wash
the bowl and conveyor prior to shutdown.
7. Environmental Operating Conditions
The actual output of the machine depends on the percentage of solid and the total density
of fed product, as well as the performance of the machine.
The machine is designed to be installed and work under the following conditions:
 up to 3000 m above sea level;
 ambient temperatures between 0 °C and +40 °C;
 storage temperature: from -20°C to +40°C;
 Atex Zone 1;
 in absence of internal pressure or vacuum.
If the temperature drops below 0 °C and the machine is

stopped, the processed product could solidify rapidly
and block the rotating parts of the machine.
WARNING

Section 3-1
3
8. Envisaged Usage
The machine has been designed to work with the frame in the horizontal position for
handling oil-based drilling mud.
Description Value
Type of treated product Oil-based drilling mud
Specific weight kg/m3 < 2200
Max temperature of the treated product °C 85
pH acidity index - > 4 to < 12
The machine must not be used to treat products with characteristics other than those
indicated above; in particular, the machine must not be used to treat foodstuffs.
9. Safety / Protection Components
The following safety components are supplied with the M-I SWACO 518 HV VFD
Centrifuge.
Description
1 Torque Limiter with G.S. Coupling
2 Position Switches
3 Vibration Switch
The activation of the safety devices does not cause the

immediate stop of the moving parts of the machine. If a
safety device activates, find and eliminate the relevant
cause before restarting the machine.
WARNING

Section 3-1
3
9.1. Torque Limiter with G.S Coupling
The torque limiter is a combination of mechanical and electrical controls. The small sun-
wheel shaft has a spring-loaded coupling (G.S. Coupling) which will limit the torque that can
be applied to the shaft.
The drawing in the following page shows the position of the torque limiter while working
with the G.S. Coupling engaged (1): if the torque limit is exceeded, the coupling will
disengage and, by axial movement of the coupling, trip a limit switch (2). The three balls of
the coupling are forced out of the depressions in the driver. This causes the coupling and the
driver to rotate 60 degrees in relation to each other. At the same time, the coupling moves 1/4
inch toward the driver. This will disconnect power from the bowl drive motor and feed pump
(when controlled by centrifuge control system). This movement also allows the tabs on the
V-belt pulley to be released from the slots in the coupling. The bowl and conveyor now rotate
at the same speed.

Section 3-1
3
1 2
During normal operation, the torque limiter transmits the torque to the shaft of the screw
conveyor. In case of overload, when the torque demand exceeds the preset value of 50 ~ 60
lbf-ft (74.4 ~ 89.3 N-m) the torque limiter activates mechanically, and the screw conveyor
and the bowl start rotating at the same speed. To avoid an “idle” running of the drive unit
after the activation of the torque limiter, the installer must mount a micro-switch to stop the
machine.
The installation of this micro-switch must be done according to the instructions provided
in the manual of the torque limiter. To restore normal operation after the activation of the
torque limiter, the device must be reset mechanically.
9.2. Position Switches

A micro-switch is installed at the opening side of the cover. It prevents the machine from
starting if the covers are open or dismantled.
Every drive guard is equipped with a micro-switch. The signal transmitted from it must
prevent any machine start-up if the guard is removed or open: as a consequence, there are two
more micro-switches, located as shown in drawing below.

Section 3-1
3
Some components have been hidden for clarity.
NOTE
Micro Switches Specifications
Description Value
Rated thermal current 10A
Rated insulation voltage 500Vac / 600Vdc
Current minimum density 5A/mm2
Storage temperature -40OC to +85 OC
Mechanical endurance operations 8-10 Millions
Maximum frequency operations 20 per minute

Section 3-1
3
9.3. Vibration Switch
The vibration switch is mounted on the centrifuge frame.
If excessive vibration is detected (regardless of the cause), the power supply to the bowl
drive motor and to the feed pump will be disconnected. Please refer to the following drawing
to check its location.
Deactivating or tampering with the safety devices

installed on the machine is absolutely forbidden. M-I
SWACO accepts no liability for damage to people,
WARNING animals or things caused by the deactivation or
tampering with the safety devices of the machine. It is
within the user’s responsibility to guarantee the safety.
Vibration Switch Specifications
Description Value
Voltage input 100-130 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Temperature range -34OC to +74 OC
Vibration measurement range 2 to 1000 Hz
Weight 1.7 kg
Case material Cast aluminum NEMA 3, 4

Section 3-1
Section 4-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE 18
1
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Installation ......................................................................................................................... 3
1.1. General Instructions and Safety Precautions ...................................................... 3
1.2. Equipment Location ........................................................................................... 5
2. Lifting ................................................................................................................................. 5
3. Removing the Safety Wedge Blocks Used during Transportation ............................... 7

3.1. Removing the safety block – reduction gear side .............................................. 8
3.2. Removing the safety support – drive side .......................................................... 9
4. Centrifuge Mounting ...................................................................................................... 10
5. Feed Pump ....................................................................................................................... 10
6. Electrical Installation ...................................................................................................... 10

6.1. Design criteria .................................................................................................. 11
6.2. Possible components ........................................................................................ 12
7. Liquid Feed and Discharge ............................................................................................ 12
8. Solid Feed and Discharge ............................................................................................... 12
9. Assembling the Motors ................................................................................................... 13

10. Installation Considerations ............................................................................................ 13
11. Power Requirements and Supply .................................................................................. 14
12. Shipping Brackets ........................................................................................................... 14
13. Commissioning Check Sheet .......................................................................................... 15

Document Title: Installation & Commissioning Procedure
Section 4-1
4
1. Installation
1.1. General Instructions and Safety Precautions

Before setting up and operating the Centrifuge 518 HV VFD, inspect all goods as received
from the shipping company. A claim for damage or loss should be reported immediately to the
carrier and to MI-SWACO. Also, check the bill of lading for any separately shipped items,
including manuals and CDs.
Once it is confirmed that the order has been entirely received in an undamaged condition,
the installation can begin.
READ THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
INFORMATION
 USE LOCK OUT/TAG OUT FOR ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. NEVER OPERATE THE SYSTEM
WITH ANY ELECTRICAL PANELS OPEN AND POWER CONNECTED.
 ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND CONNECTIONS MUST BE

SUITABLE FOR ZONE 1 APPLICATION.
 ONLY A QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN CAN CONNECT THE

ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE SYSTEM. Make sure the earth cable is
properly connected and all connections tested prior to operation.
 Do not allow personnel to maintain, install or operate the Centrifuge 518 HV VFD
until they have read this manual and understood its safety instructions.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge 518 HV VFD if it is not completely and correctly
assembled.

Section 4-1
4
 Verify that the wiring is connected according to the instructions included with the
motors.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge until it is properly mounted.
 Always cut off all utility power supply to the Unit when it is going to be inactivated
for any extended period of time.
 Verify the wiring is connected according to the wiring plate on the motors.
 Do not operate the machine unless the cover is closed and the clamps and clamping
devices are tightened.
 Do not use the inlet connections as supports for feed hoses.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge if unusual noises or vibrations occur.
 Do not attempt to repair the Centrifuge until the switch box is locked in the OFF
position or has had the breaker locked open.
 Do not attempt to assemble or disassemble the Centrifuge if the bowl is rotating.
 Do not operate the Centrifuge until the start-up and shutdown procedures are
understood.
If the skid is not going to be immediately installed, follow these procedures in order to
avoid damage to the pumps and other equipment:
 If possible, the skid storage place should be indoors to ensure protection from
excessive humidity, splash water or rain.
 If the skid is stored outdoors, it should be completely covered with plastic.

Section 4-1
4
1.2. Equipment Location
The CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD is supplied with an integral skid and can be positioned
directly onto the deck or above the sand traps as required.
Structural checks must be carried out on the deck beams

where the Centrifuge 518 HV VFD will be kept to ensure
the capability of supporting the applied loads.
WARNING
We recommend installing the machine on a flat, solid floor adequate to withstand the static
and dynamic loads of the machine, as well as the static and dynamic loads of the fed material.
The installation on an inadequate floor or the wrong anchoring of the machine to it may
affect operation and cause dangers.
Check the site with care before installation and position the machine leaving an adequate
space on the four sides to make it easier to access to the machine for maintenance. Even though
the Centrifuge requires very little space, adequate working space should be provided all around
for carrying out maintenance operations.
2. Lifting
Lifting and moving the machine using devices which are

not adequate for supporting its weight with a wide
margin of safety is strictly forbidden.
WARNING
Lifting operations must be carried out by specialized personnel using the lifting points
envisaged by the manufacturer and indicated by the relevant plate.

Section 4-1
4
Before proceeding with the lifting, check that no one and nothing is in the range of action
of the action.
 Never use chains connected together with bolts.
 Never use damaged ropes.
 The safety stop of the hook must always return to the initial position with the ropes in
it.
 Make sure that the ropes are always in an excellent state of repair.
 Do not work near electric lines.
 Avoid abrupt stops in the movements with a hanging load, especially when lowering
the load.
 Do not drag the machine on the ground.
 The angle between the ropes must be less than 60°.

Section 4-1
4
The lifting points installed on the machine are designed
to lift ONLY the CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY. It is
strictly forbidden to carry out lifting operation with any
WARNING other skid or connections installed on the Centrifuge.
3. Removing the Safety Wedge Blocks Used during Transportation
Several supports are provided for transportation to preload the bearings in order to prevent
them from being damaged by shock and vibration.
These blocks can only be taken out when the machine has been secured to the floor of the
installation site.
Remove shipping material, check for all components per shipping list and record any
damages.

Section 4-1
4
3.1. Removing the safety block – reduction gear side
 Remove the gearbox guard;
 Loosen and drive out the spring preload nut;

 Loosen and drive out the preload nut, washer and spring;
 Drive out the tie-rod complete with wedge;
 Refit the gearbox and torque limiter guard.

Section 4-1
4
3.2. Removing the safety support – drive side
 Open the main engine guard;
 Loosen and drive out the spring preload nut;

 Loosen and drive out the preload nut, and remove washer and spring;
 Remove wedge;
 Drive out the tie-rod complete with wedge;
 Undo the screws that fix flange of the pulley support;
 Screw down two screws with an adequate diameter on the holes;
 Remove the supporting flange;
 Close the main drive guard.

Section 4-1
4
4. Centrifuge Mounting
The CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD must be mounted above the ground to facilitate solids
removal. The solids outlet should be located above the disposal area or where the solids can be
easily moved to the proper disposal location. A slide attached from the solids outlet can be
necessary to route solids to a disposal area. The slide should be set at a steep angle to prevent
solids build-ups.
The Centrifuge unit must be set level and on adequate supports. It could be necessary to
attach it to the support by tack welding.
5. Feed Pump
Any pump capable to supply the desired flow rate can be used to feed the M-I SWACO
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD. Please refer to Section 3-1 Functional Description for feed
pump suitable characteristics and details.
6. Electrical Installation
The electrical installation has to be made by qualified electricians only.

The CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD is supplied without electrical panel: it is within the
customer’s responsibility to provide a suitable equipment.
M-I SWACO suggests its ELECTRICAL PANEL FOR CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD,
which is ATEX Zone 1 certified and specifically designed for this machine.
Please contact our customer service for more details or to purchase it:

Via Bellaria, 228
44033 Berra – Ferrara – ITALY
Tel: 0532/83.10.10
Fax: 0532/83.16.50
[email protected]

Section 4-1
4
It is compulsory to provide a properly certified control
panel if you plan to install it in a Hazardous Area. If no
certified control panel is available, you must install it in
WARNING a Safe Area.
The Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) electrical panel should control the Centrifuge speed
by means of three inverters:
 one inverter to control the Centrifuge main motor;
 one inverter to control the Centrifuge secondary motor;
 one inverter to control the feed pump.
6.1. Design criteria
Always follow the ATEX directive and all the safety

instructions that are in force in the place where the
control panel will be installed.
WARNING
 main power supply: 690 V, 50/60 Hz, 3-phase plus PE;

 max installed power: 70 kW;
 current value: 80 A;
 instrument power supply: 24 VDC;
 command electric tension: 110 VAC;
 it should be equipped with plug and socket for an easy connection to those switched
and sensors that are installed on the Centrifuge;
 the power cables for the Centrifuge motors should have a direct inlet to the panel
(no plugs or sockets).

Section 4-1
4
6.2. Possible components
The Unit can be composed of:
 a main breaker;
 a main pressurized panel with safety controls;
 a control unit for pressurized panels;
 an air conditioning system;
 cables;
 junction boxes to collect the signals from the Centrifuge;
 a PLC.
7. Liquid Feed and Discharge
The line feeding mud to the Centrifuge should end with a male 2” NPT fitting to match
with the 2” NPT on the feed tube. This line should be supported so its weight will not be on
the feed tube.
The liquid outlet is an 8 inch flange. The line connected to this flange can be steel hard
piping, flexible hose or PVC pipe. It should be sized to accommodate the liquid discharge rate.
As the liquid discharge is gravity-flow, pay attention to the fall and length of this line in order
to avoid build-ups due to solid material.
8. Solid Feed and Discharge
The outlet for solids discharge is 11 1/4" (286mm) x 18 1/2" (470mm) with a 1” ¼ (32mm)
wide flange.
If the Centrifuge cannot be located over the proper disposal area, a slide may be attached
to the solids outlet to route solids to a disposal area. Since these solids will be sticky, the slide
must be set at a steep angle to prevent a solids build-up.

Section 4-1
4
9. Assembling the Motors
The motors must be placed on the special supporting plates. Once they have been installed,
the installer should check the correct parallelism between input shaft and secondary shaft.
10. Installation Considerations
Before installing the skid, flush all dirt, grit, weld beads from the suction. If flushing is
required, it should be done just before installation. The solvent used should be compatible with
the liquid being pumped.
Electrical connections: In order to install the Centrifuge 518 HV VFD, there should be
electrical connections available for the motors.
Before connecting the electrical motors to incoming power, check that electrical service
available matches the pump motor requirements stamped on the motor nameplate.
Check that the earth leads connecting the different

members of the machine are properly connected and
have not suffered from damage during handling.
WARNING
After the installation, check that the rotation direction matches the one indicated in the
name plates installed on the machine.
Maintenance: There should be appropriate space available for the maintenance area.
Lifting: Lifting lugs are attached to the skid.
Storage: For long-term storage, the following should be considered:
 Desiccate in electrical housings to absorb moisture;
 Denso tape to seal openings;
 Drain all standing fluids.

Section 4-1
4
11. Power Requirements and Supply
The unit shall be properly grounded and bonded.
Before making any electrical connections, make sure the

power source is disconnected and the starter is in the
OFF position.
WARNING
The electrical installation must be made by a qualified electrician only. Input power
fusing must be current-limiting type.
12. Shipping Brackets
Re-secure the shipping brackets before rigging down or

shipping.
WARNING

Section 4-1
4
13. Commissioning Check Sheet
Energizing / Commissioning
Sheet 1/3
Project Sub- Sub-System

Number System Name
P&IDs M-I Tag #

Reference
Interconnect SWACO Type
Documents
Other Data Location
Comment
Energy Y N N/A
s
Rig to Provide
Comment
for Water Y N N/A
s
Commissioning
Comment
Air Y N N/A
s
Assets CENTRIFU
M-I SWACO Equipment
GE 518 HV
Refer Numbers Serial Description
VFD
Results
Inspection Description
YES NO
GENERAL
1 All components per shipping list and without damages
2 Connect input, output lines as per installation procedures.
3 Oil leaks
4 Oil levels
5 Test run min 4 hr
6 Record Pillow Block bearing temperature (inlet end)
7 Record Pillow Block bearing temperature (gearbox end)
8 Vibration meter reading (radially)
9 Vibration meter reading (axially)
10 Wedges fitted
Visual inspection of all components and paintwork for
11
damage.
Completed By Completed By
Date Date
Printed
Printed Name
Name
Workshop Electrical
Supervisors Supervisors
Signature Signature
Company Company

Section 4-1
4
Sheet 2/3
Results
Inspection Description
YES NO
GENERAL
12 * Prepare service manual package.
13 * Prepare certification package.
14 * Stop/Start procedure.
15 * Spare parts (As/if required by contract).
16 Direction of motor rotation ok?
ELECTRIC MOTORS
1 Check motor finish for damage/scratches. Touch up as required.
2 Check terminal box flame paths (Exd) or seals for damage (Exe).
3 Check cable entries.
4 Check labeling & Exd rating plates are fitted and legible.
5 Check motor terminal strips are numbered /identified correctly.
6 Check earth straps or bonds are fitted.
Check cable glands fitted are correctly certified and assembled
7
correctly.
8 Check any unused entries are suitably blanked.
9 Check all cover bolts/screws are fitted and in good condition.
10 Check cable entry thread forms are correct type/condition.
11 Check all entries are de-burred.
12 Check all bolted connections are torqued correctly.
13 Check all fixing screws are tight.
14 Check all screw terminals are tight.
* TO BE SENT IN SPARE PARTS BOX.

Date Date
Printed
Printed Name
Name
Workshop Electrical
Signature Signature
Company Company

Section 4-1
4
Sheet 3/3
Comments
Date Date
Printed
Printed Name
Name
Workshop Electrical
Signature Signature
Company Company

Section 4-1
4

Section 4-1
Section 4-2
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

UNPACKING, LIFTING AND HANDLING 4
1
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Assembling the Safety Supports for Transportation ................................................. 3
2. Assembling the Safety Support- gearbox side ............................................................ 3
3. Assembling the Safety Support- drive side ................................................................. 3
4. Lifting ............................................................................................................................. 4

Document Title: Unpacking, Lifting and Handling
Section 4-2
4
1. Assembling the Safety Supports for Transportation
The pillow block bearings are subject to damage from shock and vibration during
transportation and handling. To prevent this, the pillow block bearing should be preloaded
using the wedge blocks.
2. Assembling the Safety Support- gearbox side
 Remove the guard group.

 Install the supporting plate and tighten it to the Unit frame.
 Place the tie-rod complete with wedge on the supporting plate.
 Install the second wedge .
 Insert spring, washer and preload nut in the tie-rod.
 Tighten down the preload nut.
 Refit the guard group.
3. Assembling the Safety Support- drive side
 Open the main drive guard.

 Install the supporting flange.
 Screw down the screws that fix the flange of the pulley support.
 Place the tie-rod complete with wedge under the flange.
 Install the second wedge.
 Insert spring, washer and preload nut in the tie-rod.
 Tighten down the preload nut.
 Close the main drive protection cover.

Section 4-2
4
4. Lifting
Please refer to Section 4-1 for detailed instructions.
Use only lifting points for moving or transporting.
WARNING
When lifting, always use a four-lifting point to protect

the Unit from damage and/or turning upside down.
WARNING

Section 4-2
Section 5-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 10
1
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Before starting the system ............................................................................................. 3
2. Starting procedures ....................................................................................................... 4
3. Stopping procedures ...................................................................................................... 5
4. Emergency stop procedures .......................................................................................... 6
5. Starting work again after an emergency stop ............................................................. 7
6. Safety information ......................................................................................................... 7
7. Work zones ..................................................................................................................... 9

Document Title: Operating Instructions
Section 5-1
5
1. Before starting the system
Before starting the production cycle, check that the machine has been correctly installed
in accordance with the indications in this manual.
Before starting the machine, make sure there are no foreign bodies or solid products
inside.
After operation, we recommend running the machine without load for some fifteen
minutes to make sure that any residual material is discharged.
If a washing pipe is fitted, we recommend pouring an adequate washing fluid inside the
centrifuge to speed up the cleaning of the internal rotors.
Before restarting the machine, always check that there is no residual product inside it.
Starting the machine under load or in presence of solid material can result in serious damage
to the machine and in risks for the user.
Before placing the machine into service:
 Check the rotation direction;
 Verify that the moving gears rotate freely: the motor pulleys must run freely if moved
by hand;
 Let the machine run for about 2 minutes and do the preliminary checks mentioned
above; then, when the machine is running at max speed, proceed with feeding;
 Check that the push of the emergency stop buttons, located on the machine and on the
electrical board, brings the machine to a stop;
 Check that the fixed and mobile guards of the machine are placed correctly.

Section 5-1
5
2. Starting procedures
Read all instructions prior to operating this machine.

Improper installation, maintenance or operation may
cause injury to personnel or machine failure.
WARNING
Verify that cover and guards are properly in place.
WARNING
Startup
1. Turn the handle to position 1 on the circuit breaker box; the power supply is on;
2. Start the back drive;
3. Start the main drive. (The back drive will shut down automatically if the main drive
fails to start within 7 minutes);
4. Push the feed pump start button on feed pump control panel;
5. Regulate the mud flow by using the handle on the pump.
Before starting the machine, make sure that the

preliminary checks and operations have been carried
out (See Section 4-1 & 4-2).
WARNING

Section 5-1
5
3. Stopping procedures
Cutting off the utility power supply does not stop the
moving gears immediately.
WARNING
To stop production, operators must:

1. Shut down the feed pump.
2. After all conveyable solids have cleared the bowl, open the water line connected to
the pump discharge line.
3. Flush the centrifuge until clean water is discharged. Close the water valve.
4. Shut down the main drive and leave the back drive running until it stops
automatically.
5. Turn the handle to position 0 on the circuit breaker box, the power supply is off.
6. If the machine is likely to be subjected to freezing temperatures, the cover should be
opened and the bowl drained by removing two drain plugs on the liquid discharge
end.
7. Drain any hoses and pumps that may have liquid trapped in them.
To start the machine again after a production or a

machine stop, follow the instructions given in
paragraph 2 above.
INFORMATION

Section 5-1
5
4. Emergency stop procedures
In case of emergency, use the emergency stop controls that must be installed on the
electrical panel and near the machine. The push of the emergency controls cuts off any utility
power supply to the whole plant, but the single moving parts will not stop immediately.
Use the emergency stop controls only if a real hazard

exists.
WARNING
To stop the machine in normal operating conditions,

operators should always follow the recommended stop
procedure.
INFORMATION
Anytime operators feel that they cannot approach the

machine in conditions of total safety or in case of a
possible accident, they must press the emergency stop
INFORMATION button.
The user is obliged to keep the emergency devices

installed on the machine efficient and in good working
order, as well as to show the location and explain their
INFORMATION functioning to all employees.

Section 5-1
5
5. Starting work again after an emergency stop
After an emergency stop and before restarting the

machine, warn all other operators of the plant.
Before starting the machine, make sure there are no
WARNING foreign bodies or solid products inside the machine.
6. Safety information
When operating the unit, always wear PPE such as safety glasses, face shield, gloves and
disposable coveralls as required by the regulation in force.
The M-I SWACO 518 HV VFD Centrifuge is designed and manufactured to work safely
under the conditions described in this manual. This large high-speed rotating machine
requires care and knowledge for maximum safety. Unsafe practices in maintenance and
operation will cause conditions which are hazardous to both personnel and property. The
following general precautions should be strictly followed to avoid damage to property and/or
injury or death to personnel.
 Do not allow personnel to maintain, install or operate the M-I SWACO 518 HV VFD
Centrifuge until they have read this manual and understood safety requirements.
 Do not operate the centrifuge until it is properly mounted.
 Do not operate the centrifuge if the machine is not completely and correctly assembled.
 Always cut off all utility power supply to the Unit when it is going to be inactivated for
any extended period of time.
 Make sure wiring is connected according to wiring plate on motors.
 Do not operate the machine unless the cover is closed and the clamping devices are
tightened.
 Do not use inlet connections as supports for feed hoses.
 Do not operate the centrifuge if unusual noises or vibrations occur.
 Do not attempt to repair the centrifuge until the switch box is locked in the OFF position
or has had the breakers locked open.
Section 5-1
5
 Do not attempt to assemble or dissemble the centrifuge if the bowl is rotating.
 Do not operate the M-I SWACO 518 HV VFD Centrifuge until start-up and shut-down
procedures are understood.
 Do not switch off the main breaker when shutting down the centrifuge.
Do not open the cover on the centrifuge until the bowl

has come to a complete stop. Failure to follow safety
precautions can result in injury or death.
WARNING
 Do not put your weight or lean on the machine, climb on the machine and put objects on
it.
 Do not wear clothes that could get caught (ties, bracelets, necklaces).
 Do not use the machine while taking medicines or after having drunk alcoholic drinks
which can slow down your reaction times.
 Before starting the machine, check the safety systems every time.
 Operators must never be distracted or disturbed during the operating cycle of the
machine.
 The fixed or mobile guards of the machine must always be installed and kept in efficient
working order.
 Use handles to open and close drive guards and do not place fingers at guard joints.
 The user must always verify the perfect functioning of the emergency controls activating
the same before starting the production cycle.
 Do not alter the controller program parameters, attempting to obtain a performance from
the machine different from that envisaged by design and testing.
 The workplace must be well lit and kept constantly clean.
 At the end of any work cycle, the main switch shall be turned to 0 (zero) OFF and locked.

Section 5-1
5
Solids Outlet
Do not put objects or parts of your body to the

proximity of the solids outlet.
WARNING
It is within the installer’s responsibility to place suitable guards at the product outlet to
avoid any voluntary or accidental introduction of objects or parts of the body. Operators must
avoid that the discharged product piles up underneath the machine.
Liquids Outlet
The liquid outlet port must be connected to the liquid recovery system with a pipe. Do not
switch on the machine if this connection has not been made.
7. Work zones
Work and control zone

It is the area, near the electrical control panel, where operators can work on the
machine and check its operation.
Dangerous zone
A dangerous zone is an area inside or near the machine where the presence of a
person represents a risk for safety and health of that person.
The product inlet and outlet are dangerous zones.

Section 5-1
5
Nobody can enter a dangerous zone during the machine
operation. Service technicians can work around or
inside the machine only after having placed the line and
WARNING the machine in “Maintenance status”. The placing in
maintenance mode of the machine shall be done in
accordance with the instructions provided in Section 6
"Maintenance"..
We recommend fixing yellow adhesive strips on the

floor, around the perimeter zone of the machine so the
dangerous zone is clearly identified.
INFORMATION Operators must remain outside this delimited area.

Section 5-1
Section 5-2
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

CONTROL PHILOSOPHY 6
1
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Switches and Sensors ..................................................................................................... 3

1.1 Position and torque limiter switches ....................................................................... 3
1.2 Emergency button ................................................................................................... 3
1.3 Vibration switch ...................................................................................................... 3
2. Machine Operation States ............................................................................................. 4
3. Operations ...................................................................................................................... 5

Document Title: Control Philosophy
Section 5-2
5
1. Switches and Sensors
Below is reported the control philosophy for all switches and sensors installed on the M-I
SWACO CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD.
1.1 Position and torque limiter switches

The position switches automatically activate when a cover or guard is opened. There are
three position micro switches: one on the centrifuge cover, one on the main drive belt guard
and one on back drive belt guard.
The torque limiter switch is automatically activated by the torque limiter when the torque
reaches and overcomes the preset value of 90 N∙m.
For further information about location of the switches, please refer to Section 3-1
Functional description and to Section 9-1 Detailed Drawings.
The position and torque limiter switches bring the unit to an Emergency stop. Therefore it
is necessary to perform a reset of all emergencies to restart the unit.
1.2 Emergency button

The emergency button is a red, mushroom button; it has to be located on the control
panel. By pushing it, operators bring the whole unit to an emergency stop. Therefore it is
necessary to perform a reset of all emergencies to restart the unit.
1.3 Vibration switch

The vibration switch is located on the centrifuge frame.
When the detected vibrations exceed the alarm value for more than 5 seconds
consecutively, the feed pump is stopped; if the alarm value continues to be exceeded for other
5 seconds, the power supply to the unit will be disconnected.
The alarm value is preset at 2.5 mm/s2, but it is adjustable by operators up to the
maximum value of 5 mm/s2.

Section 5-2
5
2. Machine Operation States
Main Drive Back Drive Feed Pump

Status of Machine
Motor Status Motor Status Motor Status
ON OFF OFF OFF
ON OFF ON OFF
ON ON OFF Running without mud flow
Machine runs for 7 minutes without

OFF ON OFF mud flow and then shuts off if main
drive is not switched on in this period.
Feed pump is not switched on.
Machine runs for seven minutes
OFF ON ON without mud flow and then shuts off if
main drive is not switched on in this
period.
ON ON ON ON

Section 5-2
5
3. Operations
Below is reported the operational control philosophy for the M-I SWACO
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD.
SPECIFICATIONS
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION VALUE
n3 max Max. bowl speed 2500 rpm
Max differential speed between bowl
(n3-n1)max 3100 rpm
and secondary drive
|n3-n2|max Max differential speed between bowl and conveyor 54 rpm
The relationship between speeds is condensed in the formula below:
n1 = speed of secondary drive

n2 = speed of conveyor
n3 = speed of main motor driven pulley, bowl and outside part of the gearbox
i = gear ratio

Section 5-2
5

Section 5-2
Section 6-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

CORRECTIVE & PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 18
INSTRUCTIONS
1
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. General ............................................................................................................................ 3
2. Preventative Maintenance Schedule ............................................................................ 3
3. Daily Maintenance ......................................................................................................... 4
4. Weekly Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 6
5. Quarterly (Long-term) Maintenance ........................................................................... 6
6. Maintenance Procedures-Gearbox ............................................................................... 6

6.1. Oil level check .................................................................................................... 6
6.2. Oil change procedure ......................................................................................... 7
6.3. Gearbox removal ................................................................................................ 8
6.4. Alignment after mounting .................................................................................. 9
7. Bearing Lubrication..................................................................................................... 10
8. Solid Discharge Bushings ............................................................................................ 11
9. Belt Tensioning ............................................................................................................. 12
10. Rotating Assembly Removal ....................................................................................... 14
11. Resetting the G.S. coupling ......................................................................................... 15
12. Adjusting the G.S. coupling release force .................................................................. 16
13. Tightening Torques...................................................................................................... 17
14. De-commissioning ........................................................................................................ 18

Document Title: Corrective & Preventive Maintenance Instructions
Section 6-1
6
1. General
Following a routine preventive maintenance schedule will help assure trouble-free

performances and a long life. A correct preventive maintenance program should include
accurate record keeping. The appearance of wearing parts should be documented at each
inspection for later comparison.
2. Preventative Maintenance Schedule
ITEM TASK INTERVAL

2 Hrs (First day of
Belt tensioning
running)
Motor belt
Belt tensioning after every 75 Hrs
Belts rubbing down 250 Hrs
Clean and inspect (before lubrication)
Bearings
Lubrication 100 Hrs
Screw conveyor Measure the wear
Gearbox Change oil (*) 150 Hrs
Change oil after first 400 Hrs
Rotomec coupling
Change oil after every 4000 Hrs
Electrical cables Check for wear and damage Weekly
(*) After the first week
The time intervals above assume continuous centrifuge running operation.

Section 6-1
6
3. Daily Maintenance
Complete the following maintenance procedure on a daily basis.
ITEM TASK
Cables and sensors Visual check of cables, cable glands, sensors
The daily maintenance form on the following page

should be completed daily and kept in your
maintenance records.
INFORMATION

Section 6-1
6
Centrifuge 518 HV VFD Serial No.: …………………………………..
Rig/Location: ……………………………………….
Hours Visual Check Mechanic

Date Remarks
Run Signature
Y N

Section 6-1
6
4. Weekly Maintenance
Complete the following maintenance procedures on a weekly basis.
ITEM TASK
Safety micro-switch Check the correct operation of the safety micro-switch
Torque limiter Check the correct operation of the torque limiter
5. Quarterly (Long-term) Maintenance
Complete the following maintenance procedures on a quarterly (long-term) basis.
ITEM TASK
Case Check the case integrity, recovering grease if necessary
Visual check of the internal components of the control
Control panel
console (for damage, burns, …)
6. Maintenance Procedures-Gearbox
With the cover closed and bolted down, rotate the bowl assembly by hand and listen for
any unusual noise or scrapping. The bowl should turn freely without drag. Any noises should
be investigated.
With cover open, rotate the bowl assembly by hand and listen for any noise coming from
within the bowl or bearings. Any noisy bearings should be inspected and/or replaced.
6.1. Oil level check

The oil level is checked with a plug in the 1:00 o'clock position, proper oil level is
indicated by oil at the bottom edge of the hole. Remove magnetic plugs and inspect for
metallic wear particles. A large accumulation of metallic wear particles should be
investigated and the cause determined. The feed tube needs to be regularly examined for
signs of wearing.

Section 6-1
6
The oil level control should be done by cold gearbox
(gearbox temperature ~ ambiance temperature).
The oil drain should be performed after stopping the
WARNING gear, because the oil could be warm.
6.2. Oil change procedure

Place one fill plug at 12 o’clock and remove it for ventilation, place a bin under the
opposite plug. Remove the lower plug and drain the oil. Re-insert the lower plug with a new
seal and add oil into the upper plug port using a clean funnel, fill to 2 or 10 o’clock level, re-
insert upper plug with a new seal.
Use SHELL SPIRAX 80W90 Oil only.
INFORMATION

Section 6-1
6
After checking the oil level and/or after oil change, the
oil filler screws which were removed should be refitted
(with new copper seals) and correctly tightened.
NOTE
6.3. Gearbox removal

To remove the gearbox, perform the following procedure:
 Remove the six screws (F) connecting the gearbox (G) to the pulley (H);
 Back off gearbox from bowl flange by screwing two screws in screw plugs (I);
 The drive shaft of the gearbox is loose on both ends: be careful not to drop shaft when
removing the gearbox.

Section 6-1
6
The gearbox is very heavy: use proper lifting
equipment and procedures to prevent injury by
crushing.
CAUTION
6.4. Alignment after mounting

 Before assembling, always apply medium thread locker (such as Loctite 243) on
screws.
 Place the gearbox and torque up the fasteners (550 Nm).
 Remove the oxide layer on the speed shaft flange, if necessary.

 Check the alignment of the gearbox placing a comparator on the speed shaft flange.
Manually turn the gearbox and verify its correct alignment.

Section 6-1
6
 If the alignment is not within the maximum permissible value of tolerance (0.05 mm),
find the area of positive displacement, mark it and loosen up fasteners.
 As necessary, separate the reducer from the flange to allow the insertion of spacers.
 At the previously marked position, insert a small brass shim calibrated and shaped
according to what has been measured by comparator. The recommended point to
insert the sheet is astride the fastener.
 Torque up again the fasteners with torque wrench and check again alignment with
comparator. If measurement is not yet within tolerance, repeat the procedure until
reaching correct alignment. Remember to put medium thread locker on fasteners
every time.
7. Bearing Lubrication
Pillow block bearings should be lubricated every 12 hours, with 3-4 shots of grease, while
the unit is running; conveyor bearings should be lubricated every 100 hours of operation,
while main and back drive bearings should be lubricated every 24 hours of operation.
Refer to drawing below, for the location of grease fittings. Grease vent holes are located
behind the pillow block housing and in the gearbox cover nearest the bowl. Proper greasing is
obtained when excess grease comes out the vent holes.
Suitable lithium-soap, vibration-resistant greases like ‘NILS DIMENSION’ may be used
for bearing lubrication.

Section 6-1
6
Contact your nearest M-I SWACO representative or

service center for approval of lithium-based lubricants
not mentioned above.
INFORMATION
DO NOT USE CALCIUM-BASED GREASES.

Calcium-based greases are not compatible with
. recommended greases and will cause bearing failure,
WARNING which could damage bearing housings and other

bearing parts.
8. Solid Discharge Bushings
They should be replaced before wear appears on the bowl.

Carry out the following procedure:
 Remove the discharge bushings, using a soft drift and hammer to tap out.
 Replace bushings in pair only.

Section 6-1
6
 To install discharge bushings, clean the outer surface of new bushings and the inner
surface seats of the bowl. Apply a thin layer of Loctite 270 to the surface of the
discharge bushings. Insert the new bushings into the seat and turn them until the
Loctite is uniformly distributed. Press them tightly into place. A correct handling
strength is obtained after 20 minutes while the maximal strength after 3 hours.
9. Belt Tensioning
The belt guards are designed to prevent injury due to

body parts getting smashed or trapped between the
belts and sheaves of the centrifuge. So, the guards are to
WARNING remain in-place, and the doors closed while the switch
box is in the ON position and while the bowl is rotating.
Proper PPE must be worn when working on belts.
Belt tension should be checked when lubricating the bearings. The following procedure
for belt tensioning should be used when starting a centrifuge or anytime belts are replaced. It
is important that the belts are correctly tensioned. A belt that slips on its pulley will
experience abnormal wear. If belts are too tight, it will cause wear on the bearings.
Proceed as follows to get the correct tension:

1. Collect the belt slack on the upper side. Adjust the pulley center distance by moving
the motor until the belts have a light tension. Rotate the drive parts a few turns by
hand.
2. Adjust the center distance so that all belts are lying well. Start the motor and run for
approximately 10 minutes so that the belts can adapt themselves to the grooves.
3. Stop the motor and adjust the center distance with the screws above the motor, until
all belts are lying evenly and are properly tightened. (A stretch of ½ - 1% of the belt
length will not damage the belts.)

Section 6-1
6
New belts should be re-tensioned every two hours during the first day of running. After
that, further tightening may be unnecessary, as the length of the belts remain practically
constant. When changing belts, never force them over the side of the pulley. Always loosen
the motor mount to install them. Belts over tensioning may cause their premature failure.
When one or more of the belts is worn out, put on a COMPLETE set of new belts. A
good way to check belt tension is to strike the belts with a clenched fist. A slack belt feels
dead under this test, whereas a properly tensioned belt will vibrate and feel alive. Check the
belt tension from time to time.
Never run the centrifuge with belt guard removed and

never check belt tensioning while the centrifuge is
running. Such unsafe practices can result in injury or
WARNING death.
Do not allow oil or grease to contact the belts. This will

reduce the belt life.
WARNING

Section 6-1
6
10. Rotating Assembly Removal
The rotating assembly is very heavy and bulky: make

sure to use proper lifting equipment when moving and
installing. Pay attention to pinch points or crush-type
WARNING situations.
The following procedure is for the removal of the rotating assembly. Please note that the
bearing housings are aligned for each centrifuge frame and should never be interchanged.
 Open the vessel cover;

 Remove belt guards, belts and feed tube;
 Remove bolts from bearing housing cap at both ends of the rotating assembly;
 Carefully lift the bowl assembly using a hoist and nylon sling. Set bowl on a wooden
pallet to prevent rolling. Parts which are removed should be placed in a clean area to
facilitate cleaning and inspection. Please refer to the following drawing for
illustration.

Section 6-1
6
11. Resetting the G.S. coupling
PPE must be worn when working on the G.S Coupling.

Do not service the G.S Coupling while the power switch
is in the ‘ON’ position and while the bowl is rotating.
WARNING
Loosen the 8mm socket head screw (1). Put down the pin dowel (2). Rotate the driver
until the steel balls (3) in the coupling line up with the depressions in the driver. Make sure
slots in the coupling line up with the tabs on the V-belt. Tighten the 8mm socket head screw.
Reset limit switch. The conveyor and bowl are now again coupled together.

Section 6-1
6
12. Adjusting the G.S. coupling release force
Some adjustment is possible by adding or removing spacer washers. Adding washers

increases the disengagement force, while removing them decreases the force. If proper
functioning and force reading cannot be obtained by washer adjustment, replace the spring
washer group. Refer to the following drawing to check where spacer washers can be added or
removed (note that this detail is taken from the GS coupling drawing 2.A001360, available in
Section 9 Detailed Drawings. Some components were hidden for clarity).
Spacer
washer
Spring
washers
The spring washer group consists of discs mounted one

against another in opposite directions, as shown in the
detail below. When re-installing them, take care to
WARNING place them in the same way.

Section 6-1
6
13. Tightening Torques
In table below are reported the suggested tightening torques for the M-I SWACO 518 HV
VFD centrifuge. Always follow them, unless otherwise expressly stated.
Suggested Tightening Torque [Nm]

Dimension
CL. A2-70 SS CL. 8.8 CL. 10.9
M5 - - 8
M6 7 10 14
M8 16 22 32
M10 31 45 64
M12 53 75 110
M14 85 125 170
M16 135 170 270
M18 185 265 370
M20 260 380 530
M22 360 510 720
M24 450 650 910
M27 670 950 1330
M30 910 1290 1810
M33 1230 - -
M36 1580 - -
M39 2050 - -
Some exceptions are specified below:

 BOWL fixing screw: M10, suggested torque = 55
Nm; M12, suggested torque = 75 Nm.
NOTE  Bearing support fixing screw: M24, suggested torque
= 500 Nm; M30, suggested torque = 1005 Nm.
 Gearbox fixing screw: M16, suggested torque = 160
Nm.

Section 6-1
6
14. De-commissioning
When decommissioning the Centrifuge, shut off and

lock out power before removing guards (brackets, skirt,
etc.). Follow all Local and National Electrical Codes.
WARNING Failure to comply could result in severe personal injury
or property damage. The power lockout must be done
by a certified electrician.

Section 6-1
Section 6-2
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

TROUBLESHOOTING 4
1
6
Mechanical
CORRECTIVE
SYMPTOM LIKELY REASON
ACTION
Start-up and shut down Moderate vibrations at critical None required
vibration RPM during start-up and shut
down periods
Bowl may be out of balance due Determine if vibration is
to poor cleaning, bowl parts due to the causes
interchanged with another bowl, described
Vibrating machine or uneven wear on conveyor or
bowl
Vibration damping mounts have Replace rubber mounts
lost elasticity
Excessive amount of solids Reduce feed rate.
causing overloading. Replace plug
Check oil level in
Fluid coupling plug melts
coupling. Replace plug.
Fluid volume or type wrong.
Replace oil if in doubt.
Replace plug.
Check oil level and oil
Oil volume low or wrong type
Noise from gearbox type; replace it
Worn gears Replace gearbox
Worn bearings Replace bearings
Large accumulation of solids in Flush bowl
Repeated disengage of bowl
torque limiter Excessive amount of solids in Reduce feed rate
feed mud
Feed rate too high Decrease feed rate
Change back drive
Solids discharged too wet
Conveyor differential too high motor sheave to reduce
differential

Document Title: Trouble Shooting
Section 6.2
6
Electrical
SYMPTOM LIKELY REASON CORRECTIVE ACTION

No power to unit Restore power
Alarms not reset Reset all alarms
Motors do not start

Check the feeding voltage
Wrong feeding voltage with a tester, opening the
disconnected switch
Check all the safety

Problems with the safety switches (carter, torque,
switches vibration and emergency
button)
Emergency does not reset Check the continuity of the

No continuity of the internal
internal circuits of the
circuits
switches
Contact the Customer

Other
Service
Verify on PLC that the

Wrong default data of
default data of principal and
principal and differential
differential speed are not
speed
equal to zero
Centrifuge does not start

Check the rotating
Different direction of
directions and, if necessary,
rotation between engine and
invert the phases in the
fan
general disconnect switch

Section 6-2
6
Notes
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

Section 6-2
Section 6-3
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

CONVEYOR WEAR RECORDING 6
1
6
CONVEYOR WEAR RECORDING
The scraping edge of the conveyor is subjected to wear when the conveyor transports the
solids towards the narrow drum end. The wear rate depends on the size and type of the solids.
The wear will reduce transporting capacity and thus separating results. A far advanced wear –
i.e. radially 0.250” (6.4 mm) or more – will also cause high repair costs. It is necessary,
therefore, to check the wear regularly and observe how rapidly it progresses.
Normally the heaviest wear of the scraping edge occurs in the zone where the conical and
cylindrical parts of the drum meet. It is possible to measure the wear in this zone without
dismantling the drum. In the flange of the conical part of the jacket (see drawing below) there
is a hole (plugged with a screw) through which the measuring can be done by means of a
slide callipers.
The measuring should be recorded in the diagram provided below. Effect a first
measuring (distance D – see drawing below) before running a new machine or a new
conveyor the first time. Insert the numerical value in the square above the diagram.

Document Title: Conveyor Wear Recording
Section 6-3
6
Then measure the wear (i.e. the actual D – value reduced by the first measured D – value)
every 100th hour of operation. Plot the value in diagram.
As a rule, the wear rate can be established after 3 – 4 measurements. If the wear is heavy,
i.e. .039 in. (1mm) or more after 400 hours of operation, continue the measuring every 100 th
hours of operation and plot the values in diagram. Otherwise extend the intervals to 500-1000
hours of operation.
Whenever a new or rebuilt conveyor is installed the above procedure should be followed.

Section 6-3
6
Measure distance D by means of a slide calliper.
 After first measuring of a new machine or a new conveyor: insert the numerical value in
the square above diagram.
 After subsequent measuring: calculate the wear and plot it in the diagram.
The slide calliper must always face the same direction

when measuring.
INFORMATION
Lubricate the threads of the screw with castor oil and ball bearing grease. Tighten the
screw. Tightening torque: 22 Nm (2.2 kpm).

Section 6-3
6
WEAR RECORDING CHART
For accurate wear recording it is imperative that distance D be measured before first
running of new machine or new conveyor. State numerical value in the square.

Section 6-3
6

Section 6-3
Section 6-4
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

TOOLS KIT 2
1
6
Tools Kit
In the table below are reported the components of the Tools Kit equipped with the M-I
SWACO CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD, with their part numbers:
TOOLS KIT 10AMVKIT518.FD

Q.TY DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
5 GREASE NILS CARTRIDGE LITOPLEX (400GR.) 00A06CGRA.207
MANUAL PUMP FOR GREASE 400gr WITH HOSE
1 00AZV0100.073
AND HEAD
1 MALE HEXAGONAL ALLEN KEY 14mm 00AMV528/14.0
3 V-BELT XPB 2180 00A04C009.218

Document Title: Tools kit
Section 6-4
Section 7-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST 2
1
7
Recommended Spare Parts List
In the table below is reported the Recommended Spare Parts List for the M-I SWACO
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD, with their respective part numbers:
CENTRIFUGE CD 518 HV FH
DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
MECHANICAL & ELECRTICAL SPARE PARTS 00R99F518.VFD
For further information about Spare Parts please refer to relevant manual of each
equipment in Section 11 Vendor Manuals and to M-I SWACO drawings as per Section 8.
Please also check the VFD control panel manual.
For other information about Spare Parts you can also contact M-I SWACO customer
service.

Via Bellaria, 228
44033 Berra (FE) — Italy
Tel: +39 0532 83.10.10
Fax: +39 0532 83.16.50
[email protected]

Document Title: Recommended Spare Parts List
Section 7-1
Section 8-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS -
1
3 2
2 1
23 22 4 3 1
1 2
1 2
A A

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
4 3
DRW. 5650
REV. 02
5
6 6

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
DRW. 5650
REV. 02
2
17
18
12
11
16
4
14
13
9
7
21
15 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
20 DRW. 5650
19
10
REV. 02
5650 518 HV VFD GENERAL ASSEMBLY 00F99F5650
POS DRW. N° DESCRIPTION CODE Q.ty
1 2.A002408 FRAME AND COVER GROUP 518 HV 2.A002408 1
2 2.0000096 ROTATING ASSEMBLY 518 HV VFD 2.0000096 1
3 5651 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY 518 HV VFD 10A55F5651.00 1
4 5651 BACK DRIVE GROUP 518 HV - FOR VFD 10A55F5622.02 1
5 5501_1 LIFTING BEAM FOR ELECTRIC 518 10A35F5501.1 1
6 5501_2 LIFTING SET 5501_2 2
7 - BOX PLASTIC DOCUMENT 9000-07 MANUAL PAK 6019302 1
8 - WASHER HEAD FOR VIBRATION DUMPER 00ASW.5895175 4
9 - WASHER TAIL - LORD J-2049-69 00ASW.5895176 4
10 - H.H. SCREW ISO 4017 - M18x120 - A2 - 70 0.A001675 4
11 - SPRING WASHER UNI 1751-A M18 - A2 - 70 0.A001680 4
12 - SELF LOCK NUT ISO 7040 M18 - A2 - 70 0.A001678 4
14 - MEDIUM HEX NUT ISO 4032 - M12 -A2 - 70 0.A001448 4
15 - PLAIN WASHER ISO 7089 M18 - A2 - 70 0.A001494 4
16 - STOCK CENTER BONDED CB-B1125-4 3.75x2.50 00ASW.5859347 4
18 - H.H. SCREW ISO 4017 - M10x35 - A2 - 70 0.A001676 8
20 - MEDIUM HEX NUT ISO 4032 - M16 -A2 - 70 0.A001449 4
21 4.0000004 ON BOARD COMPONENTS 518 HV VFD 4.0000004 1
22 - LABEL "PE" PROTECTIVE EARTH BM6K80097 2
23 - ADHESIVE - EARTH BOSS 0.A004823 2
Section 8-2
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

DETAILED DRAWINGS -
1
1 3 2
7 6 4
6
7
3
4
5

MAIN MOTOR GROUP
DRW. 5651
REV. 03
5651 MAIN MOTOR GROUP 10A55F5651.00
1 - EL.MOT.MRL 4P B3 225S 37kW VFD IP56 0.0000983 1
2 - PLAIN WASHER ISO 7089 M16 - A2-70 0.A001493 4
3 - SELF LOCK NUT ISO 7040 M16 - A2 - 70 00A01C004.043 4
4 5623 518 HV MOTOR MOUNTING 00F55F5623.0 1
5 - V-BELT XPB 2180 00A04C009.218 3
6 - 3 GROVES SHEAVE SPB Dp250 FOR TAPER BUSH 0.0000144 1
7 - TAPER BUSH 3020 HOLE Ø60 0.A005479 1
7
3
2
6

SECONDARY MOTOR GROUP
DRW. 10A55F5622.02
1 REV. 01
10A55F5622.02 SECONDARY MOTOR GROUP 10A55F5622.02
1 5611 ADJUSTABLE MOTOR BASES 00F55F5611.0 1
2 - TAPER BUSH 2517 HOLE D=42 0.0000917 1
3 - SHEAVE 3-3V 10.6 TAPER LOCK 00ASW.0579096 1
4 - PLAIN WASHER ISO 7089 M12- A2-70 0.A001488 4
5 - MEDIUM HEX NUT ISO 4032 - M12 - A2-70 0.A001448 4
6 - EL. MOT. MRL 4P B3 160M 11kW VFD IP56 0.0000982 1
7 - BELT V3X 1000 00ASW.0506127 1
VESSEL ASSEMBLY W/O GASKET
DRW. 9610107LG_METRIC
REV. 09
9610107LG_METRIC VESSEL ASSEMBLY W/O GASKET 00F40F9610107LG
1 9610107LG_1_METRIC VESSEL COVER - 1
2 9610107LG_2_METRIC VESSEL BASE - 1
3 9610215_METRIC WELDMENT PLATE WEAR - BOTTOM 00ASW.9610215 2
4 9610396_METRIC PROTECTION VESSEL COVER ASSEMBLY - 1
5 9610385_METRIC PIN HINGE 00ASW.9610385 2
6 9610261_METRIC BRACKET VESSEL HINGE - 2
7 - H.H. SCREW ISO 4014 - M16x70 - A2-70 0.A001672 6
8 - SELF-LOCKING NUT UNI-EN-ISO-7040 M16 00A01C004.043 6
9 - FLAT WASHER ISO 7089-10- A2-70 0.A001489 8
10 - SELF-LOCKING NUT UNI-EN-ISO-7040 M10 0.A001677 8
11 - HSHC SCREW ISO 4762 - M12x35 - A2-70 0.A001673 4
ROTATING ASSEMBLY
DRW. 9610838
REV. 01
9610838 ROTATING ASSEMBLY 9610838
POS DRW. N° DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER Qt
1 2.A001359 ROTATING ASSY W/O GEARBOX 2.A001359 1
2 9610130 GEARBOX ASSY 9610130 1
3 2.A001360 GS COUPLING GROUP WITH PULLEY 2.A001360 1
4 2867030 SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL 75W90 ARCTIC 00ASW.2867030 1
5 - HSHC SCREW ISO 4762 M16x30 A2-70 0.A001666 6
6 9610848_METRIC SHEAVE 3-5 V 7.7 OD 9610848 1
7 9610849_METRIC SHEAVE 3-5 V 5.8 9610849 1
8 - KEY BS4235-A 10x8 L=50 00ASW.8401269 1
5 11 10
3
2
12 13 14
1 2
8 7 9 15 6
7
11
15
6
10
7
9
5
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
12
1
ROTATING GROUP W/O GEARBOX

16 17
DRW. 2.A001359
14 13
REV. 05
2.A001359 ROTATING W/O GEARBOX 2.A001359
1 9610305_METRIC BASE 00F35F9610305 1
2 2.A001290 ROTATING SINGLE CYLINDER 518HV 2.A001290 1
3 9610832_METRIC FEED TUBE 9610832 1
4 - CAP PIPE POLY 2 IN CLOSED-END THD PROTEC 00ASW.5006192 1
5 9610107_METRIC VESSEL ASSEMBLY 518 / 518HV CENTRIFUGE 9610107 1
6 9610110_METRIC ADAPTER 8 IN LIQUID DISCHARGE 9610110 1
8 - H.H. SCREW ISO 4017 - M20x40 - A2-70 0.A001460 8
11 - H.H. SCREW ISO 8676 - M16x35x1.5 A2-70 00F01.16X35TEP 4
12 9610312_METRIC BRACKET MOUNTING FEED TUBE 00ASW.9610312 1
13 - H.H. SCREW ISO 4017 - M10x30 - A2-70 0.A001510 6
15 - SEAL FASIT 202 / AF152 - W/O HOLES 00A02C3950.18 1
16 9610383 PIN ALIGNMENT FEED TUBE 414/518 CENTRIFUGE 00AMV.9610383 2
5
17 6
36 42
1
9
24 59 46
51 20
14 16 26 54
39 32
10
53 5 33
50 28 21
2 2
41 4 29 3
37 48 30
31 51 15
8 34
10 13 61
35
12
38
22
23
25 53
33
58 47 27 7 43 11 14
32 11 31 40 33 43 44 19 5
40
44
45
57 55
56 18
A A
51 49 56 18 51
2 45
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
ROTATING SINGLE CYLINDER
DRW. 2.A001290
REV. 06
A
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
E
DRW. 2.A001290
REV. 06
38
37
41
14
36
51
33
17
32
11
10
49
55
57
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
DRW. 2.A001290
REV. 06
10
22
45
16
39
43
20
44
52
19
45
33
42
40
24
59
46
60
26
54
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
DRW. 2.A001290
REV. 06
2
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
DRW. 2.A001290
REV. 06
48
29
50
47
27
7
44
23
58 43
40
25
28
53
12
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
DRW. 2.A001290 45
REV. 06
10
31
11
32
33
21
30 51
3
14
15
13
61
49 34
55 35
57
56
18
CENTRIFUGE 518 HV
ROTATING SINGLE CYLINDER 45
DRW. 2.A001290
REV. 06
2.A001290 ROTATING SINGLE CYLINDER 2.A001290
1 9610147_METRIC HOUSING ASS'Y BEARING GEARBOX END 9610147 1
2 2.A001366 BOWL ASSEMBLY CENTRIFUGE 518HV 2.A001366 1
3 9610146_METRIC HOUSING ASSY BEARING FEED END 9610146 1
4 9610148_METRIC FLANGE ASSY 00ASW.9610148 1
5 9610321_METRIC CONVEYOR 518 MILLING ASS'Y 9610321 1
6 - BEARING NU 216 ECJ - 140x80x26 00A06C007.045 1
7 - BEARING NKI 85/26 - 115x85x26 00A06C025.098 1
8 9610841_METRIC WLDMENT PROTECTOR FEED TUBE 518 HV 9610841 1
9 9610992_METRIC BEARNG ASSY THRUST 414/518 CENTRIFUGE 9610992 1
10 9610398_METRIC RING GUARD 00ASW.9610398 2
11 9610354_METRIC DISC FAT VALVE 00ASW.9610354 2
12 9610351_METRIC DEFLECTOR FEED END 00ASW.9610351 1
13 9610425_METRIC SLEEVE SPACING 00ASW.9610425 1
14 9610399_METRIC RING LABYRINTH INTERNAL 00ASW.9610399 2
15 9610400_METRIC RING LABYRINTH SPLIT 00ASW.9610400 1
16 9610352_METRIC DEFLECTOR GEARBOX END 00ASW.9610352 1
17 9610403_METRIC RING SPACER 00ASW.9610403 1
18 9610384_METRIC PIN CONICAL M12 L.60MM BEARING HOUSING 00AMV.9610384 4
19 9610377_METRIC HOLDER BEARING 00ASW.9610377 1
20 9610411_METRIC SEAL LINING 00ASW.9610411 1
21 9610405_METRIC RING SPACER 00ASW.9610405 1
22 9610412_METRIC SHAFT DRIVE 00ASW.9610412 1
23 9610410_METRIC SEAL LINING 00ASW.9610410 1
24 9610378_METRIC HOLDER BALL BEARING GEARBOX END 00ASW.9610378 1
25 9610345_METRIC RING LOCKING FLANGED 00ASW.9610345 1
26 9610359_METRIC DISK EJECTOR GEARBOX 00ASW.9610359 1
27 9610401_METRIC RETAINER GREASE 00ASW.9610401 1
28 9610420_METRIC SHIM 1.5MM 00ASW.9610420 1
29 9610360_METRIC EJECTOR DISK 00ASW.9610360 1
30 - BEARING 6218 M4/C4 - 160x90x30 00A06C001.464 1
31 - O-RING 101 MM ID x 3.0 MM W BUNA-N 70 00ASW.8401310 2
32 - SEAL V RING FACE 117 X 131 X 8 MM 00CMV.8401322 2
33 - O-RING 5.7 X 159.3 MM BUNA-N 00ASW.8401336 3
34 - LOCKWASHER MB-18 90x126x1.75 00A06C040.018 1
35 - LOCK NUT SKF KM 18 M90x2x120 DIN 981 00A06C037.018 1
36 - BEARING NU 1020 ML/C3 - 150x100x24 00A06C007.013 1
37 - LOCKWASHER MB-16 80x112x1.75 00A06C040.016 1
38 - NUT LOCK KM 16 - M80x2 00A06C037.016 1
39 - RING RETAINING INT 2.4 MM THICK 136 MM 00A07C502.130 1
40 - O-RING 119.5 MM ID X 3 MM W BUNA-N 00A07C001.107 2
2.A001290 ROTATING SINGLE CYLINDER 2.A001290
41 - SET SCREW ISO 4026 - M12x16 - A2-70 0.A001687 3
42 - SECURITY RING FOR HUB D=140 - SEEGER 00A07C502.140 1
43 - SEAL LIP 95MM BORE X 115MM X 13MM BUNA-N 00A07C002.009 2
44 - SEAL LIP 95MM BORE X 110MM X 10MM BUNA-N 00A07C001.157 2
45 - SCREW ISO 4027 - M5x8 - A2-70 00ASW.8401476 6
46 - PAR PIN ISO 8734-A 14x40 (m6) AISI303 00ASW.8401374 4
47 - SHAFT RING RETAINER EXT 72 mm DIA 00ASW.8401429 1
48 - O-RING 5.7 x 79.3 00A07C001.106 1
49 - PLUG PIPE HEX HD PLT 1/4 NPT 10000 PSI 5060075 2
50 - C.R.P.H.M. SCREW ISO 7045 - M4x10 A2-70 00A01C001.003 2
51 - STRAIGHT GREASER 1/8"NPT 21/32" AISI304 2840015 4
55 - H.H. SCREW ISO 8676 - M16x65x1.5 A2-70 00F01.16X65TEP 4
58 - PIN DOWELL SS 8h7mm DIA. x 20mm LG. 8401350 1
59 9610418_METRIC SHIM 1 MM 00ASW.9610418 1
60 - SET SCREW ISO 4026 - M10x12 - A2-70 0.A001684 1
61 1.A005014 SHEAVE DUMMY - SHIPPING SPACER 518HV 1.A005014 1
GS COUPLING WITH PULLEY
DRW. 2.A001360
REV. 00
GS COUPLING WITH PULLEY
DRW. 2.A001360
REV. 00
2.A001360 GS COUPLING WITH PULLEY 2.A001360
1 9610415 GEARBOX SHEAVE 1
2 9610365 SHEAVE ADAPTER 1
3 - BEARING SERIES 6009 RS1 45x75x16 00A06C001.259 2
4 9610140 GS COUPLING ASSY 1
5 9610334 CLAMP RING 1
6 9610357 GS COUPLING DRIVER 1
7 - PIN DOWEL SS 6 MM DIA L= 40 MM 00ASW.8401369 1
8 9610369 RING SPACER 1
9 9610441 OUTER RING SPACER 1
10 9610430 GS COUPLING WASHER 1
11 - HSHC SCREW ISO 4762 M8x20 A2-70 0.A001475 5
12 - RING RETAINER 41.60x1.6 MM 00ASW.8401428 1
13 - GREASER STL STR 1/8 NPT 21/32 LG 00ASW.2840015 2
14 9610408 SCREW SOC HD M8x20 MODIFIED 3
15 - WASHER STL PLT 7/8 ID X 1-11/64 OD 00ASW.8401891 1*
16 - SPRING DISC 45x22.4x1.25 MM 00ASW.8401884 11
* the quantity of this component can be modified to adjust the GS coupling release force as stated in Section 6-1
Section 9-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY -
1
2
Section 10-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

ELECTRIC MOTOR (MARELLI) -
1
2
ASI.UM.021.1
ITALIANO ENGLISH
Indice Index
Avvertenze generali sulla sicurezza 3 General safety warning 11
1. Generalità sullidoneità del motore 1. General information on motor suitability
al luogo di installazione 3 for the hazardous area 11
2. Marcatura del motore oggetto della 2. Marking of the motor and checks for
fornitura e controllo della corrispondenza 4 suitability to the hazardous environment 12
3. Descrizione 4 3. Description 12
Motori asincroni trifase per atmosfere potenzialmente esplosive 4. Trasporto a magazzino 5 4. Transport and storage 13
5. Installazione 5 5. Installation 13
5.1 Controlli preliminari 5 5.1 Check before installation 13
Three phase induction motors for potentially explosive atmospheres 5.2 Prova d’isolamento
5.3 Equilibratura e montaggio dell’organo
5 5.2 Insulation testing
5.3 Balancing and assembling of the
13
di trasmissione 6 transmission element 13

5.4 Condizioni di installazione 6 5.4 Installation condition 14
Moteurs asynchrones pour atmosphères potentiellement explosives 5.5 Allineamento
5.6 Collegamennto elettrico
6
6
5.5 Alignment
5.6 Electrical connection
14
14
5.7 Motori con ventillazione ausiliaria 7 5.7 Motor with auxiliary fan unit 15
5.8 Motori con alimentazione da inverter 7 5.8 Motors supplied by frequency inverter 15
Asynchrone Drehstrommotoren für potentiell explosive Atmosphären 5.9 Messa in servizio
6. Manutenzione
7
8
5.9 Commissioning
6. Maintenance
15
16
6.1 Intervalli delle ispezioni e manutenzioni 8 6.1 Inspections and maintenance intervals 16
6.2 Lubrificazione 9 6.2 Lubrication 17
Motores asincrónicos trifásicos para atmósferas potencialmente explosivas 6.3 Smontaggio e rimontaggio 9 6.3 Dismantling and assembling 17
6.4 Manutenzione di motori installati in 6.4 Maintenance of motors for use in the
ambienti con presenza di polvere presence of combustible dust 17
combustibile 10 6.5 Spare parts 18
6.5 Parti di ricambio 10 7. Figures 43
D5 160 - 315
7. Figure 43 8. Part name 44
8. Denominazione dei componenti 44
9. Connection diagram 46
9. Schema di collegamento 46 10. Crimping lug selection (increased safety
10.Scelta capocorda (scatola morsetti EEx e) 47 e terminal box) 47
I 2G EEx d-de II B T3, T4, T5 II 2D IP65 T 150°C, 135°C, 100°C I M2 EEx d I

FRANCAISE DEUTSCH ESPAÑOL
Indice Unhalt Indice
Avertissements généraux pour la sécurité 19 Allgemeine Sicherheitsinweise 27 Advertencias generales de seguridad 35
1. Généralites sur laptitude du moteur au lieu 1. Allgemeine Hinweise in Bezug auf die Eignung 1. Generalidades sobre la idóneidad del motor
dinstallation 19 para el lugar de instalación 35
des Motors für den Installationsort 27
Istruzioni e avvertenze sulla sicurezza 2. Marquage du moteur objet de la fourniture 2. Kennzeichnung des gelieferten Motors und 2. Marcación del motor objeto del pedido,
et contrôle de la correspondance 20 y control de la correspondencia 36
Kontrolle der Übereinstimmung 28
3. Description 20 3. Descripción 37
Instructions and safety information 4. Transport et stockage en magasin 21
3. Beschreibung
4. Transport und Aufbewahrung im Lager
29
29
4. Transporte y stock en almacén 37
5. Installation 21 5. Instalación 37
5.1 Contrôles préliminaires 21 5. Installation 29 5.1 Controles preliminares 37
Instructions et avertissement pour la sécurité 5.2 Essai d'isolation 21 5.1 Vorkontrollen
5.2 Isolationsprüfungen
29
30
5.2 Prueba de aislamiento 38
5.3 Equilibrage et montage de l'organe de 5.3 Equilibración y montaje del órgano de
transmission 22 5.3 Equilibratur Auswuchtung und Montage transmisión 38
des Übertragungsorgans 30
Betriebsanleitung und allgemeine Sicherheishinweise 5.4 Conditions d'installation
5.5 Alignement
22
22 5.4 Installationsbedingungen 30
5.4 Condiciones de instalación
5.5 Alineación
38
38
5.6 Raccordement électrique 22 5.5 Ausrichtung 30 5.6 Conexión eléctrica 38
5.7 Moteurs avec ventilation auxiliaire 23 5.6 Elektrischer Anschluß 31 5.7 Motores con ventilación auxiliar 39
Instrucciones y advertencias de seguridad 5.8 Moteurs alimentés par variateurs 24 5.7 Motoren mit Fremdbelüftung 31
5.8 Motorenbetrieb am Frequenzumrichter (FU) 31
5.8 Motores alimentados por un variador
5.9 Mise en service 24 de velocidad 39
5.9 Inbetriebnahme 32 5.9 Puesta en servicio 40
6. Manutention 24
6.1 Intervalles d'inspection et d'entretien 24 6. Wartung 32 6. Mantenimiento 40
6.2 Graissage 25 6.1 Zeitabstände für Prüfungen und 6.1 Intervalos de las inspecciones y de los
6.3 Dépose et remontage 25 Wartungsarbeiten 32 mantenimientos 40
6.4 Manutention de moteurs installés en 6.2 Schmierung 33 6.2 Lubricación 41
ambiantes avec présence de poudre 6.3 Demontage und erneute Montage 33 6.3 Desmontaje y remontaje 42
combustible 26 6.4 Wartung von Motoren die in Räumen 6.4 Mantenimiento de los motores instalados
6.5 Pièces de rechange 26 mit brennbarem Staub installiert sind 34 en ambientes con presencia de polvo
6.5 Ersatzteile 34 combustible 42
7. Figures 43
7. Abbildungen 43 6.5 Piezas de recambio 42
8. Dénomination composants 44
8. Bezeichnung der Bestandteile 44 7. Figuras 43
9. Schéma de raccordement 46
9. Ansclu!plan 46 8. Denominación de los componentes 44
10. Choix de la cosse (boîte à bornes EEx e) 47
10. Wahl des Kabelschuhs (Klemmkasten 9. Esquema de conexión 46
EEx e) 47 10. Elección del terminal de cable (caja de los
bornes EEx e) 47
ASI.UM.021.1
2 MARELLI MOTORI
ASI.UM.021.1 ASI.UM.021.1
D5 Three phase induction motors for potentially explosive atmospheres
2. Marking of the motor and checks for suitability to the hazardous environment
Sizes 160-180-200-225-250-280-315
II 2G EEx d-de II B T3 T5; II 2D IP65 T 100°C,135°C, 150°C; I M2 EEx d I
ENGLISH D5 motors have EC type certification according to European Directive 94/9/EC – ATEX.
Therefore this series of motors is appropriate for use in classified areas where one of the following protections is required:
Arzignano (VI) - ITALY Instructions and safety information Group Category Type of protection Temperature class series
II 2G EEx d II B T3T5 D5C D5D (D5F: only T3, T4 Temp. Class)
The motors to which these “instructions” refers are components designed for use in industrial areas (machines/plants) and therefore
II 2G EEx de II B T3T5 D5X D5E (D5S: only T3, T4 Temp. Class)
cannot be treated as retail goods.
I M2 EEx d I - D5T D5U
This documentation consequently contains information that is only suitable for use by qualified personnel. It must be used in compliance
I M2 EEx de I - D5T D5U
with the regulations, laws and technical Standards in force and cannot, under any circumstances, take the place of plant standards or
II 2D IP 65 T150°C, T135°C, T100°C D5A D5B
additional regulations, including any which are not legally enforceable, which have been issued with the scope of ensuring safety.
It is to be ensure that motor type (as in the nameplate) and Type of Protection are appropriate to area classification (including
Machines built to customer specifications or with constructional differences may differ in detail from the motors described herein. If you
apparatus Group, Category and Temperature Class).
encounter any difficulties please do not hesitate to contact Marelli Motori, specifying:
D5 motors of Category 2G can be used also in hazardous areas for gases which required electrical apparatus of Category 3G.
- the type of motor - the full motor code number - the serial number
In the nameplate there is the motor rating and
The service/installation engineer shall be responsible for ensuring the motor is suitable for its intended use within a - the marking (specific and additional) referred to the type of motor protection (for use in potentially explosive atmosphere).
given plant having analysed the dangers in the installation area in compliance with the technical, safety and any - the identification of the Notified Bodies that issued the approval certification.
other relevant regulations in force. Nameplate data concerning the safety include:
Besides safety information concerning induction motors for standard applications, motors to be used in potentially explosive
atmospheres require/need further instructions to avoid damage and risks the protective casing of the motor. Symbol Description
General safety information CE conformity marking indicating compliance with directive 94/9/EC and other applicable European
Di ti
DANGER Identification number of the Notified Body involved in the production control stage
Zzzz (0722 ≡ CESI)
Electric rotating motors have dangerous parts: during operation they have live and rotating components.
Therefore:
- improper use, Specific marking according to 94/9/EC (ATEX) and technical standards
- the removal of protective covers and the disconnection of protection devices,
- inadequate inspection and maintenance, Motor for surface installations, other than mines, where gas/vapours could be present, of Group II and
can result in severe personal injury or property damage. II 2G Category 2 (appropriate for Zone 1 and, with redundancy, for Zone 2).
The person responsible for safety must therefore ensure that the machine is transported, installed, operated, maintained and repaired EEx d Motor with flameproof “d” enclosure and terminal box.
by qualified personnel only, which must have: Motor with flameproof enclosure and safety increase “e” terminal box.
- specific training and experience, including instructions on the various types of protection and on the general principles of area
EEx de
classification, IIB Apparatus subgroup IIB, appropriate to IIB gas/vapours subdivision (and also IIA subdivision)
- knowledge of applicable standards and laws, Temperature class of the motor (maximum surface temperature) appropriate to the ignition temperature
- knowledge of the general safety regulations, national and local codes and plant requirements, T3, T4, T5 of the gas. The motor of a specified temperature class is appropriate also to the higher temp. class
- the skill to recognise and avoid possible danger. (eg.: T4 motor is appropriate also to gases with T3, T2, T1 temperature class)
All maintenance and inspection operations must be carried out only with the authorisation of the person responsible for
safety, with the machine at a standstill, disconnected from the supply (including the auxiliary circuits such as the anti- Motor for use in mines (or their surface installation) liable to be endangered by firedamp and/or
condensation heaters), and after ensuring no explosive atmosphere is present. I M2 combustible dust,– Category M2: it is intended to be de-energised in the event of an explosive
As the electric motor is a component to be coupled to another machine (single or part of an installation), it is the responsibility of the atmosphere
installing engineer to ensure, during operation, proper protection against the risk of contact with bare rotating parts and to prevent people or EEx d Motor with flameproof enclosure and terminal box.
things from approaching the machine is established. Additional protective measures must be taken and assured by the person EEx de Motor with flameproof enclosure and safety increase “e” terminal box.
responsible for the installation, if stricter protection conditions are required. Enclosure for Group I, for use in mines (or their surface installation ) liable to be endangered by
If the machine shows deviations from the normal performance (higher power input, increase in temperature, noise and vibrations) promptly I firedamp and/or combustible dust.
advise the personnel responsible for maintenance. (It is intended the motor must be de-energised in the event of an explosive atmosphere).
Motor for use in the presence of combustible dust , Group II and Category 2 , appropriate to Zone 21
II 2D and (with redundancy) to Zone 22
1. General information on motor suitability for the hazardous area
If the motor is used in potentially explosive atmosphere, it is necessary to verify it is appropriate for the zone classification and the
characteristics of the flammable substances present in the installation.
IP 65 Degree of protection according to EN 60034-5
The Essential Health and Safety Requirements for potentially explosive atmospheres are provided by European Directives: T150°C, T135°C,
- 94/9/EC of 23 March 1994 regarding the apparatus, Maximum surface temperature (°C) referred to the ambient temperature and rated supply and load.
T100°C
- 1999/92/EC of 16 December 1999 regarding the protection of workers potentially at risk from explosive atmosphere.
EN 60079-10 standard gives the classification criteria of the hazardous areas. AB : code of the Notified Body which has carried out the EC Type examination (CESI)
EN 50281-1-1 standard gives specific requirements for electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust (for selection, ABxx ATEX yyy xx : year of issue (02 ≡ 2002)
installation and maintenance of the electrical apparatus see EN 50281-1-2). yyy : number of the CE Type examination certificate
EN 60079-14 standard gives specific requirements for electrical installations in hazardous areas (other than mines) for explosive gas
With regards to the maximum surface temperature defined by the temperature class on the nameplate, is assured if the ambient
atmospheres. According to these technical and legal provisions, the motor choice shall consider the following elements:
temperature does not exceed 40°C or the ambient temperature marked on the nameplate .
♦ type of installation: mines endangered by firedamp (group I), surface installations other than mines (group II), D5 motors are for use in ambient temperature range between - 20°C and + 40°C (or higher temperature if it is marked in nameplate). The
♦ apparatus intended to be energised (Cat. M1) or de-energised (Cat. M2) in the event of an explosive atmosphere (for mines), ambient temperature in any case cannot exceed + 60°C.
♦ zone classification (for surface installation different from mines):
- 0, 1, 2 (potentially explosive atmospheres referred to gases, vapours, or mists, for which an apparatus of Category 1G, 2G, 3G is
appropriate);
3. Description.
These instructions refer to three-phase squirrel-cage explosion proof motors, fan cooled type for low voltage supply, manufactured
- 20, 21, 22 (potentially explosive atmospheres referred to flammable dusts, for which an apparatus of Category 1D, 2D , 3D is
according to the standards indicated on the name plate.
appropriate),
Degree of protection (IP)
♦ characteristics of the flammable substances which could be present as gas, vapours, mist or dust,
The degree of protection of motors is shown on the name plate.
- gas/vapour subdivision: IIA, IIB,IIC
- temperature class: T1, T2, T3, T4, T5,T6 (for gas) or maximum surface temperature (for dust), Noise level
The information refers to a wide range of motors and type variants. The noise emission data referring to specific size, construction and
- degree of protection of enclosure (IP 6X and IP 5X).
speed are mentioned in catalogues and in product documentation, and are within the limits stated by standards.
The use of electrical motors is forbidden for Group II Category 1G and 1D (Zones 0 and 20) and for Group I Category M1.
MARELLI MOTORI 11 12 MARELLI MOTORI

Bearings Generally speaking, the element should be hot mounted. We recommend heating the component to a temperature of 80-100°C (during
The standard motors with shaft height 160-250 are normally equipped with ball bearings. The axial positioning of the rotor is obtained heating, remove from the transmission element any elastic part subject to deterioration).
by a locating bearing at D-end. They are usually supplied without regreasing devices. When it is not possible to heat the part, one can use , the tool illustrated in fig. 1.
The standard motors with shaft height 280-315 have a ball bearing as rotor locating bearing at N-end. They are normally equipped with
regreasing devices.
The type of motor bearings is specified on the nameplate. 5.4 Installation conditions
The operation of a motor with roller bearings without radial loads to the shaft end could damage the bearing. Install the motor in a ventilated room, far from sources of heat and in a place it so that will prevent obstacles from obstructing
It is advisable to replace the bearings after motor dismantling and, in any case , periodically, without waiting for their ventilation openings. Warm exhaust air must not be sucked in again. This can increase the temperature of frame surface and windings
deterioration. with dangerous effects.
Accessories Make sure that inspections and maintenance can be carried out easily when the motor is installed.
According to the customer’s order, motors can be equipped with accessories, such as anti-condensation heaters, thermistors, fan unit, The motor should be supported by a baseplate or a flat foundation suitable to avoid vibrations and sufficiently rigid to maintain the alignment.
etc.. Special attention should be made to ensure proper guards are provided to prevent accidental contact with rotating
parts and with those parts of the frame whose temperature may arise up to and exceeding 50°C.
If thermal protections are used, take measures to prevent any hazard related to sudden unexpected restarting.
4. Transport and storage All motors must be protected against the effects of short-circuit and overloads (eg. by a current-dependent delayed circuit breaker and a
The motor shall be carefully inspected on arrival in order to verify if damage occured during transport; if any are identified, they should device for direct control by embedded temperature sensors) and against reconnections which may result from overvoltages.
be referred directly to the haulier. The motors have one or more lifting eyes for lifting and handling. For belt drives the motor shall be installed with the axis parallel to the driven machine, to avoid axial loads on the bearings, and on slide
rails to set the right tension of the belts.
The lifting eyes are designed to support only the weight of the motor, not the weight of the set that incorporates the Never exceed the maximum permissible axial and radial loads (see catalogues or contact Marelli Motori).
motor. When lowering the motor always make sure that it will rest on safe and stable supports.
Generally the belt drive use should be carefully considered and in any case has to be made in such a way to
Motor weight is indicated on the following table: prevent electrostatic charges from accumulating on the moving belt, causing sparks (use belts approved for
Max weight of standard motors (kg) hazardous areas).
Size 160 180 200 225 250 280 315
For motors installed in area with the presence of combustible dust (Zone 21 and 22 of EN 60079-10) be careful to avoid an excessive thick
kg 180 210 230 320 360 590 1050 layer of dust on motors.
If the motor is not put into operation immediately, it should be stored in a covered area that is clean, dry and vibration-free place. Motors with IM V3, IM V6, IM V36 mounting arrangements (with the shaft extension pointing upwards) must be protected against objects
Detailed information for long terms storage may be supplied by Marelli Motori if requested. falling into the fan cowl.
Motors with IM V1, IM V5, IM V15 mounting arrangements (with the shaft extension pointing downwards) must have a protective cover over
fan-cowl to protect against falling objects.
5. Installation
5.1 Check before installation 5.5 Alignment
The installer must ensure the existence of the type of safety which made the type of construction chosen Align the motor and the driven machine very carefully, inaccurate alignement may result in vibrations, damages to the bearings
admissible for the specific installation area (in full compliance with the standard governing the type of safety and even shaft extension fracture.
of the motor installed) in order to ensure the effective operation of the defences (barriers), preventing the The alignment is done by verifying with a comparator or a thickness caliper that the distance between the half-couplings is the same all
occurrence of an undesired event, proper of various types of protection. the way around and checking with a comparator or a rule if the external surface of the half-couplings are coaxial (fig. 2).
Before installing the motor, make sure that name plate data correspond to power supply and operating conditions and that the The check must be performed in four diametrically opposite points.
installation complies with the manufacturers recommendations. The errors should be corrected using shims placed between the feet and the base.
The temperature class shown on the motors rating plate must be compatible with the temperature class of any inflammable Always double-check alignment after tightening fixing bolts.
gases which might form. By hand verify that the rotor turns easily.
The following are essential barrier elements:
- integrity of the enclosure (which must not have any accidental cracks, unauthorised holes, covers not in place, cable entry holes
that are not used and not blanked off) 5.6 Electrical connection
- pipe entries (which must be made with a suitable thread and fitted with the necessary tightening unions)
Works on the electric machine should be carried out with the machine stopped and disconnected from the
- cable entries (which must be made with certified cable glands with perfect tightening of seals and armour).
Check if vertical construction machines with shaft extension downwards are provided with canopy. power supply (including auxiliary circuits, such as anti-condensation heaters).
Make sure that the motors to be used in particular ambient conditions are equipped with adequate solutions to operate correctly: The connection diagram for standard motors is illustrated in § 9.
tropicalization treatment, protection against direct sun radiation, special fan cowl for the textile industry, etc.. Use power supply cables of a size suitable for the maximum current absorbed by the motor, avoiding overheating and/or voltage drops.
Make sure that the operating speed will not exceed the maximum speed specified by the manufacturer (control and protection devices Prevent the transmission of mechanical stresses to the motor terminals.Check that the terminal nuts are firmly tightened.
shall be used if necessary). Make sure that unused cable-entry openings are closed and that the requirements concerning the degree of protection shown
on the name plate are fulfilled.
Before carrying out any testing, ensure the atmosphere is non-explosive while the checks are carried out. The potential-equalising connections to the earth terminals on the frame and in the terminal box must be sized with a
suitable cross-section and made in compliance with the Standards in force.
The connections contact surfaces must be clean and protected against corrosion.
5.2 Insulation testing The connection to the terminals of motors in version EEx de has to be carried out as shown in fig. 3, assuring safety
Before starting up and after long periods at standstill or storage, the insulation resistance of the windings to earth should be measured using clearance between conductive live parts.
a suitable DC instrument (500 V). The electrical connection has to be carried out keeping the minimum clearance between bare conductive parts at different
Never touch the terminals during and immediately after measurement since they may carry dangerous voltages. potentials specified by EN 50019 standard and pointed out in the following table:
After measurement, the windings should be discharged immediately to avoid risks of electric shock. Working voltage U (V) 175 < U ≤ 275 275 < U ≤ 420 420 < U ≤ 550 550 < U ≤ 750
Ensure no explosive atmosphere is present while the check/measure is in progress. Minimum clearance (mm) 5 6 8 10
The insulation resistance, measured with the winding temperature at 25°C, should never be less than:
- 10 MΩ for a new winding Connecting up the auxiliary circuits (if present).
- 1 MΩ for windings of a motor having operated for long periods. • Thermal protection devices. Check the type of protective device before connecting it up. Thermistors require a suitable trip
Lower values normally indicate the presence of moisture in the windings. If this is the case dry them, in order to obtain an insulation relay.
resistance value higher than the minimum value required. • Anti-condensation heaters. The anti-condensation heaters must be powered by a line separated from the motor line. They must
never under any circumstances be powered when the motor is running. Ensure the voltage is in conformity with the value of
the specific nameplate.
5.3 Balancing and assembling of the transmission element • Auxiliary fan unit. See specific section (5.7).
Unless otherwise indicated the rotor is balanced dynamically with a half-key fitted on the shaft extension, in compliance with
EN 60034-14. The transmission element should therefore be balanced with a half-key before fitting. The connection to the terminals have to be carried out with tightening torques from section 6.3.
The transmission element should be fitted with the utmost care, without any blows that might damage the bearings.

Cable entries Start up the motor and check the direction of rotation, rotation speed, the name plate rating data and the bearing temperature.
Connections have to be carried out by cable or conduit entries according to EN 60079-14 standard. Motors have to operate within the operating limits of the nameplate data.
Cable and conduit entries shall be constructed and fixed so that they do not alter the specific characteristics of the type of protection. During the motor operation the terminal box has to be always closed regularly .
The selection of the cable gland must be done in relation to the type of installation and type of cable. The cable gland must:
- prevent pulling or twisting applied to it from being transmitted to the terminals,
- ensure the degree of protection (IP) of the terminal box. 6. Maintenance
In the EEx–d terminal boxes (flameproof type of protection) the cable entries must be approved according to EN 50014 and EN 50018 All maintenance and inspection operations must be carried out with the machine at standstill and
standards, with a minimum degree of protection IP 55. disconnected from the power supply (including auxiliary circuits, especially the anticondensation
In the EEx-e terminal boxes (safety increased type of protection) the cable entries must be approved according to EN 50014 and heaters).
EN 50019 standards, with a minimum degree of protection IP 55. Do not open the terminal box of a motor installed in a hazardous area before all the supplies are de-energised
The cable entries must be CE marked according to Group I or Group II, according to the Category of the motor. and insulated and the motor is cooled or is assured the absence of explosive atmosphere.
The cable glands used in motors with degree of protection IP 65 (for use in Zones 21 – Motors of Category 2D) shall ensure the degree of The drawing on fig. 6, referring to standard motors, contains useful information for qualified personnel for repairs made to motor.
protection of the motor (IP 65). Special construction motors may differ in details from the one illustrated.
Connection of the auxiliary devices (Temperature sensors, Thermistors) Repairs must be carried out in the Marelli Motori workshop. Any repair by the end user, unless expressly approved by the
It is advisable that the connection of the auxiliary devices is carried out by shielded cables, sufficient distance from the main supply cables manufacturer, releases the manufacturer from his responsibility concerning the conformity of the motor.
to ensure safety. Only original spare parts may be used.
5.7 Motors with auxiliary fan unit 6.1 Inspections and maintenance intervals
Connect the power supply to the motor of the fan separately from that of the main motor. To ensure electric devices maintain their original characteristics over time, it is essential to implement an inspection and maintenance
The motor of the fan unit shall have the same type of protection and temperature class as the main motor. programme carried out by qualified engineers which takes into account the importance of the plant ambient conditions (dust etc.)
Incorporate a device and pertinent control logic which only enables operation of the main motor when the fan unit operating conditions (load, numbers of starts, etc.).
is activated/energised. The inspections and maintenance of motors in hazardous areas for explosive gas atmospheres must be carried out according to standard
The electrical control must ensure that the main motor with auxiliary fan kit can only operate when the thermal protective device, EN 60079-17 .
using the motor thermistors, is active. The accumulation of dust and dirt reduce the motor’s heat dispersing capacity, causing an increase in the surface temperature.
Do not operate any automatic restarting process of the main motor after tripping of protection devices. As general rule for this type of machine, an Initial inspections are recommended followed by periodical checks in order to complete an
inspection schedule.
The user is responsible for evaluating any need to carry out a maintenance operation before the scheduled time due to abnormal
5.8 Motors supplied by frequency converter operation.
The running conditions shall be in accordance with the indications of the operating table supplied with the motors, in terms of torque and When performing an inspection check that:
speed range. Check that the motors have been ordered just for inverter supply , one nameplate must have the indication “inverter - the motor operates smoothly, without noise or irregular vibrations due to bearing deterioration;
supplied”. - the operating data complies with rating data;
Motors operating with frequency converter must be arranged with passive thermal protection (eg. Thermistors, PT100) fitted in - no modifications have been made to the structure which alter the electrical and mechanical operation of the motor;
the windings. - the air inlet openings are not obstructed and there is not an accumulation of dust and dirt on the frame, which can damage
The electrical control must ensure that the motor can only operate when the thermal protective device, using the motor the cooling;
temperature sensors, is active. - the supply cables show no signs of deterioration and connection are firmly tight (to avoid abnormal contact resistances and
The devices using the passive thermal protection shall be appropriate and the inverter shall be capable of processing this information. Do consequent overheating);
not operate any automatic restarting of the main motor after thermal protection tripping. - the thermal protections are not disconnected or out of calibration;
The inverter has to be selected taking into consideration that the maximum permissible voltage peaks at the motor terminals must not - the earth, protection device and potential equalising conductors are in perfect condition (undamaged);
exceed the value of 1060 V (since the approved components are certified for a working voltage of 750 V). - screws and nuts are firmly tightened;
The value of the voltage spikes are also linked to the cable length. - there are no grease leakages from supports;
The inverter output performances, with reference to the harmonic content, shall be compatible with the supply of motor and according to the - the transmission elements are in perfect condition.
indications of IEC 60034-17. For the above inspections it is not necessary to dismantle the machine.
For motors with a rated voltage higher than 500 V shall be used suitable du/dt filter or sinusoidal filter. Dismantling is only necessary when the bearings are cleaned or replaced. In that occasion the following additional checks are required:
- alignment,
The motor power leads must be symmetric and shielded.
- insulation resistance,
Observe the additional instruction of the converter operating manual.
Any deviations or changes found out during inspection must be corrected immediately.
Whoever is responsible for the installation design has to apply solutions to comply with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements
of the installation. All maintenance activities which impact the flameproof protection, such as:
The achievement of appropriate screening will facilitate the suitability to EMC requirements of the installation. - rewinding and bushing repairs,
- cooling system repairs,
Bearing voltages and currents must be avoided in Ex motors.
- dismantling ,
The motors of size equal or larger than 280 for inverter supply are with insulated N-end bearing.
shall comply with IEC 60079-19 standard.
The replacement of this bearing must be carried out using a bearing of the same type.
These activities must be undertaken by the manufacturer or, if authorised, by an accredited company (which also has knowledge of relevant
The complete definition of the bearing type is on the motor nameplate.
standards and type of protections of the motors) to keep the essential health and safety requirements of the certified apparatus avoiding any
Motors with encoders impact on type of protection.
D5 motors with encoders, if ordered for inverter supply, have suitable insulation of the coupling between shaft and encoder. If the repair involves parts concerning the flameproof protection, the construction data of the motor (eg.: dimensions and roughness of
Be careful this insulation is kept after any maintenance operation. flameproof joints, characteristics of the windings, etc.) must not to be changed and the repaired component must be verified.
The electrical connection of the encoder shall be carried out using shielded cables. The original main nameplate shall be retained.
The screening of the connection between encoder and frequency converter shall be according to the instructions of its manufacturer, A written declaration of the repair work shall be compiled.
ensuring the conformity of the connections to the requirements of the installation (related to the type of protection) and to the EMC If the motor, after repair, complies completely to the standards and to the certificate, an additional repair plate shall be added to the motor,
requirements of the installation. showing the following minimum data:
- symbol R
- company performing the work,
5.9 Commissioning - kind of repair work,
Before starting up, check if installation, alignment, electrical connection and earthing have been carried out correctly. - date of repair.
Make sure that all protective measures against contact with live or rotating parts have been arranged, and that ventilation openings are not If the repair modifies relevant aspects concerning the Ex protection and the motor after the repair does not comply with the certificate, the
obstructed. Unused apertures are to be closed with approved plugs. original nameplate shall be removed and the motor shall not be suitable for use in hazardous areas anymore.
We recommend to replace the grease in the motor supports that have been stored under favourable conditions (dry, dust and vibration- For a further use in these areas the motor needs an additional examination carried out and certified by a Notified Body.
free rooms) for a period of 3 years or more.
Verify by hand that the rotor turns freely (without hindrance).
For motors with cooling IC 416, the auxiliary motor (which drives the fan) has to be supplied by net at constant frequency and it has to
operate before the starting of the main motor (whose operation has to be forbidden if the auxiliary motor is not running).

6.2 Lubrication 6.5 Spare parts

In the case of ordering spare parts always state motor type and code as shown on the name plate.
Initial lubrication
The component description will be the same as the one given on § 8.
For initial charge of standard motor bearings the grease Esso-Unirex N3 (a grease with lithium complex soap) is usually used.
To lubricate the motors without regreasing devices, clean the bearing and the bearing housing and renew the grease after: Some standardized components (screws, nuts, bearings, etc.) are available from specialized dealers.
Lubrication intervals When ordering bearings, state the complete description with the suffix (it may indicate special characteristics) that can be taken
rpm Quantità grasso from the outer ring of the installed bearing. Motors of sizes 280 and 315 energised by inverter have N-end bearings of the
Motor size insulated type : replace it with a bearing of the same type.
3600 3000 1800 1500 1000 (g)
160 180 M 7000 7500 12000 14000 18000 16 Be sure that for spare parts (different than standardized components screws, nuts, bearings) only original components are used.
180 L 200 5500 7000 11000 12000 16000 20 The fasteners must be of the same type and class of those initially used.
225 5500 7000 10000 11000 16000 30
250 5000 5500 9500 11000 14000 36
The table values are based on the motor running at normal environment, without vibrations and external axial or radial loads.
Lubrication intervals for vertical machines are half of the above values.
The lubricating data of the motors with regreasing devices are given in the nameplates and they are referred to normal environment, without
vibrations and external axial or radial loads.
When motor is supplied with a frequency converter, if the speed range is over the synchronous speed of 50 or 60 Hz but within the certified
limits, the lubrication interval must be shorted.
Motors lubricated with special grease have grease type in the nameplate.
When lubrication is done on a motor with regreasing devices, remove the plug from the endshield, clean the grease nipple before replacing
the grease, turn the rotor in order to distribute the new grease inside the bearing.
Immediately after regreasing the bearing temperature rises (10-15 °C) for a while, and then drops to normal values after the grease has
been uniformly distributed and the excessive grease displaced from the bearing.
An excessive quantity of grease causes the bearing to self heat.
After regreasing, close the exhaust grease opening with the plug.
Support leaning and grease renewal
Whatever the operating hours may be, the grease needs to be renewed after 1-2 years and when doing complete overhauls.
After dismantling the motor clean the bearing and the bearing housing of old grease, dry them, check the bearing for running clearance
and if necessary replace it.
Fill all the empty spaces inside the bearing with new grease, do not fill the side-spaces of the bearing housing.
Recommended grease types (for standard applications):
Esso – Unirex N3; SKF – LGHQ 3 Klüber – Kluberplex BEM 41-132; Shell – Albida EMS2.
Mixing different greases (thickener, basic oil) reduces their quality and is therefore to be avoided.
6.3 Dismantling and assembling

Any operation whatsoever must be carried out in compliance with laws and regulations for safety and accident
prevention.
Dismantling and reassembling operations must be done according to the indications of standard IEC 60079-19 .
Pay special attention not to damage windings.
If necessary, mark components when dismantling, in order to locate them in their correct position when re-assembling.
Bearings and components assembled with interference fit have to be removed with pullers or extractors, see fig. 6. Avoid sharp blows
that may damage the pieces.
It is advisable to always replace the shaft seal rings (see fig. 7, slightly greasing the seat on the shaft) or V-rings if used.
When assembling, heat ball bearing or only the inner ring of roller bearings to a temperature of approx 80°C and slip them on the shaft.
On re-assembly, machined surfaces on frame, endshields, bearing caps, etc., must be cleaned and coated with a suitable non-
hardening sealing paste or with grease to guarantee the motor degree of protection.
Those coupling surfaces should not be machined or varnished.
Fill up with grease all the empty space inside the bearing and the side close to the slingers.
Screws, nuts and washers should be correctly assembled.
If a locking element has to be replaced, make sure that the new one is of the same type and same resistance class as the original.
Damaged bushing terminals (which assure the connections between the enclosures of the motor and the terminal box) must be
replaced only with original spare parts.
Following, table 1, are indicated the tightening torques valid for locking screws and nuts:
Tightening torques in Nm
Application M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Fixing of electrical connections 2,5 4 8 12 20 40 -
Fixing of components: endshields. bearing cups, etc. 5 8 22 45 75 180 350
6.4 Maintenance of motors for use in the presence of combustible dust

The operating characteristics of the motor and the re-establishment of the original installation conditions have to be assured
periodically.
The efficient inspection and maintenance, checking that the original design conditions (type of
dust/maximum surface temperature, .) are unchanged, must be insured.
Avoid the accumulation of combustible dust (see also EN 50281-1-2).
If there are drain holes, they must be closed (to ensure the degree of protection).

7. Figure 7. Figures 7. Figures 7. Abbildungen 7. Figuras 8. Denominazione dei componenti

Pos. Denominazione Pos. Denominazione Pos. Denominazione
100 Cassa con pacco statore 329 Tappo scarico grasso 429 Tappo scarico grasso
200 Rotore con albero 400 Scudo lato N 510 Ventola
211 Linguetta 410 Cuscinetto lato N 511 Copriventola IMB3
300 Scudo IMB3 412 Coperchietto interno lato N 512 Copriventola IMV1
301 Scudo IMB5 414 Valvola rotante lato N 520 Spina
310 Cuscinetto lato D 417 Anello elastico 521 Anello elastico
312 Coperchietto interno lato D 419 Molla di precarico 610 Scatola morsetti
314 Valvola rotante lato D 421 Labirinto rotante lato N 611 Coperchio scatola morsetti
321 Labirinto rotante lato D 426 Ingrassatore 620 Morsetti
326 Ingrassatore 427 Tubo per il grasso
Lato D = lato comando Lato N = lato opposto comando
8. Part name
Fig./Abb. 1 Fig./Abb. 2 N°. Name N°. Name N°. Name
100 Stator frame with core and windings 329 Exausted grease plug 429 Exhausted grease plug
200 Rotor with shaft 400 Endshield, N-side 510 Fan
211 Key 410 Bearing, N-side 511 Fan cowl, IM B3
300 Endshield, IM B3 412 Inner bearing cap, N-end 512 Fan cowl, IM V1
301 Endshield, IM B5 414 Grease slinger,D-end 520 Pin
Dispositivo antirotazione per esecuzione scatola EEx e (per scelta capocorda vedere § 10) 310 Bearing, D-side 417 Retaining ring 521 Retaining ring
Anti-rotation device for increased safety “e” terminal box (see §10 for crimping lug selection) 312 Inner bearing cap, D-end 419 Preload washer 610 Terminal box
Dispositif antirotation pour les boîtes à bornes EEx e (pour choix cosse voir § 10) 314 Grease slinger,D-end 421 Slinger. N-end 611 Terminal box cover
Verdrehschutz für den Klemmkästen EEx e (Siehe § 10 bezüglich der Wahl des Kabelschuhs) 321 Slinger, D-end 426 Lubricating nipple 620 Bushing Terminal
Dispositivo antirrotación para las cajas de bornes EEx e (para la elección del terminal de cable consultar el § 10) 326 Lubricating nipple 427 Grease pipe
D-end = drive end N-end = non-drive end
singola polarità - single speed 8. Dénomination composants

(Υ) unipolarité - Eintourige Motoren (∆)
polaridad única
Pos. Dénomination Pos. Dénomination Pos. Dénomination
100 Carcasse avec paquet stator 329 Bouchon évacuation de graisse 429 Bouchon évacuation de graisse
200 Rotor avec arbre 400 Flasque-palier côté N 510 Ventilateur
211 Languette 410 Roulement côté N 511 Cache-ventilateur IMB3
300 Flasque-palier IM B3 412 Couvercle intérieur côté N 512 Cache-ventilateur IMV1
301 Flasque-palier IMB5 414 Soupape de graissage côté N 520 Fiche
310 Roulement côté cde 417 Anneau élastique 521 Anneau élastique
312 Couvercle intérieur côté D 419 Ressort 610 Boîte à bornes
314 Soupage de graissage côté D 421 Labyirinthe rotatif côté N 611 Couvercle boîte à bornes
≥ 10 321 Labyrinthe rotatif côté D 426 Graisseur 620 Plaque à bornes
326 Graisseur 427 Tube
Côté D = côté commande Côté N = côté opposée à la commande
8. Bezeichnung der Bestandteile

Pos. Bezeichnung Pos. Bezeichnung Pos. Bezeichnung
100 Gehäuse mit Statorpaket 329 Verschlußstopfen 429 Verschlußstopfen für Fettablass
Crimpaggio a pressione in accordo a § 4.1 della EN 50019 200 Rotor mit Welle 400 Lagerschild N-Seite 510 Lüfter
“Crimped” cable terminals in compliance with § 4.1 of EN 50019 211 Paßfeder 410 Lager N-Seite 511 Lüfterhaube IMB3
Serrage à pression en accord au § 4.1 de la Norme EN 50019 Fig./Abb. 3
300 Lagerschild IMB3 412 Innerer Lagerdeckel N-Seite 512 Lüfterhaube IMV1
Druckverbindung Entsprechend § 4.1 der Norm EN 50019 301 Lagerschild IMB5 414 Schleuderscheibe N-Seite 520 Stift
Encaste de presión en conformidad con el § 4.1 de la EN 50019 310 Lager D-Seite 417 Federring 521 Federring
312 Innerer Lagerdeckel D-Seite 419 Feder 610 Klemmkasten
314 Schleuderscheibe D-Seite 421 Drehlabyrinth an der N-Seite 611 Klemmkastendeckel
321 Drehlabyrinth D-Seite 426 Schmiernippel 620 Klemmen
326 Schmiernippel 427 Schmierrohr
D-Seite = Antriebsseite N-Seite = Nichtantriebsseite
8. Denominación de los componentes

Pos. Denominación Pos. Denominación Pos. Denominación
100 Caja con estator 329 Tapón descarga grasa 429 Tapón descarga grasa
200 Rotor con eje 400 Escudo lado N 510 Ventilador
211 Lengüeta 410 Cojinete lado N 511 Cubreventilador IMB3
300 Escudo IMB3 412 Tapa interior lado N 512 Cubreventilador IMV1
301 Escudo IMB5 414 Válvula rotatoria lado N 520 Pasador
310 Cojinete lado D 417 Anillo elástico 521 Anillo elástico
312 Tapa interior lado D 419 Muelle 610 Caja de los bornes
314 Válvula rotatoria lado D 421 Laberinto rotatorio lado N 611 Tapa caja de los bornes
Fig./Abb. 4 Fig./Abb. 5 321 Laberinto rotatorio lado D 426 Engrasador 620 Bornes
326 Engrasador 427 Tubo
Lado D = lado mando Lato N = lado opuesto al mando

Fig. 6 / Abb. 6 9. Schema di collegamento 9. Connection diagram 9. Schéma de raccordement

Costruzione normale. 9. Ansclu!plan 9. Esquema de conexión
I motori possono differire nei dettagli rispetto a quello qui illustrato, rimanendo nei limiti di protezione previsti nel Certificato di Approvazione CE di
tipo. Motori a due velocità / Two-speed motors / Moteurs à deux vitesses
Standard design Motori a una velocità Motoren mit zwei Drehzahlen / Motores de dos velocidades
Delivered motors may differ in details from that illustrated, remaining within the limits of the type of protection for CE Type certificate. Single-speed motors Avvolgimento unico in collegamento Dahlander o PAM Due avvolgimenti separati
Moteurs à une vitesse Single winding whit Dahlander or PAM connection Two-separate windings
Costruction normale.
Motoren mit einer Drehzahl Enroulement unique en raccordement Dahlander ou PAM Deux enroulements séparés
Certains détails sur les moteurs fournis peuvent différer par rapport à la vue éclatée, restant dans les limites de protection prevues dans le Certificat
di Approbation CE de type. Motores de una velocidad Einzelne Wicklung mit Wicklungsschema Dahlander oder PAM Zwei getrennte Wicklungen
Bobina ùnica en conexìon Dahlander o PAM Dos bobinas separadas
Standard-Konstruktion
Die Motoren können sich vom dargestellten Motor durch einige Details unterscheiden, bleiben jedoch innerhalb den vom CE-
Typengenehmigungszertifikat vorgesehenen Schutzgrad.
Construcción normal.
Los motores pueden presentar diferencias en los detalles respecto a lo que se ilustra en el presente documento, respetando siempre los límites de
protección previstos por el Certificado de Aprobación CE de tipo.
Collegamento ∆ / Delta connection

Collegamento per alta velocità / Connection for high speed / Raccordement pour haute vitesse
Raccordement en triangle / Dreieckschaltung
Anschluß für hohe Drehzahl / Conexìon para alta velocidad
Conexion de triàngulo
Collegamento Y / Star connection

Raccordement en ètoile / Sternschaltung Collegamento per bassa velocità / Connection for low speed / Raccordement pour basse vitesse
Conexion de estrella Anschluß für niedrige Drehzahl / Conexìon para baja velocidad
Senso di rotazione Direction of rotation

I motori in esecuzione standard possono funzionare The standard specification motors can operate in either direction
indifferentemente nei due sensi di rotazione. of rotation. If a normal right-hand L1, L2, L3 triad is connected
Se si collega una terna normale destrorsa L1, L2, L3 ai morsetti U, to terminals U, V, W as shown in the diagram, the motor will turn
V, W, come indicato nello schema, il senso di rotazione del motore in a clockwise direction, looked at from drive end. The direction
risulta orario guardando dal lato comando. of rotation can be reversed by swapping the connections to two
Si può invertire il senso di rotazione invertendo tra loro due terminali terminals (connecting L1, L2, L3 to V, U, W or W, V, U).
(collegamento L1, L2, L3 a V, U, W oppure a W, V, U).
Sens de rotation Drehrichtung

Les moteurs en version standard peuvent fonctionner Motoren in Standardausführung können in beide Drehrichtungen
indifféremment dans les deux sens de rotation. Si on raccorde laufen.
une borne normale dans le sens horaire L1, L2, L3 aux bornes U, Wird ein normaler rechtsgängiger Dreiphasenstrom mit den
V, W comme indiqué sur le schéma, le sens de rotation du Phasen L1, L2 und L3 an die Klemmen U, V und W
moteur est horaire en regardant du côté commande. On peut entsprechend dem Anschlussplan verbunden wird, dreht sich
inverser le sens de rotation en inversant entre elles deux bornes der Motor, auf die Antriebsseite gesehen, im Uhrzeigersinn.
1) Per le grandezze 280-315 2 poli la molla è sul lato D, non si ha nelle (raccordement L1, L2, L3 à V, U, W ou à W, V, U). Die Drehrichtung kann umgekehrt werden, indem zwei der 3
grandezze 280-315 4-8 poli phasen vertauscht.(Anschluß L1, L2, L3 an V, U, W oder an W,
For sizes 280-315 2 poles the preload washer is at D-end, sizes 280- V, U)
315 4-8 poles are without washer
Pour les hauteurs d’axe 280-315 2 pôles le ressort se trouve côté D, Sentido de rotación
non prévu sur les H.Axe 280-315 4-8 pôles Los motores en ejecución estándar pueden funcionar
Bei den Größen 280-315 mit 2 Polen befindet sich die Feder an der indiferentemente en los dos sentidos de rotación.
D-Seite. Bei den Größen 280-315 mit 4 bis 8 Polen ist die Feder nicht Si se conecta un circuito normal dextrógiro L1, L2, L3 a los
vorhanden. bornes U, V, W, como se indica en el esquema, el sentido de
Para las dimensiones 280-315 de 2 polos, el muelle está ubicado en el rotación del motor resulta hacia la derecha, mirándolo desde el
lado D; en cambio, no está montado en las dimensiones 280-315 de lado mando.
4-8 polos Es posible invertir el sentido de rotación invirtiendo entre sí los
dos terminales (conexión L1, L2, L3 a V, U, W o a W, V, U).

ASI.UM.021.1
10. Scelta capocorda (scatola morsetti EEx e)

10.
10.
Crimping lug selection (increased safety e terminal box)
Choix de la cosse (boîte à bornes EEx e)
MarelliMotori S.p.A.
PART OF THE FKI GROUP OF COMPANIES

10. Wahl des Kabelschuhs (Klemmkasten EEx e)
10. Elección del terminal de cable (caja de los bornes EEx e)
Il collegamento ai morsetti è previsto mediante l’impiego di adeguati capicorda, correttamente crimpati ai cavi di alimentazione (§ 4.1 of
EN 50019). Le caratteristiche dimensionali d’impiego sono riportate nella sottostante tabella. Via Sabbionara, 1
The connection to the terminals shall be carried out using suitable crimping lugs; the crimped cable terminations shall be carried out in a
right way (§ 4.1 of EN 50019). The use dimensional characteristics are shown in the following table. 36071 Arzignano (VI) Italy
Le couplage aux bornes est prévu au moyen de cosses adaptées, correctement clipées aux câbles d’alimentation (§ 4.1 de EN 50019). (T) +39.0444.479711
Les caractéristiques dimensionnelles d’utilisation sont reprises dans le tableau ci-dessous.
Die Verbindung mit den Klemmen muss mit geeigneten Kabelschuhen, die auf korrekte Weise auf den Versorgungskabeln befestigt werden (F) +39.0444.479738
müssen, erfolgen.
Die nachstehende Tabelle enthält die Anwendungsabmaße. http: //www.fki-et.com/mm
La conexión a los bornes se realiza utilizando terminales de cable adecuados y correctamente encastados a los cables de alimentación. e-mail: [email protected]
Las características dimensionales de empleo son indicadas en la tabla ofrecida a continuación.
CAVO - CABLE CAPOCORDA Tubolare in rame (ricavato da tubo)

MOTORE TIPO MORSETTO
CÂBLE - KABEL Copper Tube Crimping LUGS - COSSE tubulaire (tirée du tube)
MOTOR TYPE TERMINAL
CABLE KABELSCHUH (vom Rohr hergestellt)
MOTEUR TYPE BORNE
Sect. (mm2) TERMINAL DE CABLE (obtenido del tubo)
MOTOR-TYP KLEMME
L B s
MOTOR TIPO BORNE min max d
max max max
160-200 M6 4 25 32 14 6,4 2
225-250 M8 4 35 41 17 8,4 3
Oi 280-315 M12
10 50 52
30 13 4,5
50 120 63
∅i è in funzione della sezione del cavo di collegamento, secondo la prescrizione del costruttore del capocorda.
∅i is related to the cable section, in accordance with the requirements of the crimping lug manufacturer.
∅i est fonction de la section du câble d’accouplement, selon la prescription du constructeur de la cosse.
∅i der Durchmesser ist Abhängig vom Querschnitt des Verbindungskabels, nach der Vorgabe des Kabelschuhherstellers
∅i es en función de la sección del cable de conexión, según la prescripción del fabricante del terminal
Nota - Note - Vichtig!

Se non espressamente autorizzata dal costruttore, qualsiasi riparazione eseguita dall’utilizzatore finale fa decadere ogni responsabilità del
costruttore sulla conformità del motore fornito.

Any repair by the end user, unless expressly approved by trhe manufacturer, releases the manufacturer from his responsability to conformity.

Sauf autorisation spécifique du constructeur, toute réparation réalisée par l’exploitant annule l’engagement de conformité du constructeur.

Jegliche von Endanwender durchgeführte Reparatur, sofern diese nicht ausdrücklich vom Hersteller genehmigt worden ist, enthebt den Hesteller
von seiner Verantwortung für Normenkonformität der Ausrüstung.

Toda repación del usuraio final, a menos que el fabricante la haya aprobado explícitamente, libera al fabricante de su responsabilidad.
Smaltimento - Disposal - Recyclage - Entsorgung - Reciclaje

Imballo. Tutti i materiali costituenti l’imballo sono ecologici e riciclabili e devono essere trattati secondo le vigenti normative.
Motore dismesso. Il motore dismesso è composto da materiali pregiati riciclabili. Per una corretta gestione contattare l’amministrazione
comunale o l’ente preposto il quale fornirà gli indirizzi dei centri di recupero materiali di rottamazione e le modalità di attuazione del riciclaggio. G R E AT B R I TA I N GERMANY FRANCE SPAIN

Packaging. All packaging materials are ecological and recyclable and must be treated in accordance with the regulations in force. AMCO MARELLI Ltd FKI Elektromaschinen & Marelli MotorI Dimotor
Motor to be scrapped. The motor is made of quality recyclabe materials. The municipal administration or the appropriate agency will supply Meadow Lane Antriebstechnik 21 rue Francois Garcin Espronceda 63-65
addresses of the centers for the salvaging of the materials to be scrapped and instructions for the correct procedure. Loughborough Heilswannenweg 50 69003 Lyon - France E-08005 Barcellona - Spain

Emballage. Tous les matériels utilisés pour l’emballage sont écologiques et recyclables. Ils doivent être traités selon les normes en viguer. Leicester 31008 Elze - Germany (T) +33.4.78602502 (T) +34.93.3082508
Moteur détruit. Le moteur détruit est composé de matériaux à nature recyclable. Contacter les services communaux ou l’organisme concerné LE 11 1NB (T) +49.5068.462-400 (F) +33.4.78602737 (F) +34.93.3088885
qui vous fourniront les adresses des centres de récupération d’épaves et les modalités de foncionnement du recyclage. (T) +44 1509.615518 (F) +49.5068.462-409 e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected]
 (F) +44 1509.615514 e-mail: [email protected]
Verpackung. Sämtliches Verpackungsmaterial ist ökologisch und recycelbar, es muss entsprechend geltendem Recht aufbereitet bzw. entsorgt e-mail: [email protected]
werden.
Motorverschrottung. Der Motor besteht aus hochwertige recycelbaren Materialien. Die Gemeindeverwaltung oder die zustaendige Behoerde
kann Ihnen Adressen für die Wiederaufbereitung und Entsorgung der Materialien bzw. für die korrecte Verfahrensweise nennen. ASIA PACIFIC SOUTH AFRICA RUMANIA USA

Embalaje. Todos los materiales que componen el embalaje son ecológicos y reciclabes y deben ser tratados según la normativa vigente. FKI Asia Pacific Sdn Bdh FKI Rotating Machines (Pty) Ltd Marelli Motori FKI Rotating Machines Inc
Motor desechado. El motor desechado está compuesto de materiales de valor reciclables. Para una correcta gestión, contactar con la Lot 7, Jalan Majistret U1/26 P.O. Box 1 str. V. Conta 3-5, suite 51 Northchase Business Centre, # 220
administración o entitad correspondiente, la cual proporcionará las direcciones de los centros de recuperación de materiales, de chatarras, y la Hicom - Glenmarie Industrial Park Isando, 1600 Bucharest 7000 14503 Bammel North Houston Road
forma de actuar con el reciclaje. 40150 Shah Alam Gauteng RUmania Houston, Texas 77014, USA
Selangor D.E., Malaysia Republic of South Africa (T) +40.21.3039966 (T) +1.281.580.1314
(T) +60.3.7805.3736 (T) +27.11.8225566 (F) +40.21.3151343 (F) +1.281.580.5801
Con la riserva di eventuali modifiche - Changes reserved - Sous réserve de modifications (F) +60.3.7803.9625 (F) +27.11.8288089 e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected]
Anderungen vorbealten - Sujeto a modificaciones e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected]
MARELLI MOTORI 47
ASI.UM.021.1 Ed. 06/03

Section 10-2
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

ELECTRIC MOTOR (CEMP) -
1
2

Section 10-3
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

ELECTRIC MOTOR (ABB) -
1
Low voltage Motors for explosive atmospheres
Low voltage Motors for explosive atmospheres
Installation, operation, maintenance and safety manual Installation, operation, maintenance and safety manual
Table of Contents Page
Low voltage Motors for explosive atmospheres ................................................................................ 3
1. Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 Declaration of Conformity ........................................................................................................... 5
1.2 Validity ..................................................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Conformity ................................................................................................................................. 5
1.4 Preliminary Checks..................................................................................................................... 6
2. Handling ..................................................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Reception check ........................................................................................................................ 6
2.2 Transportation and storage ....................................................................................................... 6
2.3 Lifting ..................................................................................................................................... 7
2.4 Motor weight .............................................................................................................................. 7
3. Installation and commissioning ...................................................................................................... 7

3.1 General ..................................................................................................................................... 7
3.2 Insulation resistance check ........................................................................................................ 7
3.3 Foundation ................................................................................................................................. 8
3.4 Balancing and fitting coupling halves and pulleys ....................................................................... 8
3.5 Mounting and alignment of the motor ......................................................................................... 8
3.6 Slide rails and belt drives ............................................................................................................ 8
3.7 Motors with drain plugs for condensation ................................................................................... 9
3.8 Cabling and electrical connections ............................................................................................. 9
3.8.1 Flameproof motors......................................................................................................... 9
Installation, operation, maintenance and safety manual ............................................................................................. EN 3
3.8.2 Dust ignition protection motors Ex tD/Ex t .................................................................... 10
3.8.3 Connections for different starting methods ................................................................... 10
Montage-, Betriebs-, Wartungs- und Sicherheitsanleitung ....................................................................................... DE 21
3.8.4 Connections of auxiliaries............................................................................................. 10
3.9 Terminals and direction of rotation ............................................................................................ 10
Manuel d’installation, d’exploitation, de maintenance et de sécurité ........................................................................ FR 41
3.10 Protection against overload and stalling ................................................................................... 10
Manual de instalación, funcionamiento, mantenimiento y seguridad ........................................................................ ES 61 4. Operation ................................................................................................................................... 11

4.1 Use ................................................................................................................................... 11
Manuale d’installazione, funzionamento e manutenzione ........................................................................................... IT 81 4.2 Cooling ................................................................................................................................... 11
4.3 Safety considerations ............................................................................................................... 11
Manual de instalação, operação, manutenção e segurança ................................................................................... PT 119 4.3.1 Group IIC and Group III ................................................................................................ 11
More languages – see web site www.abb.com/motors&generators > Motors > Document library
Low voltage Motors for explosive atmospheres 06-2012 | ABB Motors and Generators EN – 3
5. Motors for explosive atmospheres and variable speed operation ............................................ 12 1.3 Conformity
5.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 12
1. Introduction
As well as conforming to the standards relating to me-
5.2 Main requirements according to EN and IEC standards ............................................................ 12 NOTE! chanical and electrical characteristics, motors designed for
5.3 Winding insulation .................................................................................................................... 12 These instructions must be followed to ensure safe and explosive atmospheres must also conform to one or more
proper installation, operation and maintenance of the of the following European or IEC-standards for the protec-
5.3.1 Phase to phase voltages .............................................................................................. 12
motor. They should be brought to the attention of tion type in question:
5.3.2 Phase to ground voltages ............................................................................................ 12 anyone who installs, operates or maintains the motor or
5.3.3 Selection of winding insulation for ACS800 and ACS550-converters ........................... 13 associated equipment. Ignoring these instructions may IEC/EN 60079-0 Equipment - General requirements
5.3.4 Selection of winding insulation with all other converters ............................................... 13 invalidate all applicable warranties. IEC/EN 60079-1 Equipment protection by
5.4 Thermal protection of windings ................................................................................................ 13 flameproof enclosures ”d“
WARNING IEC/EN 60079-7 Equipment protection by increased
5.5 Bearing currents....................................................................................................................... 13
Motors for explosive atmospheres are specially safety ”e“
5.5.1 Elimination of bearing currents with ABB ACS800 and ABB ACS550 converters ......... 13 IEC/EN 60079-15 Equipment protection by type of
designed to comply with official regulations concern-
5.5.2 Elimination of bearing currents with all other converters ............................................... 13 ing the risk of explosion. The reliability of these protection ”n”
5.6 Cabling, grounding and EMC ................................................................................................... 13 motors may be impaired if they are used improperly, IEC/EN 60079-31 Equipment dust ignition protection
5.7 Operating speed ...................................................................................................................... 14 badly connected, or altered in any way no matter by enclosure “t”
how minor. IEC/EN 61241-14 Selection and installation of Ex tD
5.8 Dimensioning the motor for variable speed application ............................................................. 14 (DIP) equipment
5.8.1 General ........................................................................................................................ 14 Standards relating to the connection and use of IEC/EN 60079-14 Electrical installations design,
5.8.2 Dimensioning with ABB ACS800 converters with DTC control ..................................... 14 electrical apparatus in hazardous areas must be selection and erection
taken into consideration, especially the national IEC/EN 60079-17 Electrical installations inspections
5.8.3 Dimensioning with ABB ACS550 converters ................................................................ 14 standards for installation in the country where the and maintenance
5.8.4 Dimensioning with other voltage source PWM-type converters .................................... 14 motors are being used. Only trained personnel IEC/EN 60079-19 Equipment repair, overhaul and
5.8.5 Short time overloads .................................................................................................... 14 familiar with these standards should handle this type reclamation
5.9 Rating plates ............................................................................................................................ 14 of apparatus. IEC 60050-426 Equipment for explosive
5.9.1 Content of standard VSD plate .................................................................................... 15 atmospheres
IEC/EN 60079-10 Classification of hazardous area
5.9.2 Content of customer specific VSD plates ..................................................................... 15 1.1 Declaration of Conformity (gas areas)
5.10 Commissioning the variable speed application ......................................................................... 15
All ABB motors with a CE-mark on the rating plate comply IEC 60079-10-1 Classification of areas – Explosive
5.10.1 Programming ABB ACS800 and ACS550 converters based on standard VSD plate .... 15 with the ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. gas atmospheres
5.10.2 Programming ABB ACS800 and ACS550 converters IEC 60079-10-2 Classification of areas –
based on customer specific VSD plate ......................................................................... 16 Combustible dust atmospheres
1.2 Validity EN 61241-0 Electrical apparatus for use in the
6. Maintenance ................................................................................................................................... 16 These instructions are valid for the following ABB electrical presence of combustible dust
6.1 General inspection ................................................................................................................... 16 motor types, when used in explosive atmospheres. EN 61241-1 Protection by enclosure ‘tD’
6.1.1 Standby motors .......................................................................................................... 17 IEC/EN 61241-10 Classification of area where
Non-sparking Ex nA
6.2 Lubrication ............................................................................................................................... 17 combustible dusts are or may be
series M2A*/M3A*, sizes 71 to 280
present
6.2.1 Motors with permanently greased bearings .................................................................. 17 series M2GP, sizes 71 to 250
series M2B*/M3B*/M3G*, sizes 71 to 450 Note: The very latest revisions of standards, which are not
6.2.2 Motors with regreasable bearings ................................................................................ 17
cited hereby, will introduce a “protection level” and thus
6.2.3 Lubrication intervals and amounts ............................................................................... 18 Increased safety Ex e
change the marking of the motors. Some new require-
6.2.4 Lubricants.................................................................................................................... 19 series M2A*/M3A*, sizes 90 to 280
ments are also added to several protection types.
series M2B*/M3H*, sizes 80 to 400
7. After Sales support ........................................................................................................................ 20 ABB LV motors (valid only for Group II of Directive 94/9/
Flameproof enclosure Ex d, Ex de
7.1 Spare parts .............................................................................................................................. 20 EC) can be installed in areas corresponding to the follow-
series M2J*/M3J*, M2K*/M3K*, sizes 80 to 400,
ing markings:
7.2 Dismantling, re-assembly and rewinding................................................................................... 20 M3KP/JP 450
7.3 Bearings .................................................................................................................................. 20 Dust ignition protection (DIP, Ex tD, Ex t ) Zone Equipment Category Protection type
7.4 Gaskets and sealings ............................................................................................................... 20 series M2V*, M2A*/M3A*, sizes 71 to 280 protection
levels (EPLs)
8. Environmental requirements. Noise levels .................................................................................. 20 series M2B*/M3B*/M3G*, sizes 71 to 450
series M2GP, sizes 71 to 250 1 'Gb' 2G Ex d/Ex de/Ex e
9. Troubleshooting.............................................................................................................................. 21 2 'Gb' or 'Gc' 2G or 3G Ex d/Ex de/Ex e/Ex nA
(Additional information may be required by ABB when
21 'Db' 2D Ex tD A21/Ex t
deciding on the suitability of certain motor types used in
special applications or with special design modifications.) 22 'Db' or 'Dc' 2D or 3D Ex tD A21, A22/Ex t
These instructions are valid for motors installed and stored According to the EN 500XX series, certified motors have
in ambient temperatures above – 20°C and below +40°C. EEx markings instead of Ex.'Gb'
Note that the motor range in question is suitable for this Atmosphere;
whole range. In ambient temperatures exceeding these G – explosive atmosphere caused by gases
limits, please contact ABB. D – explosive atmosphere caused by combustible dust
4 – EN ABB Motors and Generators | Low voltage Motors for explosive atmospheres 06-2012 Low voltage Motors for explosive atmospheres 06-2012 | ABB Motors and Generators EN – 5
1.4 Preliminary Checks 2. Handling 2.3 Lifting 3. Installation and
Users should check all information quoted in the standard All ABB motors above 25 kg are equipped with lifting lugs commissioning
technical information in conjunction with data concerning 2.1 Reception check or eyebolts.
standards on explosion-proofing, such as: WARNING
Immediately upon receipt check the motor for external Only the main lifting lugs or eyebolts of the motor should
a) Gas group be used for lifting the motor. They must not be used to lift Disconnect and lock out before working on the
damage (e.g. shaft-ends,flanges and painted surfaces)
Industry Location Permitted Example of gas the motor when it is attached to other equipment. motor or the driven equipment. Ensure no explosive
and if found, inform the forwarding agent without delay.
gas/vapour equipment atmosphere is present while the work is in progress.
group Check all rating plate data, especially voltage, winding Lifting lugs for auxiliaries (e.g. brakes, separate cooling
Explosive IIA II, IIA, IIB or IIC Propane connection (star or delta), category, type of protection and fans) or terminal boxes must not be used for lifting the
atmospheres IIB II, IIB or IIC Ethylene temperature class. The type of bearing is specified on the motor. 3.1 General
other than mines IIC II or IIC Hydrogen/Acetylene rating plate of all motors except the smallest frame sizes. Motors with the same frame may have a different center of All rating plate values relating to certification must be
In case of a variable speed drive application check the gravity because of different output, mounting arrange- carefully checked to ensure that the motor protection,
b) Dust group
maximum loadability allowed according to frequency ments and auxiliary equipment. atmosphere and zone are compatible.
Dust Permitted Type of dust
subdivision equipment stamped on the motor’s second rating plate. Damaged lifting lugs must not be used. Check that Standards EN 1127-1 (Explosion prevention and protec-
group eyebolts or integrated lifting lugs are undamaged before tion), EN 60079-14 (Electrical installations design, selec-
IIIA IIIA, IIIB or IIIC Combustible flyings lifting.
IIIB IIIB or IIIC Non-conductive dust
2.2 Transportation and storage tion and erection in explosive atmospheres) and EN
Lifting eyebolts must be tightened before lifting. If needed, 60079-17 (Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmos-
IIIC IIIC Conductive dust The motor should always be stored indoors (above pheres. Inspection and maintenance of electrical installa-
–20°C), in dry, vibration free and dust free conditions. the position of the eyebolt can be adjusted using suitable
washers as spacers. tions in hazardous areas (other than mines)) and EN
c) Marking temperature During transportation, shocks, falls and humidity should be 61241-14 (Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of
Temperature class T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T125°C T150°C avoided. In other conditions, please contact ABB. Ensure that proper lifting equipment is used and that the combustible dust. Selection and installation) must be
Max. temperature °C 450 300 200 135 100 85 125 150 sizes of the hooks are suitable for the lifting lugs.
Unprotected machined surfaces (shaft-ends and flanges) respected. Special attention should be paid to dust
Max. temperature rise 400 250 155 90 55 40 80 105
of surface K at 40°C should be treated against corrosion. Care must be taken not to damage auxiliary equipment ignition temperature and the thickness of the dust layer in
and cables connected to the motor. relation to the motor’s temperature marking.
It is recommended that shafts are rotated periodically by
The max. temperature rise of surface is considered to be Remove transport locking if employed. Turn shaft by hand
hand to prevent grease migration. Specific lifting instructions are available from ABB.
the surface inside the motor (rotor) for temperature classes to check free rotation if possible.
T1, T2 and T3 and the outer surface of the motor (frame Anti-condensation heaters, if fitted, are recommended to
Motors equipped with roller bearings:
and/or end shields) for other temperature classes. avoid water condensing in the motor. 2.4 Motor weight Running the motor with no radial force applied to the shaft
The motor must not be subject to any external vibrations The total motor weight may vary within the same frame may damage the roller bearing.
exceeding 0.5 mm/s at standstill so as to avoid causing size (center height) depending on different output, mount-
It should be noted that the motors are certified and classi- Motors equipped with angular contact bearing:
damage to the bearings. ing arrangement and auxiliaries.
fied according to their group. This is determined by refer- Running the motor with no axial force applied in the right
ence to the ambient gas or dust atmosphere and by the Motors fitted with cylindrical-roller and/or angular contact The following table shows the estimated maximum direction in relation to the shaft may damage the angular
marking temperature, calculated as a function of the bearings must be fitted with locking devices during trans- weights for motors in their basic versions as a function of contact bearing.
ambient temperature of 40°C. port. frame material.
If the motor is to be installed in ambient temperatures WARNING
The actual weight of all ABB’s motors, except the smallest
higher than 40°C or at altitudes higher than 1000 meters, For Ex d and Ex de motors with angular contact
frame sizes (56 and 63) is shown on the rating plate.
please consult ABB for eventual new rating data and test bearings the axial force must not by any means
reports at the required ambient temperature. Frame Aluminum Cast iron Flameproof change direction, because the flameproof gaps
Size Max. weight kg Max. weight kg Max. weight kg around the shaft change dimensions and may even
The ambient temperature must not be less than -20°C. If 71 8 13 - cause contact!
lower temperatures are expected, please consult ABB. 80 13 30 39
90 21 44 53 The type of bearing is specified on the rating plate.
100 30 65 72 Motors equipped with regreasing nipples:
112 36 72 81 When starting the motor for the first time, or after long
132 63 105 114 storage, apply the specified quantity of grease.
160 110 255 255
180 160 304 304 For details, see section “6.2.2 Motors with regreasing
200 220 310 350 nipples”.
225 295 400 450 When fitted in a vertical position with the shaft pointing
250 370 550 550 downwards, the motor must have a protective cover to
280 405 800 800 prevent foreign objects and fluid from falling into the
315 - 1300 1300 ventilation openings. This task can also be achieved by a
355 - 2500 2500 separate cover not fixed to the motor. In this case the
400 - 3500 3500 motor must have a warning label.
450 - 4600 4800
If the motor is equipped with a brake and/or separate fan, 3.2 Insulation resistance check
contact ABB for the weight.
Measure insulation resistance before commissioning and
when winding dampness is suspected.
In case of balancing without key, the shaft is marked with 3.7 Motors with drain plugs Earthing must be carried out according to local regulations
WARNING
BLUE tape, with the text “Balanced without key”. before the machine is connected to the supply voltage.
Disconnect and lock out before working on
the motor or the driven equipment. Ensure no Coupling halves or pulleys must be balanced after machin-
for condensation The earth terminal on the frame has to be connected to
explosive atmosphere is present while executing ing the keyways. Balancing must be done in accordance Check that drain holes and plugs face downwards. PE (protective earth) with a cable as shown in Table 5 of
insulation resistance check procedures. with the balancing method specified for the motor. IEC/EN 60034-1:
Non-sparking & Increased safety motors
Insulation resistance, corrected to 25°C, must exceed the Coupling halves and pulleys must be fitted on the shaft by Motors with sealable plastic drain plugs are delivered with
Minimum cross-sectional area for protective conductors
reference value, i.e. 100 M (measured with 500 or 1000 using suitable equipment and tools which do not damage these in the closed position in aluminum motors and in the
Cross-sectional area of phase Minimum cross-sectional area of the
V DC). The insulation resistance value is halved for each the bearings and seals. open position in cast iron motors. In clean environments, conductors of the installation, corresponding protective conductor,
20°C rise in ambient temperature. open the drain plugs before operating the motor. In very S, mm2 SP, mm2
Never fit a coupling half or pulley by hammering or by
dusty environments, all drain holes should be closed. 4 4
removing it using a lever pressed against the body of the
WARNING motor. Flameproof motors
6 6
The motor frame must be grounded and the wind- 10 10
Drain plugs, if requested, are located at the lower part of 16 16
ings should be discharged against the frame immedi- the end shields in order to allow condensation to escape 25 25
ately after each measurement to avoid risk of electri- 3.5 Mounting and alignment from the motor. Turn the knurled head of the plug to check 35 25
cal shock. 50 25
of the motor free operation.
70 35
If the reference resistance value is not attained, the wind- Dust Ignition Protection Motors 95 50
Ensure that there is enough space for free airflow around
ing is too damp and must be oven dried. The oven tem- The drain holes must be closed on all dust ignition protec- 120 70
the motor. Minimum requirements for free space behind 150 70
perature should be 90°C for 12-16 hours followed by tion motors.
the motor fan cover can be found in the product catalog or 185 95
105°C for 6-8 hours.
from the dimension drawings available from the Web: see 240 120
Drain hole plugs, if fitted, must be removed and closing www.abb.com/motors&generators. 300 150
valves, if fitted, must be opened during heating. After
3.8 Cabling and electrical 400 185
Correct alignment is essential to avoid bearing, vibration
heating, make sure the plugs are refitted. Even if the drain
and possible shaft failures.
connections In addition, earthing or bonding connection facilities on the
plugs are fitted, it is recommended to disassemble the end
The terminal box on standard single speed motors nor- outside of electrical apparatus must provide effective
shields and terminal box covers for the drying process. Mount the motor on the foundation using the appropriate
mally contains six winding terminals and at least one earth connection of a conductor with a cross-sectional area of
bolts or studs and place shim plates between the founda-
Windings drenched in seawater normally need to be terminal. at least 4 mm2.
tion and the feet.
rewound.
In addition to the main winding and earthing terminals, the The cable connection between the network and motor
Align the motor using appropriate methods.
terminal box may also contain connections for thermistors, terminals must meet the requirements stated in the
3.3 Foundation If applicable, drill locating holes and fix the locating pins heating elements or other auxiliary devices. national standards for installation or in the standard EN
into position. 60204-1 according to the rated current indicated on the
The end user has full responsibility for preparation of the Suitable cable lugs must be used for the connection of all
Mounting accuracy of coupling half: check that clearance rating plate.
foundation. main cables. Cables for auxiliaries may be connected into
b is less than 0.05 mm and that the difference a1 to a2 is their terminal blocks as such. Ensure that the motor protection corresponds to the envi-
Metal foundations should be painted to avoid corrosion. also less than 0.05 mm. See Figure 3. ronment and weather conditions; for example, make sure
Motors are intended for fixed installation only. If not other-
Foundations must be even, see figure below, and suffi- Re-check the alignment after final tightening of the bolts or that water cannot enter the motor or the terminal boxes.
wise specified, cable entry threads are metric. The protec-
ciently rigid to withstand possible short circuit forces. They studs. tion class and the IP-class of the cable gland must be at The seals of the terminal boxes (other than Ex d) must be
must be designed and dimensioned to avoid the transfer
Do not exceed permissible loading values for bearings as least the same as those of the terminal boxes. placed correctly in the slots provided, to ensure the
of vibration to the motor and vibration caused by reso-
stated in the product catalogs. correct IP class. A leak could lead to penetration of dust or
nance. Ensure only certified cable glands for increased safety and
water, creating a risk of flashover to live elements.
flameproof motors are used. For non-sparking motors,
cable glands must comply with IEC/EN 60079-0. For Ex
Ruler 3.6 Slide rails and belt drives tD/Ex t motors, cable glands must comply with IEC/EN 3.8.1 Flameproof motors
Note! Height difference shall Fasten the motor to the slide rails as shown in Figure 2. 60079-0 and IEC/EN 60079-31. There are two different types of protection for the terminal
not exceed ± 0,1 mm referred
Place the slide rails horizontally on the same level. box:
to any other motor foot NOTE!
Check that the motor shaft is parallel to the drive shaft. Cables should be mechanically protected and clamped – Ex d for M3JP-motors
Foot location close to the terminal box to fulfill the appropriate re- – Ex de for M3KP-motors
Belts must be tensioned according to the instructions of
quirements for IEC/EN 60079-0 and local installation Ex d-motors; M3JP
the supplier of the driven equipment. However, do not
standards (e.g. NFC 15100). Certain cable glands are approved for a maximum amount
exceed the maximum belt forces (i.e. radial bearing
loading) stated in the relevant product catalogs. Unused cable entries must be closed with blanking of free space in the terminal box. The amount of free
Foot location space for the motor range is listed below.
elements according to the protection and IP class of the
WARNING terminal box. Motor type Pole Terminal Threaded Terminal box
Excessive belt tension will damage bearings and can M3JP number box type holes free volume
3.4 Balancing and fitting cause shaft breakage. For Ex d and Ex de-motors The degree of protection and diameter are specified in the
80 - 90 2-8 25 1xM25 1.0 dm3
excessive belt tension may even cause danger by documents relating to the cable gland.
coupling halves and pulleys eventual mutual contact of the flamepath parts.
100 - 132 2-8 25 2xM32 1.0 dm3
WARNING 160 - 180 2-8 63 2xM40 4.0 dm3
As standard, balancing of the motor has been carried out 200 - 250 2-8 160 2xM50 10.5 dm3
using half key. Use appropriate cable glands and seals in the cable
entries according to the protection type and the type 280 2-8 210 2xM63 24 dm3
315 2-8 370 2xM75 24 dm3
When balancing with full key, the shaft is marked with YEL- and diameter of the cable.
LOW tape, with the text “Balanced with full key”. 355 2-8 750 2xM75 79 dm3
400 - 450 2-8 750 2xM75 79 dm3
Auxiliary cable entries Star/Delta starting (Y/D): 4.3 Safety considerations
The supply voltage must be equal to the rated voltage of
4. Operation
80 - 132 2-8 1xM20 – The motor is intended for installation and use by qualified
the motor when using a D-connection.
160 - 450 2-8 2xM20 –
Remove all connection links from the terminal block. 4.1 Use personnel, familiar with health and safety requirements and
When closing the terminal box cover ensure that no dust national legislation.
has settled on the surface gaps. Clean and grease the sur- For increased safety motors, both direct-on-line and The motors are designed for the following conditions
unless otherwise stated on the rating plate. Safety equipment necessary for the prevention of acci-
face with non-hardening contacting grease. star-delta starting of motors are allowed. In case of star- dents at the installation and operating site must be pro-
delta starting, only Ex-approved equipment is allowed. – Normal ambient temperature limits are -20°C to +40°C. vided in accordance with local regulations.
WARNING – Maximum altitude 1000 m above sea level.
Other starting methods and severe starting
Do not open the motor or the terminal box while the – Tolerance for the supply voltage is ±5% and for frequen- WARNING
conditions:
motor is still warm and energized when an explosive cy ±2% according to EN / IEC 60034-1, paragraph 7.3, Emergency stop controls must be equipped with
In case other starting methods are used, such as a soft
atmosphere is present. Zone A. restart lockouts. After emergency stop a new start
starter, or if starting conditions are particularly difficult,
please consult ABB first. The motor must only be used in applications it is intended command can take effect only after the restart
Ex de-motors; M2KA/M3KP lockout has been intentionally reset.
for. The rated nominal values and operational conditions
The letter ‘e’ or ‘box Ex e’ is shown on the terminal box
3.8.4 Connections of auxiliaries are shown on the motor rating plates. In addition, all
cover. Points to observe
requirements of this manual and other related instructions
Ensure that assembly of the terminal connection is carried If a motor is equipped with thermistors or other RTDs and standards must be followed. 1. Do not step on the motor.
out precisely in the order described in the connection (Pt100, thermal relays, etc.) and auxiliary devices, it is 2. The temperature of the outer casing of the motor may
recommended they be used and connected by appropri- If these limits are exceeded, the motor data and construc- be hot to the touch during normal operation and espe-
instructions, which are found inside the terminal box.
ate means. For certain protection types, it is mandatory to tion data must be checked. Please contact ABB for further cially after shut-down.
The creepage distance and clearance must conform to use thermal protection. More detailed information can be information. 3. Some special motor applications require special instruc-
IEC/ EN 60079-7. found in the documents delivered with the motor. Connec- tions (e.g. using frequency converter supplies).
Particular attention must be paid to corrosive atmospheres
tion diagrams for auxiliary elements and connection parts when using flameproof motors; ensure that the paint 4. Be aware of rotating parts of the motor.
3.8.2 Dust ignition protection motors can be found inside the terminal box. protection is suitable for the ambient conditions as corro- 5. Do not open terminal boxes while energized.
Ex tD/Ex t The maximum measuring voltage for the thermistors is 2.5 sion can damage the explosion-proof enclosure.
V. The maximum measuring current for Pt100 is 5 mA.
4.3.1 Group IIC and Group III
The motors have the terminal box fitted on the top with WARNING
Using a higher measuring voltage or current may cause Motors in Group IIC and Group III are certified according to
cable entry possible from both sides as standard. A full Ignoring any instructions or maintenance of the
errors in readings or a damaged temperature detector. EN60079-0 (2006 or 2009) or IEC60079-0 (edition 5).
description is contained in the product catalogs. apparatus may jeopardize safety and thus prevent
The insulation of thermal sensors fulfills the basic insulation the use of the machine in hazardous areas.
Pay special attention to the sealing of the terminal box and WARNING
requirement.
cables to prevent the access of combustible dust into the In order to minimize the risk of hazards caused by
terminal box. It is important to check that the external electrostatic charges, clean the motor only with a wet
seals are in good condition and well placed because they 3.9 Terminals and direction 4.2 Cooling rag or by non-frictional means.
can be damaged or moved during handling. Check that the motor has sufficient airflow. Ensure that no
When closing the terminal box cover, ensure that no dust
of rotation nearby objects or direct sunshine radiate additional heat to
has settled on the surface gaps and check that the seal is The shaft rotates clockwise when viewing the shaft face the motor.
in good condition – if not, it must be replaced with one at the motor drive end, and the line phase sequence For flange mounted motors (e.g. B5, B35, V1), make sure
with the same material properties. - L1, L2, L3 - is connected to the terminals as shown in that the construction allows sufficient air flow on the outer
Figure 1. surface of the flange.
WARNING To alter the direction of rotation, interchange any two
Do not open the motor or the terminal box while the connections on the supply cables.
motor is still warm and energized when an explosive
atmosphere is present. If the motor has a unidirectional fan, ensure that it rotates
in the same direction as the arrow marked on the motor.
3.8.3 Connections for different starting
methods 3.10 Protection against overload
The terminal box on standard single speed motors nor- and stalling
mally contains six winding terminals and at least one earth All hazardous area motors must be protected against
terminal. This enables the use of DOL- or Y/D –starting. overloads, see IEC/EN 60079-14 and IEC 61241-14.
See Figure 1.
For increased safety motors (Ex e) the maximum tripping
For two-speed and special motors, the supply connection time for protective devices must not be longer than the
must follow the instructions inside the terminal box or in time tE shown on the motor rating plate.
the motor manual.
The voltage and connection are stamped on the rating
plate.
Direct-on-line starting (DOL):
Y or D winding connections may be used.
For example, 690 VY, 400 VD indicates Y-connection for
690 V and D-connection for 400 V.
5. Motors for explosive atmospheres and 5.3.3 Selection of winding insulation for 5.5 Bearing currents
ACS800 and ACS550-converters
variable speed operation In the case of ABB ACS800 single drives with a diode
Bearing voltages and currents must be avoided in all
variable speed applications to ensure the reliability and
supply unit or ABB ACS550-converters, the selection of safety of the application. For this purpose insulated
In the case of other voltage source PWM converters with a winding insulation and filters can be made according to bearings or bearing constructions, common mode filters
5.1 Introduction minimum switching frequency of 3 kHz or higher, the table below: and suitable cabling and grounding methods (see chapter
This part of the manual provides additional instructions for preliminary dimensioning instructions provided in Chapter 5.6) must be used.
motors used in hazardous areas in frequency converter 5.8.3 in this manual can be used. The final values must be Nominal supply
supply. verified by combined tests.. voltage UN of
the converter Winding insulation and filters required
5.5.1 Elimination of bearing currents
Additional information may be required by ABB to decide Dust ignition protection motors DIP, Ex tD with ABB ACS800 and ABB ACS550
UN ! 500 V ABB Standard insulation
on the suitability for some machine types used in special The motor must be dimensioned so that the maximum
applications or with special design modifications. UN ! 600 V ABB Standard insulation + dU/dt filters converters
outer surface temperature of the motor is limited accord-
OR In the case of the ABB ACS800 and ACS550 frequency
ing to the temperature class (e.g. T125ºC). For more
ABB Special insulation converter with a diode supply unit (uncontrolled DC
information on a temperature class lower than 125°C,
5.2 Main requirements according please contact ABB.
(variant code 405) voltage), the following methods must be used to avoid
UN ! 690 V ABB Special insulation
to EN and IEC standards ABB Ex tD motors (125°C) have been type tested with (variant code 405)
harmful bearing currents in the motors:
ACS800 converters utilizing DTC control as well as with AND Frame size
Flameproof motors Ex d, Ex de ABB ACS550 converters, and these combinations can be dU/dt-filters at converter output 250 and smaller No actions needed
The motor must be dimensioned so that the maximum selected using the dimensioning instructions provided in
outer surface temperature of the motor is limited accord- 280 – 315 Insulated non-drive end bearing
Chapter 5.8.2. For more information on resistor braking and converters
ing to the temperature class (T4, T5, etc.). In most cases 355 – 450 Insulated non-drive end bearing
In the case of other voltage source converters with pulse with controlled supply units, please contact ABB.
this requires either type tests, or control of the outer AND
surface temperature of the motor. width modulation type of control (PWM), combined tests 5.3.4 Selection of winding insulation Common mode filter at the converter
are usually needed to confirm the correct thermal perform-
Most ABB flameproof motors for temperature class T4 ance of the motor. These tests can be avoided if DIP-mo- with all other converters ABB uses insulated bearings which have aluminum oxide
have been type tested with ABB ACS800 converters tors are equipped with thermal sensors intended for coated inner and/or outer bores or ceramic rolling ele-
utilizing Direct Torque Control (DTC) as well as with ABB The voltage stresses must be limited below accepted
control of the surface temperatures. Such motors have the limits. Please contact the system designer to ensure the ments. Aluminum oxide coatings are also treated with a
ACS550 converters. These combinations can be selected following additional markings on the rating plate: - “PTC” sealant to prevent dirt and humidity penetrating into the
using the dimensioning instructions provided in Chapter safety of the application. The influence of possible filters
with the tripping temperature and “DIN 44081/82”. must be taken into account while dimensioning the motor. porous coating. For the exact type of bearing insulation,
5.8.2. see the motor’s rating plate. Changing the bearing type or
In the case of voltage source PWM converters with a
In case of other voltage source converters with pulse width insulation method without ABB’s permission is prohibited.
modulation type of control (PWM), combined tests are
minimum switching frequency of 3 kHz or higher, instruc-
tions provided in Chapter 5.8.3 can be used for preliminary
5.4 Thermal protection of
usually needed to confirm the correct thermal performance dimensioning. windings 5.5.2 Elimination of bearing currents
of the motor. These tests can be avoided if flameproof
All cast iron ABB Ex motors are equipped with PTC with all other converters
motors are equipped with thermal sensors intended for the
control of surface temperatures. Such motors have the 5.3 Winding insulation thermistors to prevent the winding temperatures from The user is responsible for protecting the motor and driven
following additional markings on the rating plate: - “PTC” exceeding the thermal limits of the insulation materials equipment from harmful bearing currents. Instructions
with the tripping temperature and “DIN 44081/82”. 5.3.1 Phase to phase voltages used (usually Insulation Class B or F). described in Chapter 5.5.1 can be followed, but their
effectiveness cannot be guaranteed in all cases.
In the case of voltage source PWM converters with a The maximum allowed phase to phase voltage peaks in NOTE!
minimum switching frequency of 3 kHz or higher, instruc- the motor terminal as a function of the rise time of the If not otherwise indicated on the rating plate, these
tions provided in Chapter 5.8.3 can be used for preliminary pulse can be seen in Figure 4. thermistors do not prevent motor surface temperatures 5.6 Cabling, grounding and EMC
dimensioning. exceeding the limit values of their temperature classes
The highest curve “ABB Special Insulation” applies to To provide proper grounding and to ensure compliance
For more information on T5 and T6 temperature class motors with a special winding insulation for frequency (T4, T5, etc.). with any applicable EMC requirements, motors above 30
flameproof motors used with variable speed drives, please converter supply, variant code 405. kW must be cabled using shielded symmetrical cables and
ATEX-countries:
contact ABB. EMC glands, i.e. cable glands providing 360° bonding.
The “ABB Standard Insulation” applies to all other motors The thermistors must be connected to a thermistor circuit
Increased safety motors Ex e relay functioning independently and that is dedicated to Also for smaller motors symmetrical and shielded cables
covered by this manual. are highly recommended. Make the 360° grounding
ABB does not recommend the use of random wound low reliably trip off the supply to the motor according to the
voltage increased safety motors with variable speed requirements of the “Essential Health and Safety Require- arrangement at all the cable entries as described in the
drives. This manual does not cover these motors in
5.3.2 Phase to ground voltages ments” in Annex II, item 1.5.1 of the ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. instructions for the glands. Twist the cable shields into
variable speed drives. The allowed phase to ground voltage peaks at motor bundles and connect to the nearest ground terminal/
Non-ATEX countries: busbar inside the terminal box, converter cabinet, etc.
terminals are:
Non-sparking motors Ex nA It is recommended that the thermistors are connected to a
The combination of motor and converter must be tested Standard Insulation 1300 V peak thermistor circuit relay functioning independently and that NOTE!
as a unit or dimensioned through calculation. is dedicated to reliably trip off the supply to the motor. Proper cable glands providing 360° bonding must be
Special Insulation 1800 V peak
ABB non-sparking cast iron motors have been type tested used at all termination points, e.g. at the motor, con-
NOTE! verter, possible safety switch, etc.
with ABB ACS800 converters utilizing DTC control as well
According to the local installation rules, it may also be
as with ABB ACS550 converters, and these combinations For motors of frame size IEC 280 and upward, additional
possible to connect the thermistors to equipment other
can be selected using the dimensioning instructions potential equalization between the motor frame and the
than a thermistor relay; for example, to the control
provided in Chapter 5.8.2. driven equipment is needed, unless both are mounted on
inputs of a frequency converter.
a common steel base. In this case, the high frequency
conductivity of the connection provided by the steel base Note C. For quadratic torque applications lowest continu- 5.9.1 Content of standard VSD plate All parameters needed for setting the converter must be
should be checked by, for example, measuring the poten- ous operating frequency is 5 Hz. taken from the motor rating plates. The most often needed
tial difference between the components. The standard VSD plate, Figure 10, contains following parameters are:
NOTE! information:
More information about grounding and cabling of variable – Motor nominal voltage
The maximum speed of the motor must not be Supply voltage or voltage range (VALID FOR) and supply
speed drives can be found in the manual “Grounding and – Motor nominal current
exceeded even if the loadability curves are given up to frequency (FWP) of the drive
cabling of the drive system” (Code: 3AFY 61201998) and – Motor nominal frequency
100 Hz.
material on fulfilling the EMC requirements can be found ฀ Motor type – Motor nominal speed
on respective converter manuals. ฀ Minimum switching frequency for PWM converters – Motor nominal power
For dimensioning motors and protection types other than
(MIN. SWITCHING FREQ. FOR PWM CONV.) These parameters shall be taken from a single line of the
those mentioned in Figures 7 and 8, please contact ABB.
฀ Limits for short time overloads (I OL, T OL, T COOL )
5.7 Operating speed see chapter 5.8.5
standard rating plate fixed on the motor, see Figure 9 for
5.8.4 Dimensioning with other voltage an example.
For speeds higher than the nominal speed stated on the ฀ Allowed load torque for DTC controlled ACS800
motor’s rating plate, ensure that either the highest permis- source PWM-type converters converters (DTC-CONTROL). The load torque is Note: In case of missing or inaccurate information, do not
sible rotational speed of the motor or the critical speed of provided as percent of the nominal torque of the operate the motor before ensuring correct settings!
Preliminary dimensioning can be done by using the motor.
the whole application is not exceeded. ABB recommends using all the suitable protective features
guideline loadability curves shown in figures 7 and 8. ฀ Allowed load torque for PWM controlled ACS550
These guideline curves assume a minimum switching provided by the converter to improve the safety of the
converters (PWM-CONTROL). The load torque is
5.8 Dimensioning the motor for frequency of 3 kHz. To ensure safety, the combination provided as percent of the nominal torque of the
application. Converters usually provide features such as
must either be tested or thermal sensors intended for (names and availability of features depend on the model of
variable speed application control of the surface temperatures must be used.
motor. See also chapter 5.8.3. the converter):
The standard VSD plate requires calculation by the cus- – Minimum speed
5.8.1 General NOTE! tomer to convert the generic data into motor specific data. – Maximum speed
The actual thermal loadability of a motor may be lower The hazardous motor catalogue will be required to convert – Stall protection
In the case of ABB ACS800 converters with DTC control
than shown by guideline curves. the frequency limits to speed limits, and the toque limits – Acceleration and deceleration times
and ACS550 converters, the dimensioning can be done by
into current limits. Customer specific plates can be re- – Maximum current
using the loadability curves shown in paragraph 5.8.2 and
quested from ABB if preferred. – Maximum power
5.8.3 or by using ABB’s DriveSize dimensioning program. 5.8.5 Short time overloads
The tool is downloadable from the ABB website (www. – Maximum torque
ABB flameproof motors usually provide a possibility for 5.9.2 Content of customer specific – User load curve
abb.com/motors&drives). The loadability curves are based short time overloading. For exact values, please see the
on nominal supply voltage. motor’s rating plate or contact ABB. VSD plates
Customer specific VSD plates, Figure 11, contain applica- WARNING
5.8.2 Dimensioning with ABB ACS800 Overloadability is specified by three factors: These features are merely extras and do not replace
tion and motor specific data for variable speed application
converters with DTC control I OL Maximum short time current as follows: the safety functions required by the standards.
T OL The length of allowed overload period
The loadability curves (or load capacity curves) presented T COOL Cooling time required after each overload ฀ Motor type
in Figures 5 and 6 show the maximum allowed continuous period. During the cooling period motor current ฀ Motor serial number 5.10.1 Programming ABB ACS800 and
output torque of the motors as a function of supply and torque must stay below the limit of allowed ฀ Frequency converter type (FC Type)
฀ Switching frequency (Switc.freq.)
ACS550 converters based on
frequency. The output torque is given as a percentage of continuous loadability.
the nominal torque of the motor. ฀ Field weakening or nominal point of the motor (F.W.P.) standard VSD plate
฀ List of specific duty points
NOTE!
5.9 Rating plates ฀ Type of load (CONSTANT TORQUE, QUADRATIC
Check that the standard VSD plate is valid for the applica-
tion in question i.e. that the supply network corresponds
The maximum speed of the motor must not be Hazardous area motors intended for variable speed TORQUE, etc) to the data of “VALID FOR” and “FWP”.
exceeded even if the loadability curves are given up to operation must have two rating plates; the standard name ฀ Speed range
100 Hz. plate for DOL operation required for all motors, figure 9, ฀ If the motor is equipped with thermal sensors suitable Check that the requirements set for the converter are met
and the VSD plate. There are two different versions of VSD for direct thermal control, a text “PTC xxx C (Type and control type of the converter, as well as the
For dimensioning motors and protection types other than rating plates available; the standard VSD plate shown in DIN44081/-82”. Where “xxx” denotes the tripping switching frequency)
those mentioned in Figures 5 and 6, please contact ABB. figure 10 and the customer specific VSD plate, figure 11. temperature of the sensors. Check that the load complies with allowed loading for the
The values on the rating plates shown in above mentioned converter in use.
In customer specific VSD plates the values are for the
5.8.3 Dimensioning with ABB ACS550 figures are for example only!
specific motor and application and the duty point values Feed in the basic start-up data. The basic start-up data
converters A VSD plate is mandatory for variable speed operation and can on most cases be used for programming converters (parameter group 99) needed in both converters shall be
The loadability curves (or load capacity curves) presented must contain the necessary data to define the allowed protective functions as such. taken from a single line of the standard rating plate (See
in Figures 7 and 8 show the maximum allowed continuous duty range in variable speed operation. The following Figure 9 as an example). Detailed instructions are available
parameters at least must be shown on the rating plates for
output torque of the motors as a function of supply
motors intended for variable speed operation in explosive 5.10 Commissioning the on the manuals of respective frequency converter. The
frequency. The output torque is given as a percentage of selected line of the standard rating plate must comply with
the nominal torque of the motor. atmospheres: variable speed application the data of “VALID FOR” and “FWP”, as well as to the
– Duty type rating of the supply network.
Note A. The loadability curves in Figures 7 and 8 are Commissioning the variable speed application must be
based on 4 kHz switching frequency. – Type of load (constant or quadratic) done according to the instructions provided in this manual, In case of ACS800 converters with DTC control, also the
– Type of converter and minimum switching frequency on the respective frequency converter manuals and local following settings must be made:
Note B. For constant torque applications the lowest – Power or torque limitation laws and regulations. The requirements and limitations set
allowed continuous operating frequency is 15 Hz. – Speed or frequency limitation 99.08 Motor Control Mode = DTC
by the application must also be taken into account.
95.04 EX/SIN REQUEST = EX
95.05 ENA INC SW FREQ = YES
In case of ACS550 converters, the following settings must In the case of the IP 55 motor and when the motor has Duty hours for permanently greased bearings at ambient
also be made:
6. Maintenance been delivered with a plug closed, it is advisable to peri- temperatures of 25 and 40°C are:
odically open the drain plugs in order to ensure that the
2606 SWITCHING FREQ = 4 kHz or higher WARNING Duty hours Duty hours
way out for condensation is not blocked and allows
2607 SWITCH FREQ CTRL = 0 (OFF) Voltage may be connected at standstill inside the Frame size Poles at 25°C at 40°C
condensation to escape from the motor. This operation
terminal box for heating elements or direct winding 71 2 67 000 42 000
In addition to the above mentioned mandatory settings, it must be done when the motor is at a standstill and has
heating. 71 4-8 100 000 56 000
is strongly recommended to utilize all the suitable protec- been made safe to work on. 80-90 2 100 000 65 000
tive functions of the converter. The necessary data must
80-90 4-8 100 000 96 000
be taken from the standard VSD plate and converted to WARNING 6.1.1 Standby motors 100-112 2 89 000 56 000
suitable format. Standards IEC/EN 60079-17 and -19 relating to
100-112 4-8 100 000 89 000
repair and maintenance of electrical apparatus in If the motor is in standby for a longer period of time on a
132 2 67 000 42 000
5.10.2 Programming ABB ACS800 and hazardous areas must be taken into consideration. ship or in other vibrating environments the following
132 4-8 100 000 77 000
ACS550 converters based on Only competent personnel acquainted with these measures have to be taken:
160 2 60 000 38 000
standards should handle this type of apparatus. 1.The shaft must be rotated regularly every 2 weeks (to be
customer specific VSD plate 160 4-8 100 000 74 000
Depending on the nature of the work in question, dis- reported) by means of start-up of the system. In case a 180 2 55 000 34 000
Check that the customer specific VSD plate is valid for the start-up is not possible, due to any reason, the shaft
connect and lock out before working on motor or 180 4-8 100 000 70 000
application in question i.e. that the supply network corre- must be turned by hand in order to achieve a different
driven equipment. Ensure no explosive gas or dust is 200 2 41 000 25 000
sponds to the data of “F.W.P.”. position at least once a week. Vibrations caused by other
present while work is in progress. 200 4-8 95 000 60 000
Check that the requirements set for the converter are met vessel's equipment will cause bearing pitting which 225 2 36 000 23 000
(“FC Type” and “Switc.freq.”) should be minimized by regular operation / hand turning. 225 4-8 88 000 56 000
6.1 General inspection 2.The bearing must be greased while rotating the shaft 250 2 31 000 20 000
Check that the load complies with allowed loading.
1. For inspection and maintenance use standards IEC/EN every year (to be reported). If the motor has been 250 4-8 80 000 50 000
Feed in the basic start-up data. The basic start-up data 60079-17, especially tables 1-4 as a guideline. provided with a roller bearing at the driven end the Data is valid up to 60 Hz.
(parameter group 99) needed in both converters shall be transport lock must be removed before rotating the
taken from a single line of the standard rating plate (See 2. Inspect the motor at regular intervals. The frequency of These values are valid for permitted load values given in
checks depends on, for example, the humidity level of shaft. The transport locking must be remounted in case
Figure 9 as an example). Detailed instructions are available the product catalog. Depending on application and load
the ambient air and on the local weather conditions. of transportation.
on the manuals of respective frequency converter. The conditions, see the applicable product catalog or contact
selected line of the standard rating plate must comply with This can initially be determined experimentally and must 3. All vibrations must be avoided to prevent a bearing from ABB.
the data of “F.W.P.”, as well as to the rating of the supply then be strictly adhered to. failing. Additionally, all instructions in the motor instruc-
Operation hours for vertical motors are half of the above
network. 3. Keep the motor clean and ensure free ventilation airflow. tion manual for commissioning and maintenance must
values.
If the motor is used in a dusty environment, the ventila- be followed. The warranty will not cover the winding
In case of ACS800 converters with DTC control, the and bearing damages if these instructions have not
following settings must also be made: tion system must be regularly checked and cleaned. For
been followed. 6.2.2 Motors with regreasable bearings
Ex tD/Ex t motors, respect the environment specifica-
99.08 Motor Control Mode = DTC tions stated in standard IEC/EN 61241-14 Lubrication information plate and general lubrication
95.04 EX/SIN REQUEST = EX
95.05 ENA INC SW FREQ = YES 4. Check the condition of shaft seals (e.g. V-ring or radial 6.2 Lubrication advice
If the machine is equipped with a lubrication information
seal) and replace if necessary.
In case of ACS550 converters, also the following settings WARNING plate, follow the given values.
For Ex tD/Ex t motors carry out detailed inspection
must be done according to IEC/EN 60079-17 table 4 with recom- Beware of all rotating parts. On the lubrication information plate, greasing intervals
2606 SWITCHING FREQ = 4 kHz or higher mended interval of 2 years or 8000h. regarding mounting, ambient temperature and rotational
2607 SWITCH FREQ CTRL = 0 (OFF) WARNING speed are defined.
5. Check the condition of connections and mounting and
assembly bolts. Grease can cause skin irritation and eye inflamma- During the first start or after a bearing lubrication a tempo-
In addition to abovementioned mandatory settings, it is
tion. Follow all safety precautions specified by the rary temperature rise may appear, approximately 10 to 20
strongly recommended to utilize all the suitable protective 6. Check the condition of the bearings by listening for any manufacturer of the grease. hours.
functions of the converter. The necessary data must be unusual noise, vibration measurement, bearing tempera-
taken from the standard VSD plate and converted to ture, inspection of spent grease or SPM bearing moni- Bearing types are specified in the respective product Some motors may be equipped with a collector for old
suitable format. toring. Pay special attention to bearings when their catalogs and on the rating plate of all motors except grease. Follow the special instructions given for the
calculated rated life time is coming to an end. smaller frame sizes. equipment.
When signs of wear are noticed, dismantle the motor, Reliability is a vital issue for bearing lubrication intervals. After regreasing a DIP/ Ex tD/ Ex t-motor, clean the motor
check the parts and replace if necessary. When bearings ABB uses the L1-principle (i.e. that 99% of the motors are end shields so they are free of any dust.
are changed, replacement bearings must be of the same certain to make the life time) for lubrication.
type as those originally fitted. The shaft seals must be A. Manual lubrication
replaced with seals of the same quality and characteristics 6.2.1 Motors with permanently greased Regreasing while the motor is running
as the originals when changing bearings.
bearings – Remove grease outlet plug or open closing valve if fitted.
For flameproof motors, periodically turn the knurled head – Be sure that the lubrication channel is open
Bearings are usually permanently greased bearings of 1Z,
of the drain plug, if equipped, in order to prevent jamming. – Inject the specified amount of grease into the bearing.
2Z, 2RS or equivalent types.
This operation must be done when the motor is at stand- – Let the motor run for 1-2 hours to ensure that all excess
still. The frequency of checks depends on the humidity As a guide, adequate lubrication for sizes up to 250 can grease is forced out of the bearing. Close the grease
level of the ambient air, and on the local weather condi- be achieved for the following duration, according to L1. For outlet plug or closing valve if fitted.
tions. This can initially be determined experimentally and duties with higher ambient temperatures please contact
must then be strictly adhered to. ABB. The informative formula to change the L1 values
roughly to L10 values: L10 = 2.7 x L1.
Regreasing while the motor is at a standstill 6.2.3 Lubrication intervals and amounts Frame Amountof grease Amount of grease 3600 3000 1800 1500 1000 500-900
Regrease motors while running. If it is not possible to size g/DE-bearing g/NDE-bearing r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min
regrease the bearings while the motors are running, Lubrication intervals for vertical machines are half of the
lubrication can be carried out while the machine is at a values shown in the table below. Ball bearings Lubrication intervals in duty hours
standstill. The lubrication intervals are based on a bearing operating 160 13 13 7100 8900 14300 16300 20500 21600
– In this case use only half the quantity of grease and then temperature of 80°C (ambient temperature +25°). Note! 180 15 15 6100 7800 13100 15100 19400 20500
run the motor for a few minutes at full speed. An increase in the ambient temperature raises the tem-
– When the motor has stopped, apply the rest of the perature of the bearings correspondingly. The values 200 20 15 4300 5900 11000 13000 17300 18400
specified amount of grease to the bearing. should be halved for a 15°C increase in bearing tempera- 225 23 20 3600 5100 10100 12000 16400 17500
– After 1-2 running hours close the grease outlet plug or ture and may be doubled for a 15°C decrease in bearing 250 30 23 2400 3700 8500 10400 14700 15800
closing valve if fitted. temperature. 280 35 35 1900 3200 – – – –
B. Automatic lubrication Higher speed operation, e.g. in frequency converter 280 40 40 – – 7800 9600 13900 15000
The grease outlet plug must be removed permanently with applications, or lower speed with heavy load will require 315 35 35 1900 3200 – – – –
automatic lubrication or open the closing valve if fitted. shorter lubrication intervals. 315 55 40 – – 5900 7600 11800 12900
355 35 35 1900 3200 – – – –
ABB recommends only the use of electromechanical 355 70 40 – – 4000 5600 9600 10700
WARNING
systems. 400 40 40 1500 2700 – – – –
The maximum operating temperature of the grease
The amount of grease per lubrication interval stated in the and bearings, +110°C, must not be exceeded. 400 85 55 – – 3200 4700 8600 9700
table should be multiplied by three if a central lubrication 450 40 40 1500 2700 – – – –
The designed maximum speed of the motor must 450 95 70 – – 2500 3900 7700 8700
system is used. In case of a smaller automatic regrease
not be exceeded. Roller bearings Lubrication intervals in duty hours
unit (one or two cartridges per motor) the normal amount
of grease is valid. 160 13 13 3600 4500 7200 8100 10300 10800
180 15 15 3000 3900 6600 7500 9700 10200
When 2-pole motors are automatically regreased, the 200 20 15 2100 3000 5500 6500 8600 9200
notes concerning lubricant recommendations for 2-pole 225 23 20 1800 1600 5100 6000 8200 8700
motors in the Lubricants chapter should be followed. 250 30 23 1200 1900 4200 5200 7300 7900
The used grease should be suitable for automatic lubrica- 280 35 35 900 1600 – – – –
tion. Automatic lubrication system deliverer and the grease 280 40 40 – – 4000 5300 7000 8500
manufacturer’s recommendations should check. 315 35 35 900 1600 – – – –
315 55 40 – – 2900 3800 5900 6500
Calculation example for the amount of grease for
355 35 35 900 1600 – – – –
automatic lubrication system
355 70 40 – – 2000 2800 4800 5400
Central lubrication system: Motor IEC M3_P 315_ 4-pole
400 40 40 – 1300 – – – –
in 50Hz network, relubrication interval according to Table is
400 85 55 – – 1600 2400 4300 4800
7600 h/55g (DE) and 7600 h/40g (NDE):
450 40 40 – 1300 – – – –
(DE) RLI = 55g/7600h*3*24 = 0,52 g/day 450 95 70 – – 1300 2000 3800 4400
(NDE) RLI = 40g/7600*3*24 = 0,38 g/day
Calculation example for the amount of grease for 6.2.4 Lubricants
single automation lubrication unit (cartridge)
must be obtained from the lubricant manufacturer, espe-
(DE) RLI = 55g/7600h*24 = 0,17 g/day WARNING
cially concerning EP admixtures, that the admixtures will
(NDE) RLI = 40g/7600*24 = 0,13 g/day Do not mix different types of grease.
not damage bearings or the properties of lubricants at the
Incompatible lubricants may cause bearing
RLI = Relubricaion interval, DE = Drive end, NDE = Non drive end operating temperature range.
damage.
When regreasing, use only special ball bearing grease with WARNING
the following properties: Lubricants containing EP admixtures are not recom-
mended in high bearing temperatures in frame sizes
– good quality grease with lithium complex soap and with 280 to 450.
mineral- or PAO-oil
– base oil viscosity 100-160 cST at 40°C The following high performance greases can be used:
– consistency NLGI grade 1.5 - 3 *) – Mobil Unirex N2 or N3 (lithium complex base)
– temperature range -30°C - +140°C, continuously. – Mobil Mobilith SHC 100 (lithium complex base)
*) For vertical mounted motors or in hot conditions a stiffer – Shell Gadus S5 V 100 2 (lithium complex base)
end of scale is recommended. – Klüber Klüberplex BEM 41-132 (special lithium base)
– FAG Arcanol TEMP110 (lithium complex base)
The above mentioned grease specification is valid if the
- Lubcon Turmogrease L 802 EP PLUS
ambient temperature is above -30°C or below +55°C, and
(special lithium base)
the bearing temperature is below 110°C; otherwise
- Total Multiplex S2 A (lithium complex base)
consult ABB regarding suitable grease.
Grease with the correct properties is available from all the
major lubricant manufacturers.
Admixtures are recommended, but a written guarantee
NOTE! 7.3 Bearings 9. Troubleshooting
Always use high speed grease for high speed 2-pole Special care should be taken with the bearings. These instructions do not cover all details or variations in equipment nor provide for every possible condition to be met in
machines where the speed factor is higher than
These must be removed using pullers and fitted by heating connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information be required, please contact the
480,000 (calculated as Dm x n where Dm = average
or using special tools for the purpose. nearest ABB Sales Office.
bearing diameter, mm; n = rotational speed, r/min).
The following greases can be used for high speed cast Bearing replacement is described in detail in a separate Motor troubleshooting chart
iron motors but not mixed with lithium complex greases: instruction leaflet available from the ABB Sales Office. Your motor service and any troubleshooting must be handled by qualified persons who have the proper tools and
Special recommendations apply when changing the equipment.
– Klüber Klüber quiet BQH 72-102 (polyurea base) bearings of DIP/Ex tD/Ex t-motors (as the seals should be
– Lubcon Turmogrease PU703 (polyurea base) changed at the same time). TROUBLE CAUSE WHAT TO DO
If other lubricants are used; Any directions placed on the motor, such as labels, must Motor fails to start Blown fuses Replace fuses with proper type and rating.
Check with the manufacturer that the qualities correspond be followed. The bearing types indicated on the rating
plate must not be changed. Overload trips Check and reset overload in starter.
to those of the above mentioned lubricants. The lubrica-
tion interval are based on the listed high performance Improper power supply Check to see that power supplied agrees with motor
greases above. Using other greases can reduce the NOTE!
rating plate and load factor.
interval. Any repair by the end user, unless expressly approved
by the manufacturer, releases the manufacturer from his Improper line connections Check connections against diagram supplied with
If the compatibility of the lubricant is uncertain, contact responsibility to conformity. motor.
ABB.
Open circuit in winding or control Indicated by humming sound when switch is closed.
7. After Sales support 7.4 Gaskets and sealings switch Check for loose wiring connections.
Also ensure that all control contacts are closing.
Terminal boxes others than Ex d –boxes are equipped with
7.1 Spare parts tested and approved sealings. If to be replaced, they must Mechanical failure Check to see if motor and drive turn freely. Check
be replaced by original spare parts. bearings and lubrication.
Spare parts must be original parts or approved by ABB
unless otherwise stated. Short circuited stator Indicated by blown fuses. Motor must be rewound.
Poor stator coil connection Remove end shields and locate fault.
Requirements in standard IEC 60079-19 must be fol-
lowed.
8. Environmental require- Rotor defective Look for broken bars or end rings.
When ordering spare parts, the motor serial number, full
ments. Noise levels. Motor may be overloaded Reduce load.
type designation and product code, as stated on the Most of ABB’s motors have a sound pressure level not
rating plate, must be specified. exceeding 82 dB(A) (± 3 dB) at 50 Hz. Motor stalls One phase may be open Check lines for open phase.
Values for specific machines can be found in the relevant Wrong application Change type or size. Consult equipment supplier.
7.2 Dismantling, re-assembly product catalogs. At 60 Hz sinusoidal supply the values
Overload Reduce load.
are approximately 4 dB(A) higher compared to 50 Hz
and rewinding values in the product catalogs. Low voltage Ensure the rating plate voltage is maintained. Check
Follow the instructions given in standard IEC 60079-19 connection.
For sound pressure levels at frequency converter supply,
regarding dismantling, re-assembly and rewinding. Any please contact ABB. Open circuit Fuses blown, check overload relay, stator and push
operation must be undertaken by the manufacturer, i.e. buttons.
ABB, or by an ABB authorized repair partner.
Motor runs and then Power failure Check for loose connections to line, to fuses and to
No manufacturing alterations are permitted on the parts
dies down control.
that make up the explosion-proof enclosure and the parts
that ensure dust-tight protection. Also ensure that the Motor does not Incorrect application Consult equipment supplier for proper type.
ventilation is never obstructed. accelerate up to
nominal speed Voltage too low at motor terminals Use higher voltage or transformer terminals or reduce
Rewinding must always be carried out by an ABB author- because of line drop load. Check connections. Check conductors for proper
ized repair partner. size.
When re-assembling the end shield or terminal box to the Starting load too high Check the motor’s starts against “no load”.
frame of flameproof motors, check that the spigots are
free of paint and dirt with only a thin layer of special Broken rotor bars or loose rotor Look for cracks near the rings. A new rotor may be
non-hardening grease. Also check that the fixing bolts are required, as repairs are usually temporary.
of the same strength as the original ones or at least of
the same strength as indicated on the frame. In the case Open primary circuit Locate fault with testing device and repair.
of DIP/Ex tD/Ex t- motors, when re-assembling the end Motor takes too long Excessive load Reduce load.
shields on the frame special sealing grease or sealing to accelerate and/or
compound must be reapplied to the spigots. This should draws high current Low voltage during start Check for high resistance. Make sure that an adequate
be the same type as originally applied to the motor for this cable size is used.
kind of protection. Defective squirrel cage rotor Replace with new rotor.
Applied voltage too low Correct power supply.
TROUBLE CAUSE WHAT TO DO
Wrong rotation Wrong sequence of phases Reverse connections at motor or at switchboard.
direction
Motor overheats Overload Reduce load.
while running
Frame or ventilation openings may Open vent holes and check for a continuous stream of
be full of dirt and prevent proper air from the motor.
ventilation of motor
Motor may have one phase open Check to make sure that all leads and cables are well
connected. Figure 1. Connection diagram
Bild 1. Anschlußdiagram
Grounded coil Motor must be rewound.
Figure 1. Connection
Unbalanced terminal voltage Check for faulty leads, connections and transformers. Figura 1. Conexión
Motor vibrates Motor misaligned Realign. Figura 1. Collegamento
Weak support Strengthen base. Figur 1. Anslutningdiagramm
Kuva 1. Kytkentäkaavio
Coupling out of balance Balance coupling.
Figura 1. Diagrama de ligações
Driven equipment unbalanced Rebalance driven equipment.
Defective bearings Replace bearings.
Bearings not in line Repair motor.
Balancing weights shifted Rebalance rotor.
Contradiction between balancing Rebalance coupling or rotor.
of rotor and coupling (half key – full
key)
Polyphase motor running single Check for open circuit.
phase
Excessive end play Adjust bearing or add shim.
Scraping noise Fan rubbing end shield or fan cover Correct fan mounting.
Loose on bedplate Tighten holding bolts.
Noisy operation Air gap not uniform Check and correct end shield fits or bearing fits.
Rotor unbalance Rebalance rotor.
Hot bearings Bent or sprung shaft Straighten or replace shaft.
Excessive belt pull Decrease belt tension.
Pulleys too far away from shaft Move pulley closer to motor bearing.
shoulder
Pulley diameter too small Use larger pulleys.
Misalignment Correct by realignment of the drive.
Figure 2. Belt drive
Insufficient grease Maintain proper quality and amount of grease in
Bild 2. Riementrieb
bearing.
Figure 2. Glissières et entraînements à courroie
Deterioration of grease or lubricant Remove old grease, wash bearings thoroughly in
Figure 2. Carriles tensores y correas
contaminated kerosene and replace with new grease.
Figura 2. Slitte tendicinghia e pulegge
Excess lubricant Reduce quantity of grease, bearing should not be more Figur 2. Remdrift
than half full.
Kuva 2. Hihnakäyttö
Overloaded bearing Check alignment, side and end thrust. Figura 2. Transmissão por correias
Broken ball or rough races Replace bearing, clean housing thoroughly first.
Figure 4. Allowed phase to phase voltage peaks at motor terminals as a function of rise time.
Rise time defined according to IEC60034-17.
..... ABB Special insulation; ----- ABB Standard insulation; ___ IEC TS 60034-17
Abbildung 4. Zulässige Phase-zu-Phase-Spannungsspitzen an Motorklemmen als Funktion der Anstiegszeit.
Definition der Anstiegszeit nach IEC60034-17.
..... ABB Spezialisolierung; ----- ABB Standardisolierung; ___ IEC TS 60034-17
Figure 4. Pics de tension phase-phase au niveau des bornes du moteur en tant que fonction de temps
de hausse. Temps de hausse défini en conformité de la norme IEC60034-17.
..... ABB Isolation spéciale ; ----- Isolation standard ABB ; ___ IEC TS 60034-17
Figura 4. Picos de tensión permitidos entre fases en los bornes del motor en función del tiempo de aumento.
Tiempo de aumento definido según la norma IEC60034-17.
..... Aislamiento especial de ABB; ----- Aislamiento estándar de ABB; ___ IEC TS 60034-17
Figura 4. Picchi di tensione da fase a fase ammessi ai morsetti del motore in funzione del tempo di salita.
Tempo di salita definito in conformità a IEC60034-17.
..... Isolamento speciale ABB; ----- Isolamento standard ABB; ___ IEC TS 60034-17
Figura 4. Fase permitida para picos de tensão de fase nos terminais do motor como função do
tempo de subida. Tempo de subida definido de acordo com CEI60034-17.
..... Isolamento especial da ABB; ----- Isolamento normal da ABB; ___ CEI TS 60034-17
Figure 3. Mounting of half-coupling or pulley

Bild 3. Anbau von Kupplungshälften und Riemenscheiben
Figure 3. Montage des demi-accouplements et des poulies
Figura 3. Montaje de mitades de acoplamiento y poleas
Figura 3. Montaggio di semigiunti e pulegge
Figura 3. Montagem de meio acoplamento ou poleia
Loadability curves with ACS800 converters with DTC control
Belastbarkeitskurven für ACS800-Frequenzumrichter mit DTC-Steuerung
Courbes de capacité de charge avec convertisseurs ACS800 et commande DTC
Curvas de capacidad de carga con convertidores ACS800 dotados de control DTC
Curve di caricabilità con convertitori ACS800 e controllo DTC
Curvas de capacidade de carga com conversores ACS800 com controlo de transmissão digital (DTC)
Figure 5. Flameproof motors Ex d, Ex de, cast iron (type M3GP) dust ignition proof motors, Figure 6. Non-sparking motors Ex nA, cast iron (type M3GP) and aluminum dust ignition protection motors
(DIP/Ex tD); nominal frequency of the motor 50/60 Hz (DIP/Ex tD/Ex t T125°C), nominal frequency of the motor 50/60 Hz
Abbildung 5. Motoren mit druckfester Kapselung Ex d, Ex de, Grauguss (Typ M3GP), Staubexplosionsschutz- Abbildung 6. Nicht funkende Motoren Ex nA, Aluminium und Grauguss (Typ M3GP), Staubexplosionsschutz-
motoren, (DIP, Ex tD); Nennfrequenz des Motors 50/60 HzFigura 5. motoren (DIP/Ex tD T125°C); Nennfrequenz des Motors 50/60 Hz
Figure 5. Moteurs à enveloppe antidéflagrante Ex d, Ex de, moteurs en fonte (type M3GP) pour atmosphè- Figure 6. Moteurs non producteurs d’étincelles Ex na, moteurs en fonte (type M3GP) et en aluminium pour
res de poussières combustibles, (DIP/Ex tD) ; fréquence nominale du moteur de 50/60 Hz atmosphères de poussières combustibles (DIP/Ex tD T125°C), fréquence nominale du moteur
de 50/60 Hz
Figura 5. Motores antideflagrantes Ex d, Ex de, hierro fundido (tipo M3GP) motores a prueba de ignición
de polvo, (DIP/Ex tD); frecuencia nominal del motor 50/60 Hz Figura 6. Motores antichispas Ex nA, aluminio y hierro fundido (tipo M3GP) motores a prueba de ignición
de polvo (DIP/Ex tD T125 °C), frecuencia nominal del motor 50/60 Hz
Figura 5. Motori a prova d’esplosione Ex d, Ex de, motori in ghisa (tipo M3GP) con protezione da polveri
combustibili, (DIP/Ex tD); frequenza nominale del motore 50/60 Hz Figura 6. Motori non-sparking Ex nA, motori in ghisa (tipo M3GP) e alluminio con protezione da polveri
combustibili (DIP/Ex tD T125°C), frequenza nominale del motore 50/60 Hz
Figura 5. Motores antideflagrantes Ex d, Ex de, motores de ferro fundido (tipo M3GP) à prova de ignição
por pó, (DIP/Ex tD); frequência nominal do motor 50/60 Hz Figura 6. Motores sem chispas Ex nA, motores de alumínio e ferro fundido (tipo M3GP) à prova de ignição
por pó (DIP/Ex tD T125°C), frequência nominal do motor 50/60 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
T/T N,% 120 T/TN,% 120
Separate cooling Separate cooling
110 sizes 160-400 110 sizes 160-400
100 100
90 90
80 Separate cooling 80
size 450 Separate cooling
size 450
70 70
Size 450 Size 450
60 60
50 Sizes 160-400 50 Sizes 160-400
40 40
Sizes 80-132 Sizes 80-132
30 30
5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
Guideline loadability curves with ACS550 converters and other voltage source PWM-type
converters
Belastbarkeitskurven als Richtlinie für spannungsgespeiste PMW-Frequenzumrichter
Courbes de capacité de charge de référence avec d’autres convertisseurs PTW de source
de tension
Curvas indicativas de capacidad de carga con otros convertidores de fuente de tensión
de tipo PWM
Curve di caricabilità per altre origini di tensione con convertitori tipo PWM
Curvas de capacidade de carga orientadoras com conversores tipo gerador de impulsos
modulados com outra fonte de tensão
Figure 8. Non-sparking motors Ex nA, cast iron dust ignition protection motors (DIP/Ex tD/Ex t);
Figure 7. Flameproof motors Ex d, Ex de, cast iron dust ignition proof motors (DIP/Ex tD/Ex t T125°C); nominal frequency of the motor 50/60 Hz
nominal frequency of the motor 50/60 Hz Abbildung 8. Nicht funkende Motoren Ex nA, Grauguss-Staubexplosionsschutzmotoren (DIP, Ex tD),
Abbildung 7. Motoren mit druckfester Kapselung Ex d, Ex de, Grauguss-Staubexplosionsschutzmotoren Nennfrequenz des Motors 50/60 Hz
(DIP/Ex tD T125°C); Nennfrequenz des Motors 50/60 Hz Figure 8. Moteurs non producteurs d’étincelles Ex nA, moteurs en fonte pour atmosphères de poussières
Figure 7. Moteurs à enveloppe antidéflagrante Ex d, Ex de, moteurs en fonte pour atmosphères de combustibles (DIP/Ex tD) ; fréquence nominale du moteur de 50/60 Hz
poussières combustibles (DIP/Ex tD T125°C) ; fréquence nominale du moteur de 50/60 Hz Figura 8. Motores antichispas Ex nA, motores de hierro fundido a prueba de ignición de polvo (DIP/Ex tD),
Figura 7. Motores antideflagrantes Ex d, Ex de, motores de hierro fundido a prueba de ignición frecuencia nominal del motor 50/60 Hz
de polvo (DIP/Ex tD T125 °C); frecuencia nominal del motor 50/60 Hz Figura 8. Motori non-sparking Ex nA, motori in ghisa con protezione da polveri combustibili
Figura 7. Motori a prova d’esplosione Ex d, Ex de, motori in ghisa con protezione da polveri (DIP/Ex tD), frequenza nominale del motore 50/60 Hz
combustibili (DIP/Ex tD T125°C); frequenza nominale del motore 50/60 Hz Figura 8. Motores sem chispas Ex nA, motores de ferro fundido à prova de ignição por pó (DIP/Ex tD),
Figura 7. Motores antideflagrantes Ex d, Ex de, motores de ferro fundido à prova de ignição por pó frequência nominal do motor 50/60 Hz
(DIP/Ex tD T125°C); frequência nominal do motor 50/60 Hz
50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Figure 9. Standard rating plate Figure 10. Standard VSD plate
Contact us
Abbildung 9. Standard Leistungsschild Abbildung 10. Standard FU-Schild
Figure 9. Plaque signalétique standard Figure 10. Plaque VSD standard
Figura 9. Placa de características estándar Figura 10. Placa de variador de velocidad estándar
Figura 9. Targhetta standard Figura 10. Targhetta VSD standard
Figura 9. Chapa de características standard Figura 10. Chapa VSD standard
Low Voltage Motors/Manualfor explosive atmospheres ML 06-2012 3GZF500730-47 Rev C

www.abb.com/motors&generators © Copyright 2010 ABB
All rights reserved
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Figure 11. Customer specific VSD plate ACS800 Figure 12. Customer specific VSD plate ACS550
with thermistors for surface protection.
Abbildung 11. Kundenspezifisches FU-Schild ACS800
Abbildung 12. Kundenspezifisches FU-Schild ACS550
Figure 11. Plaque VSD propre au client
mit Thermistoren für Oberflächenschutz
de convertisseur ACS800
Figure 12. Plaque VSD propre au client
Figura 11. Placa de variador de velocidad ACS800 de convertisseur ACS550 avec
específica del cliente thermistances de protection de surface
Figura 11. Targhetta VSD specifica del cliente Figura 12. Placa de variador de velocidad ACS550
- ACS800 específica del cliente con termistores
para protección de superficie
Figura 11. Chapa VSD específica
do cliente ACS800 Figura 12. Targhetta VSD specifica del cliente
- ACS550 con termistori per
la protezione della superficie
Figura 12. Chapa VSD específica
do cliente ACS550 com termístores
para protecção da superfície
150 – EN ABB Motors and Generators | Low voltage Motors for explosive atmospheres 06-2012
Section 10-4
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

ELECTRIC MOTOR (EUROMOTORI) -
1
2
MAK N. 3.1/11
FORME COSTRUTTIVE - CONSTRUCTION SHAPES - FORMES DE CONSTRUCTION
Motori elettrici antideflagranti Ex dÊUÊEx de DISTRIBUTORI

B3 B5 B14 DISTRIBUTORS
Ê £ää£ Ê Îää£ Ê ÎÈä£
Explosion and flame-proof electric motors Ex dÊUÊEx de DISTRIBUTEURS
Moteurs électriques antidéflagrants Ex dÊUÊEx de CEE
Belgio / Lux
B7 B8 B6 Danimarca
Ê £äÈ£ Ê £äÇ£ Ê £äx£
Francia
Germania
Grecia
Inghilterra
Olanda
Norvegia
V1 V3 V18 Portogallo
Ê Îä££ Ê ÎäÎ£ Ê ÎÈ££
Romania
Spagna
EXTRA CEE
V6 V5 V19 Emirati Arabi

Ê £äÎ£ Ê £ä££ Ê ÎÈÎ£ Giordania
Indonesia
Iran
Malesia
Marocco
Thailandia
B3/B5 (B35) V1/V5 (V15) B3/B14 (B34) Turchia
Ê Óää£ Ê Óä££ Ê {Èä£
"/",Ê//Ê* ,Ê /ÊÊ

-- Ê THE MOTORS ARE SUITABLE TO BE USED MOTEURS UTILISABLES EN AMBIANCES DE

Ê <" Ê <£Ê Ê <ÓÊ <Ó£<ÓÓ]Ê -
" "Ê Ê IN AREA CLASS C-ZONE Z1,Z2,Z21,Z22 CLASSE C-ZONE Z1-Z2-Z21-Z22 SUIVANT LA
",Ê
Ê ÎÓ°Îä]Ê Ê ÈääÇ£ä°£{°£Ç ACCORDING CEI 32.30, EN 60079-10.14.17 NORME CEI 32.30, EN 60079-10.14.17
STANDARD
-ViÌ>Ê ìÊ ÌÀiÊ iiÌÌÀVÊ >Ê ÃVÕÀiââ> Choice of safety electric motor Choix du moteur électrique
euromotori
Ài>Ê `Ê ÕÌââÊ VÊ «ÀiÃiâ>Ê `Ê POLVERI
Ài>Ê `Ê ÕÌââÊ VÊ «ÀiÃiâ>Ê `Ê GAS ÛiÊ ì>Ê «iÀVÃÌ>Ê ì>Ê ZONA
Use area with the presence of DUSTS
Use area with the presence of GAS Zone danger level
Zone d’utilisation à présence des
Zone d’utilisation à présence du GAZ Niveau de dangerosité de la ZONE
Serie MAKÊU MAK SeriesÊUÊSerie MAK POUSSIERES
Z0 Z 20
ÌÃviÀ>Ê iÃ«ÃÛ>Ê Ãi«ÀiÊ presente
Explosive atmosphere always present
Atmosphere explosive toujours presente
Z1 Z 21
ÌÃviÀ>Ê iÃ«ÃÛ> probabile
®
euromotori
motori elettrici
s.r.l. ÝÊ `Ê UÊ ÝÊ ìÊ UÊ ÝÊ i ÝÊ `Ê Ê UÊ Ê ÝÊ ìÊ Ê UÊ Ê ÝÊ iÊ UÊ *Ê È8
Likely explosive zone
Atmosphere explosive probable
Z2 Z 22
ÌÃviÀ>Ê iÃ«ÃÛ>Ê non probabile
6>Ê
>ÛÕÀÊ UÊ Óän{ÈÊ
,"Ê ®Ê Ê Ì>Þ E ÝÊ `Ê UÊ ÝÊ ìÊ UÊ ÝÊ iÊ UÊ ÝÊ Ê UÊ *Èx Unlikely explosive zone
ITLY /i°Ê ³ÎÊ äÎ°Óä°£Ó°Î{{Ê UÊ >ÝÊ ³ÎÊ äÎ°Óä°£Ó°È£Ó ÝÊ `Ê UÊ ÝÊ ìÊ UÊ ÝÊ iÊ UÊ ÝÊ
IN Atmosphere explosive improbable
D ÝÊ `Ê UÊ ÝÊ ìÊ UÊ ÝÊ iÊ UÊ ÝÊ Ê UÊ *xx
>\Ê iÕÀÌÀJiÕÀÌÀ°ÌÊ UÊ ÜÜÜ°iÕÀÌÀ°Ì NE
EÊ rÊ *ÛiÀÊ V`ÕÌÌÀVÊ Ê Conductive dustsÊ Ê Pussières conductrices

ATEX NEÊ rÊ *ÛiÀÊ Ê V`ÕÌÌÀVÊ Ê No-conductive dusts Ê Pussières non-conductrices
Euromotori è certificata “ISO 9001” - Euromotori is certified “ISO 9001”
-Êä£Ê/ 8ÊäxÊ+
I £
NOTE INTRODUTTIVE INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Introduzione Introduction Présentation
Ê «ÀiÃiÌiÊ V>Ì>}Ê ìÃVÀÛiÊ iÊ V> This catalogue describes the main tech- Ce catalogue décrie les caractéristiques Ê ÃÌÀÊ ÌÀÊ >Ììy>}À>ÌÊ >Ê «ÀÛ>Ê Our explosion-proof motors Ex d, Nos moteurs antidéflagrants à l’épreu-
À>ÌÌiÀÃÌViÊ ÌiVViÊ iÃÃiâ>]Ê Ài>Ì nical characteristics of our Explosion- techniques essentielles des moteurs an- `Ê iÃ«ÃiÊ ÃiÀiÊ 8Ê `]Ê ÝÊ ìÊ ÃÊ Ex de have been designed accord- ve d’explosion série Ex d, Ex de sont
ÛiÊ >Ê ÌÀÊ iiÌÌÀVÊ >Ììy>}À>ÌÊ `Ê proof motors. tidéflagrants de notre production. VÃÌÀÕÌÊ ÃiV`Ê iÊ ÀiÊ >Àâ ing to European standard Cenelec conçus selon les normes harmoni-
ÃÌÀ>Ê v>LLÀV>âi°Ê >Ê VÃÌÀÕâiÊ They have been designed according to La construction est exécutée dans le res- â>ÌiÊ
iiiVÊ Ê ÈääÇä\ÓääÈÆÊ Ê EN 60079-0:2006; EN 60079-1:2004; sées Cenelec EN 60079-0:2006; EN
mÊ iÃi}ÕÌ>Ê iÊ «iÊ ÀÃ«iÌÌÊ ì>Ê ` ATEX N. 94/9/CE that concerns the es- pect total de la diréctive communautaire ÈääÇ£\Óää{ÆÊ Ê È£Ó{££\Óää{ÆÊ Ê EN 61241-1:2004; EN 61241-0:2006 60079-1:2004; EN 61241-1:2004; EN
ÀiÌÌÛ>ÊVÕÌ>À>Ê ¨Ê{ÉÉ
Ê/ 8®]Ê sential safety characteristics of equip- nº 94/9/CE (ATEX), concernant la défi- È£Ó{£ä\ÓääÈÊiÊµÕ`Ê>`>ÌÌÊ«iÀÊiÃÃi and for this reason they are suitable 61241-0:2006 et par conséquent peu-
À}Õ>À`>ÌiÊ>ÊìwâiÊìiÊV>À>ÌÌi ments intended to be used in poten- nition des caractétistiques minimes de ÀiÊ«i}>ÌÊÊ>ÀiiÊ«iÀVÃiÊìwÌiÊ for hazardous areas as per EN 60079- vent être utilisés en zones dangereu-
ÀÃÌViÊ iÊ `Ê ÃVÕÀiââ>Ê ìiÊ >« tially atmospheres. securité des appareils installés dans une `>>Ê À>Ê Ê ÈääÇ£ä°£{°£Ç° 10.14.17 standard. ses définies par la norme EN 60079-
«>ÀiVV>ÌÕÀiÊìÃÌ>ÌiÊ>½ÃÌ>>âiÊ The suitability of our explosion proof atmosphère potentiellement explosive. 10.14.17.
Ê>ÌÃviÀ>Ê«Ìiâ>iÌiÊiÃ«ÃÛi°Ê motors, to the essential safety charac- La correspondence de nos moteurs
>Ê ÀÃ«ìâ>Ê ìÊ ÃÌÀÊ ÌÀÊ iiÌ teristics demanded by the ATEX, is antidéflagrants aux caractéristiques Norme e certificazioni Standards and certificates Normes et certifications
ÌÀVÊ >Ììy>}À>ÌÊ >iÊ V>À>ÌÌiÀÃÌViÊ shown by the CE certificate issued by minimes de securité demandée par la >ÊÀ>Ê
iiiVÊÀ>VV}iÊi`Ê>À Here there are all the European stand- La norme Cenelec recueille et harmo-
iÊ `Ê ÃVÕÀiââ>Ê ÀViÃÌiÊ `>>Ê ` the CESI, notified body N. 0722. diréctive ATEX, est attestée par les cer- ââ>ÊiÊÃi}ÕiÌÊÀiÊ>Ììy>}À> ards that Cenelec includes: nise les normes antidéflagrantes euro-
ÀiÌÌÛ>Ê/ 8]ÊmÊ>ÌÌiÃÌ>Ì>Ê`>ÊViÀÌwV>ÌÊ`Ê tificats CE délivré par CESI, (organisme ÌÊ iÕÀ«ii\ péennes suivantes :
iÃ>iÊ
ÊìÊÌ«ÊÀ>ÃV>ÌVÊ`>Ê
-]Ê notifié nº 0722).
À}>ÃÊ ÌwV>ÌÊ ¨Ê äÇÓÓ°Ê Ê NORME - STANDARDS - NORMES
ÌiÀ>â> ÕÀ«ii Italiane }iÃ À>ViÃ Tedesche

DEFINIZIONE DEFINITION DÉFINITION International European Italian British French German
DESCRIZIONE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Ê ÌÀiÊ >Ììy>}À>Ìi]Ê ÃiÀiÊ ÝÊ `]Ê An explosion and flame proof motor Le moteur antidéflagrant, série Ex d, Internationales Européennes Italiennes Anglaises Françaises Allemandes
IEC CENELEC CEI/EN BS NFC DIN/VDE
ÝÊ ìÊ mÊ >Ê >VV>Ê ÀÌ>ÌiÊ ViÊ «Õ¢Ê Ex d, Ex de is a rotating machine which Ex de est conçu spécialement pour
vÕâ>ÀiÊ Ê >LiÌiÊ VÊ «ÀiÃiâ>Ê can work in an environment with the fonctionner dans des ambiances dan- >VViÊ iiÌÌÀViÊ Electrical rotating ma- Machines électriques
ÀÌ>Ì\ÊV>À>ÌÌiÀÃÌViÊ chines: rated opera- tournantes: caracté-
ÊÈääÎ{£ -Ê {£Ê Ê
x££ääÊ
`Ê }>ÃÊ iÉÊ Û>«ÀÊ iÃ«ÃÛÊ i`Ê w> presence of gases and/or explosive gereuses en présence de gaz et/ou >Ê `Ê vÕâ> tion and characteris- ristiques nominales de

Ê ÈääÎ{£ Ê ÈääÎ{£

Ê ÓÎ® -Ê {È Ê
x££££
6 Ê äxÎä£
>LÊ Ãiâ>Ê ViÊ ÃÊ ÛiÀwVÊ iÃÃÕÊ or inflammable fumes without causing de vapeurs explosives ou inflamma- mento tic data fonctionnement
inconveniente in caso di avaria del internal damage to the motor. bles sans aucun inconvenient même iÌ`Ê`ÊìÌiÀ> Méthode de déter-
Method for determin-
lo stesso. It is in fact: en cas de panne du moteur lui même. âiÊ ìiÊ «iÀ`ÌiÊ iÊ
ing losses and effi-
mination des pertes

ÊÈääÎ{Ó
del rendimento delle et du rendement des
Ê ÈääÎ{Ó Ê ÈääÎ{Ó -Ê {Î{Ê Ê
x£££Ó 6 Ê äxÎäÓ
Ê ÃÊ ìwÃViÊ v>ÌÌ\ Explosion-proof: its housing neither En effet il est: macchine elettriche
ciency of rotating elec-
machines électriques

Ê ÓÈ®
A prova di esplosione: il suo involu cracks nor explodes in case of an in- À l’epreuve d’explosion: Sa carcasse rotanti
trical machines.
tournantes
VÀÊ Ê ÃÊ VÀi«>Ê mÊ iÃ«ìÊ Ê V>ÃÊ ward short circuit. ne se fissure pas et ne peut pas explo- À>`Ê `Ê «ÀÌiâiÊ Protection degree of Degrés de protection

ÊÈääÎ{x
di un corto circuito interno. Flame-proof: it doesn’t allow the exit of der en cas de court-circuit intérieur. delle macchine elet rotating electrical ma- des machines électri-
Ê ÈääÎ{x Ê ÈääÎ{x

Ê Ó£È®
-Ê {Óä Ê
x£££x 6 Ê äxÎäx
A tenuta di fiamma: Ê «iÀiÌÌiÊ gases and flame from the motor when Etanche à la flamme: Il est conçu pour triche rotanti chines ques tournantes
>`Ê iÛiÌÕ>Ê }>ÃÊ VLÕÃÌÊ Ê w>iÊ the ambient temperature is critical. éviter des gaz brûlés ou à des flammes iÌ`Ê `Ê À>vvÀi``> Cooling methods of
Méthode de refroidis-
sement des machi-
ÊÈääÎ{È
`Ê ÕÃVÀiÊ `>Ê }ÕÌÊ `Ê de pouvoir passer par mento delle macchine rotating electrical ma-
nes électriques tour-

Ê ÈääÎ{È Ê ÈääÎ{È

Ê ÓÇ®
-Ê {Ó£
Ê Î{È Ê
Ê Î{È
elettriche rotanti chines
>>âiÊ >Ê Ìi«i les joints de laminage nantes
À>ÌÕÀ>Ê VÀÌV>Ê «iÀÊ ½> à une température cri- Construction shapes Symbole des formes
Caratteristiche delle
LiÌiÊ iÃÌiÀ° tique pour l’ambiance vÀiÊVÃÌÀÕÌÌÛiÊiÊìÊ
characteristics of ro- de construction et

Ê ÈääÎ{Ç Ê ÈääÎ{Ç

ÊÈääÎ{Ç
-Ê {ÓÓ Ê
x£££Ç Ê
Ê Î{Ç
tating electrical ma- des dispositions de
Ê Ó£{®
extérieure. Ì«Ê `½ÃÌ>>âi
chines montage
>ÀV>ÌÕÀ>Ê ìÊ ÌiÀ Marquage des bor-
Terminal markings and
nali e senso di rota nes et sens de ro-
direction of rotation for
Ê ÈääÎ{n Ê xÎÊ n
Ê Ón -Ê {ÎÊ Ê
x£££n 6 Ê äxÎän
âiÊ ìiÊ >VViÊ tation des machines
electrical machines
rotanti tournantes
Valori massimi di ru Maximum values of Valeurs maximales du Ê ÈääÎ{

Ê ÈääÎ{
ÊÈääÎ{ -Ê {x£ Ê
x£££ 6 Ê äxÎä
morosità noisiness bruit Ê
Ê ÓÓ{®
Caractéristiques du
Caratteristiche di av
Start-up behaviour of démarrage des mo-
viamento dei motori
Ê ÊÈääÎ{£Ó
squirrel-cage motors teurs asynchrones tri-
Ê ÈääÎ{£Ó Ê ÈääÎ{£Ó -Ê {££Ó
Ê Î{£Ó 6 Ê äxÎä£Ó
>ÃVÀÊ ÌÀv>ÃÊ >Ê xäÊ Ê
Ê Ó£x®
at 50 Hz up to 660 V phasés à 50 Hz et jus-
âÊ iÊ wÊ >Ê ÈÈäÊ 6
qu’à 660 V
iÃÊ `Ê >VV« Dimensions d’accou-
«>iÌÊ iÊ «Ìi Fixing dimensions and plement et puissan-

Ê ÈääÇÓ Ê ÓÎ£
Ê ÈääÇÓ -Ê {£ä Ê
x££ä{É££ä Ê {ÓÈÇÎ
âi]Ê ÌÀÊ Ê vÀ>Ê outputs for IM B3 ces, moteurs forme
Ê Î IM B3
iÃÊ `Ê >VV« Dimensions d’accou-
Fixing dimensions and
«>iÌÊ iÊ «Ìiâi]Ê plement et puissan-
outputs for IM B5, IM
Ê ÈääÇÓ Ê ÓÎ£
Ê ÈääÇÓ -Ê {£ä Ê
x££ä{É££ä Ê {ÓÈÇÇ
ÌÀÊ Ê vÀ>Ê Ê ces, moteurs forme
B14
x]Ê Ê £{ IM B5, IM B14
Modo di protezione IEC
Constructions électri-

ÃÌÀÕâÊ iiÌÌÀViÊ

ÕÃÌìÊ >Ê «ÀÛ>Ê `Ê iÃ«ÃiÊ “d”Ê ÈääÇ£ Electrical equipment ques pour atmosphè
«iÀÊ >ÌÃviÀiÊ «Ìi
-ÛÀ>«ÀiÃÃiÊ ÌiÀ>Ê “p”Ê ÈääÇÓ
for hazardous areas. res potentiellement ex-
Ê ÈääÇä Ê ÈääÇä
Ê ÊÈääÇä -Ê ÊÈääÇä Ê ÊÈääÇä 6 Ê ÊÈääÇä
,i«iÌÊ «ÛÕiÌÊ “q”Ê ÈääÇx â>iÌiÊ iÃ«ÃÛi°Ê
General rules plosives. Règles gé-
Immerse in olio “o”Ê ÈääÇÈ ,i}iÊ }iiÀ>
-VÕÀiââ>Ê >ÕiÌ>Ì>Ê “e”Ê ÈääÇÇ nérales
-VÕÀiââ>Ê ÌÀÃiV>Ê “i”Ê ÈääÇ££
`Ê `Ê «ÀÌiâiÊ ÈääÇ£x Constructions électri-
“n”Ê

ÃÌÀÕâÊ iiÌÌÀViÊ
V>«ÃÕ>iÌÊ “m”Ê ÈääÇ£n Electrical equipment ques pour atmosphè
«iÀÊ >ÌÃviÀiÊ «Ìi
for hazardous areas. res potentiellement
â>iÌiÊ iÃ«ÃÛi°Ê
Ê ÈääÇ£ Ê ÈääÇ£
Ê ÊÈääÇ£ -Ê ÊÈääÇ£ Ê ÊÈääÇ£ 6 Ê ÊÈääÇ£
Flame-proof enclo- explosives. Envelop-

ÕÃÌìÊ >Ê «ÀÛ>Ê `Ê
sure “d” pes à épreuve d’ex-
iÃ«ÃiÊ º`»
plosion “d”

ÃÌÀÕâÊ iiÌÌÀViÊ Constructions électri-
Electrical equipment
«iÀÊ >ÌÃviÀiÊ «Ìi ques pour atmosphè
for hazardous areas.
â>iÌiÊ iÃ«ÃÛi°Ê res potentiellement ex-
Protection method
Ê ÈääÇÇ Ê ÈääÇÇ
Ê ÊÈääÇÇ -Ê ÊÈääÇÇ Ê ÊÈääÇÇ 6 Ê ÊÈääÇÇ
iÌ`Ê `Ê «ÀÌiâiÊ plosives. Méthode de
with increased safe-
>Ê ÃVÕÀiââ>Ê >Õi protection à sécurité
ty “e”
Ì>Ì>Ê ºi» augmentée “e”

ÃÌÀÕâÊ iiÌÌÀViÊ Constructions électri-
Electrical equipment
ìÃÌ>ÌiÊ >½ÕÃÊ Ê ques destinées à l’uti-
intended to use in area
>LiÌÊ VÊ «ÀiÃi lisation en zones avec
Ê È£Ó{£ä Ê È£Ó{£ä
Ê ÊÈ£Ó{£ä -Ê ÊÈ£Ó{£ä Ê ÊÈ£Ó{£ä Ê ÊÈ£Ó{£ä
with the presence of
âiÊ `Ê «ÛiÀiÊ V la présence des pous-
combustible dust
LÕÃÌLi sières combustible
Ó 3
ÊViÀÌwV>ÌÊ`ÊVvÀÌDÊÃÊÃÌ>ÌÊÀ> The certificates of conformity are issued Les certificats ont été délivrés par le Caratteristiche elettriche Electrical and mechanical Caractéristiques électriques
ÃV>ÌÊ `>Ê >LÀ>ÌÀÊ
-Ê Ì>>° by CESI laboratory (Italy). laboratoire CESI Italy. e meccaniche characteristics et mécaniques
Ê µÕiÃÌÊ «À«ÃÌÊ ÃÊ ÀVÀ`>Ê ViÊ >Ê Remember that, the Council Directive Le Journal Officiel de la Communauté +ÕiÃÌiÊ VÀÀÃ«`Ê >iÊ Ãi}Õi These characteristics are according to Ces caractéristiques correspondent aux
>ââiÌÌ>Ê1vwV>iÊì>Ê
ÕÌDÊ ÕÀ of the European Communities, edition Européenne n° C149 de Juin 1981 pré- ÌÊ Ài\ the following standards: normes suivantes:
«i>Ê ¨Ê
Ê £{Ê ìÊ Õ}Ê £n£Ê ÃÌ>L n° C 149 of June 18th 1981, states that cise que les certificats de conformité
ÃViÊ ViÊ iÊ ViÀÌwV>âÊ `Ê VvÀÌDÊ the certificates of conformity can be is- peuvent être délivrés seulement par
iÃVÀâi ÌiÀ>â> Italiane }iÃ À>ViÃ
«ÃÃÊiÃÃiÀiÊÀ>ÃV>ÌiÊÃ>iÌiÊ`>Ê sued by the following laboratories only: l’un des laboratoires reconnus suivants: Description International Italian British French
>LÀ>ÌÀÊ `Ê «ÀÛ>Ê ÀVÃVÕÌ\ Description Internationales Italiennes Anglaises Françaises
Ài}iÊ}iiÀ>
}iiÀ>ÊÀi}Õ>ÌÃ
ÊÈääÇä
Ê ÊÈääÇä -Ê ÊÈääÇä Ê ÊÈääÇä
ÌÌ«\ÉÉiV°iÕÀ«>°iÕÉiÌiÀ«ÀÃiÉiÜ>««À>VÉ>`É Àm}iÃÊ}jjÀ>iÃ
UÊ ÀiVÌÛi\Ê {ÉÉ
Ê Ê µÕ«iÌÊ >`Ê «ÀÌiVÌÛiÊ ÃÞÃÌiÃÊ Ìiì`Ê vÀÊ ÕÃiÊ Ê «ÌiÌ>ÞÊ iÝ«ÃÛiÊ >ÌÃ«iÀiÃ° VÕÃÌìÊ>Ê«ÀÛ>Ê`
iÃ«ÃiÊº`»
UÊ `Þ
explosion proof “d”

ÊÈääÇ£
Ê ÊÈääÇ£ -Ê ÊÈääÇ£ Ê ÊÈääÇ£
apparatus
enveloppes à épreuve
Ê ViÀÌwV>ÌÊ `Ê µÕiÃÌÊ >LÀ>ÌÀÊ ÃÊ À These certificates have validity in all Les certificats de ces laboratoires sont d’explosion “d”
VÃVÕÌÊÊÌÕÌÌÊÊ«>iÃÊì>Ê
ÕÌDÊ EEC Countries and allow free circula- reconnus dans tous les pays de la
ÕÀ«i>Ê VÃiÌi`Ê µÕ`Ê >Ê LiÀ>Ê tion of all the products manufactured Communauté Européenne et permettent,
VÀV>âiÊ`ÊÌÕÌÌÊÊ«À`ÌÌÊ>ÊÃiV`Ê in compliance with the ATEX standards donc, la libre circulation des produits Caratteristiche principali\ Main characteristics Caractéristiques principales
`ÀiÌÌÛ>Ê / 8Ê «ÀÛÛÃÌÊ ìÊ >ÀV provided with this mark certifiés à norme ATEX avec la marque Ê >ÌiââiÊ `½>ÃÃiÊ xÈeÓxä - size 56÷250 - hauteur d’axe 56÷250
Ê V>ÀV>ÃÃ>]ÊÃVÕ`ÊiÊÃV>Ì>ÊÀÃiÌÌiÀ>Ê - housing, shields and terminal box in - carcasse, paliers et boîte à bornes
Ê }Ã> cast iron en fonte
Ê «ÀÌiâiÊiVV>V>ÊÃÌ>`>À`Ê*Êxx - standard mechanical protection IP55 - protection mécanique IP55
Ê V«ÀÛiÌ>ÊÊ>iÀ>ÊVÊ«ÀÌiâ - fan cover in steel sheet, protection - couvre ventilateur en tôle acier pro-
iÊ *Ó8 IP2X tection IP2X
Gruppo di custodia Explosion groups Groupe d’enveloppe Ê >ÛÛ}iÌÊiÊÌÀiÊÌÀ«V>ââ>Ì - the winding and motor are tropicalised - bobinage et moteur tropicalisès
ÊÌÀÊÃÊViÀÌwV>ÌÊ«iÀÊÊ}ÀÕ««Ê`Ê Our motors has been certified for explo- Les moteurs sont certifiées pour les
Ê ÛiÌ>Ê Ê >ÌiÀ>iÊ ÃÌiÌVÊ >Ì - the cooling fan is in non-sparking - ventilateur en matière synthétique
custodia IIA - IIB - IICÊ iÊ À«ÀÌ>Ê Ê sion group II A - IIB - IIC and repro- grouppes d’enveloppes IIA - IIB - IIC
ÃVÌ>]Ê wÊ >>Ê }À>ìââ>Ê £ÎÓÊ iÊ synthetical material up to sizes 132 anti-étincelles jusqu’au type 132 et
Ãi}ÕiÌÊ VÌÀ>ÃÃi}\ duce the following identification marks: e ils portent les suivantes marques:
>ÕÊ `>Ê £Èä and in aluminium from size 160 aluminium à partir de 160
GAS: ZONA 1 e 2 II 2G Ex d, Ex de GAS : ZONE 1 e 2 II 2G Ex d, Ex de GAZ: ZONE 1 e 2 II 2G Ex d, Ex de
Ê V>ÃÃiÊ `Ê Ã>iÌÊ Ê iÊ ÃÛÀ>Ìi - insulation class F and the temperature - classe d’isolement F et l’élévation de
IIB o IIC IIB or IIC IIB ou IIC
«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊìÊÌÀÊÃÌ>`>À`ÊÕ>ÊÛi rise of standard single-speed motors temperature des moteurs standard à
iÊ ÀiÊ ÊÈääÇä\ÓääÈÊiÊ ÊÈääÇ The standard EN 60079-0:2006 and EN Les normes EN 60079-0:2006 e EN
VÌDÊ Ê ÃiÀÛâÊ VÌÕÊ iÊ ÌÊ within class B une vitesse en régime d’utilisation
£\Óää{ÊÃÌ>LÃV]Ê«iÀÊ}Ê}ÀÕ««Ê`Ê 60079-1:2004,state the type of gases 60079-1:2004 établient pour chaque
VÕÃÌ`>]ÊÊ}>ÃÊi`ÊÊÛ>«ÀÊViÊ>ÊV and vapours included in each explosion grouppe d’enveloppe, les gaz et vapours ì>Ê V>ÃÃiÊ - double enamelled cooper wire with continue dans les limites de la classe B
«}Ê Ûi`Ê Ì>Li>Ê v`Ê «>}>®° group (see the list in the bottom page). aux quels elles peuvent être confrontés Ê wÊÀ>iÊ`««ÊÃ>Ì>ÌÊÀiÃÃÌiÌiÊ temperature index 200 °C (Class H) - fil de cuivre double émaillé résistant
ÌÀÊ Ex de = custodia antidefla Ex de motors = flameproof enclosure (voir tableau a la fin de la page). wÊ >Ê ÓääÊ c
Ê V>ÃÃiÊ ® - screws: nickelled or cadmied jauqu’à 200 °C (classe H)
}À>ÌiÊ º`»Ê «iÀÊ >Ê V>ÀV>ÃÃ>Ê ÌÀiÊ iÊ “d” for motor frame and increased safety Moteurs Ex de = carter antidéflagrant Ê ÛÌiÀ>Ê Vi>Ì>Ê Ê V>`>Ì> - stainless steel nameplate. - visserie nickelée ou cadmiée
ÃVÕÀiââ>Ê >ÕiÌ>Ì>Ê ºi»Ê «iÀÊ ÃV>Ì>Ê “e” for terminal box. “d” pour la carcasse du moteur et sécu- Ê Ì>À}>Ê >VV>Ê Ý° - plaque signalétique inoxydable.
morsettiera. DUST: ZONE 21 e 22 II 2D IP66 T 85 rité augmentée pour la bôite a bornes.
POLVERI: ZONA 21 e 22 II 2D IP66 °C, T 100° C, T 135 °C, T 155 °C ac- PUSSERIE: ZONE 21 e 22 II 2D IP66 T 85 Potenze Output Puissances
T 85 °C, T 100° C, T 135 °C, T 155 °C cording with standard EN 60079-7:2007. °C, T 100° C, T 135 °C, T 155 °C en confor- iÊ«ÌiâiÊ`V>ÌiÊÊÌ>À}>ÊÃÊÌi` The rated output indicated on the name La puissance indiquée sur la plaquette de
VvÀÊ>iÊÀiÊ ÊÈääÇÇ\ÓääÇ° mité avec la norme EN 60079-7:2007. Ê«iÀÊÃiÀÛâÊVÌÕÊ-£®Ê>ÊÌiÃiÊ plate applies to continuous duty S1, nos moteurs s’entend pour service continu
iÊvÀiµÕiâ>Ê>ÊiÊ«iÀÊÃÌ>>âiÊ rated voltage and frequency, to max (S1) avec tension et fréquence nominale
Classe di temperatura Temperature classes Classes de température Ê>LiÌÊVÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê>ÃÃ>Ê 40 °C ambient temperature and to an pour installation à un température maxi-
Ê ÃÌÀÊ ÌÀÊ ÃÊ ViÀÌwV>ÌÊ «iÀÊ iÊ Our motors are certified for the temper- Nos moteurs sont certifiés pour les `Ê {äÊ c
Ê iÊ wÊ >Ê £äääÊ Ê Ã°°° altitude of installation up to 1000 me- mal de 40 °C et à une altitude de 1000
V>ÃÃÊ `Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê /ÎÊ Ê /{Ê Ê /xÊ /ÈÊ ature classes T3 - T4 - T5 (some T6). classes de température T3 - T4 - T5 iÊ Û>À>âÊ ì>Ê «Ìiâ>Ê >Ê Û>À>ÀiÊ tres above sea level. mètres au dessus du niveau de la mer.
>VÕ®°Ê >Ê `ÀiÌÌÛ>Ê / 8Ê ìwÃViÊ Ê The ATEX standard settles the corre- (quelques T6). La norme ATEX précise le ìÊ Û>ÀÊ `Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê iÊ >ÌÌÕìÊ Modifications of the output due to tem- Les variations de puissance, dues à
À>««ÀÌÊÌÀ>Ê>ÊV>ÃÃiÊ`ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊiÊ lation between temperature class and rapport entre la classe de température ÃÊ Ài}>ÌiÊ `>iÊ Ì>LiiÊ Ãi}ÕiÌ\ perature and altitude changes are indi- la modification de la température et
>ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊÃÕ«iÀwV>iÊ>ÃÃ>ÊìÊ maximum motor surface temperature, et la température maximale à la surface cated in the folowing diagrams: de l’altitude, sont indiquées par les
ÌÀi]Ê ÃiV`Ê >Ê Ãi}ÕiÌiÊ Ì>Li>\ according to the following table: du moteur selon le tableau suivant: tableaux suivants:
Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê >ÃÃ> *É* *É*

V>ÃÃiÊ `Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>
ÃÕ«iÀwV>iÊ Ê c
£]ää £]ää
maximum surface
temperature class ä]ä ä]x
temperature in °C
température maximale
classe de température ä]nä ä]ä
de la surface en °C
/£ {xä ä]Çä ä]nx
/Ó Îää
ä]Èä ä]nä
T3 Óää
ä]xä ä]Çx
/{ £Îx Îä {ä xä Èä Çä nä ä c
£äää £xää Óäää Óxää Îäää Îxää {äää m
/x £ää /i«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê >LiÌiÊ c

iÌÀÊ Ã«À>Ê Ê ÛiÊ ìÊ >Ài
Ambient temperature °C Metres above sea level
/È nx Température ambiante °C Mètres au dessus du niveau de la mer
{ x
Tensione e frequenza Voltage and frequency Tension et fréquence Protezione motore Motor protection Protection du moteur
Ê ÌÀÊ «ÃÃÊ iÃÃiÀiÊ >ÛÛÌÊ wÊ The motors can be wound up to supply Les moteurs peuvent être bobinés avec *iÀÊ >Ê «ÀÌiâiÊ ì½>ÛÛ}iÌÊ ìÊ In order to protect motor winding against Pour la protection des eroulements du mo-
>>Ê ÌiÃiÊ `Ê >iÌ>âiÊ `Ê ÛÌÊ vooltage of 1000V and 50Hz or 60Hz. des tensions d’alimentation jusqu’à 1000V ÌÀiÊ VÌÀÊ iÊ ÃÛÀ>Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ `Õ thermal overloads during operation, the teur contre les hausses de la température
À>ÌiÊ¿ÕÌââ]ÊÊÌÀiÊ«ÕÊiÃÃiÀiÊiµÕ motor can be provided with one of the pendant le fonctionnement, le moteur peut
£äääÊ VÊ vÀiµÕiâ>Ê `Ê xäâÊ Ê Èäâ° The motors can run with the variations avec une fréquence de 50Hz ou 60Hz.
«>}}>ÌÊ VÊ iÊ Ãi}ÕiÌÊ `Ã«ÃÌÛÊ `Ê following temperature dependent protec- être équipé de dispositifs de protection
ÊÌÀÊ«ÃÃÊ>ÛÀ>ÀiÊVÊiÊÛ>À> envisaged in normal operational area: Les moteurs peuvent fonctionner avec «ÀÌiâiÊ`«iìÌÊ`>>ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê\ tion devices: dependants de la température comme suit:
âÊ «ÀiÛÃÌiÊ i½>À>Ê `Ê À>iÊ ÕÌ voltage of ±5% and frequency ±2%. les variations prévues dans la zone
ââÊ ÌiÃi\Ê Furthermore, the motors can be used d’utilisation normale: tension ±5% et £®Ê ÌiÀÀÕÌÌÀiÊ LiÌ>VÊ
É 1) Bimetal switches NC/NO 1) Disjoncteur bimétalique PTO/PTF
´x¯Ê iÊ vÀiµÕiâ>Ê ´Ó¯° in the operational area with restrictions fréquence ±2%.
ÌÀiÊÊÌÀÊ«ÃÃÊiÃÃiÀiÊÕÌââ>ÌÊ (with variations in voltage of ±10% and Les moteurs peuvent être utilisés dans +ÕiÃÌÊ `Ã«ÃÌÛÊ mÊ VÃÌÌÕÌÌÊ `>Ê £Ê Ê This device consist of 1 or 3 series con- Le système comporte 1 ou 3 disjonc-
ÎÊ«ÀÌiÌÌÀÊVi}>ÌÊÊÃiÀi°ÊÊVÌ>ÌÌÊ nected protectors.The standard contact teurs branchés en série. Normalement
i½>À>Ê`ÊÕÌââÊVÊÀiÃÌÀâÊÛ>À> frequency from -5% up to +3%) as la zone d’utilisation avec des restric-
mÊ À>iÌiÊ VÕÃÉ>«iÀÌÆÊ µÕiÃÌÊ is closed/open; it opens/closes when the le circuit est fermé/ouvert et le contact
âÊ`ÊÌiÃiÊ´Ê£ä¯ÊiÊvÀiµÕiâ>Ê`Ê long as the indications given by norm tions (avec des variations de tension ÃÊ >«ÀiÉVÕìÊ µÕ>`Ê ½>ÛÛ}iÌÊ winding temperature reaches dangerous s’ouvre/ferme lorsque la temperature du
x¯Ê>Ê³Î¯®ÊÀÃ«iÌÌ>`ÊiÊ`V>âÊ 60034-1 are complied with. de ±10% et de fréquence -5% jusqu’à ÃÊ ÀÃV>`>Ê >`Ê ÕÊ «ÕÌÊ «iÀVÃÊ «iÀÊ limits for the insulation system. bobinage arrive à un point dangereux
ì>Ê À>Ê ÈääÎ{£° +3%) en respectant les indications don- il sistema si isolamento. This devices are suitable in the case of pour le système d’isolation.
nées par la norme 60034-1. +ÕiÃÌÊ`Ã«ÃÌÛÊÃÊ>`>ÌÌÊµÕ>`Ê>Ê slowly rising winding temperature. Ce système est adapté pour une lente
Y
Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Êì½>ÛÛ}iÌÊ>ÕiÌ>Ê augmentation de la température de
lentamente. l’enroulement.
1.10
DISPOSITIVO BIMETALLICO NC/NA - (Clixon)

BIMETALLIC TYPE DEVICE NC/NO
DISJONCTEUR BIMETALLIQUE PTO/PTF
1.05 3 TEMP. INTERVENTO TENSIONE INTENSITÀ COLORE TERMINALI CODICE

2 INTERVENTION TEMP. VOLTAGE CURRENT CABLES COLOUR CODE
1.03 1 TEMP. D0INTERVENTION TENSION INTENSITE COULEUR DES FILS CODE
£ÎäÊ c
Ê
>Ê Ê > ÎÓÉÎÎ
6°Ê Óxä °Ê Ó]x
X £xäÊ c
Ê
9iÜÊ Ê 9iÜ ÎÓÉÎÎ
0.95 0.98 1.00 1.02 1.03 ´ x¯
"- Ê £
£{äÊ c
Ê >ÕiÊ Ê >Õi {ÓÉ{Î
0.97
Ó®Ê-iÃÀÊ`ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê>ÊÌiÀÃÌÀiÊ*/
2) Thermistor temperature sensors PTC 2) Sonde de température PTC
0.95
Ê VÃÌÌÕÌÊ `>Ê ÎÊ ÃiÃÀÊ Vi}>ÌÊ Ê It consists of 3 sensors series connected Il s’aggit de 3 capteurs reliés en série
ÃiÀiÊiÊÃiÀÌÊi½>ÛÛ}iÌÊÃÌ>ÌÀi° inserted into stator winding. One reached et insérés dans l’enroulement du stator.
0.93 +ÕiÃÌÊ`Ã«ÃÌÛ]ÊÀ>}}ÕÌ>Ê>ÊÌi«i the operating temperature,this device Lorsque la température d’intervention est
À>ÌÕÀ>Ê`½ÌiÀÛiÌÊV>L>ÊÀ>«`>iÌiÊ quickly changes the resistence; it must atteinte, le système modifie rapidement
0.90 >ÊÀiÃÃÌiâ>ÆÊìÛiÊiÃÃiÀiÊVi}>ÌÊ>`Ê be connected to a suitable releasing la résistence; il doit être connecté à un
ÕÊ >««ÃÌÊ >««>ÀiVVÊ `Ê Ã}>VÊ device according DIN 44081-44082. disjoncteur convenable selon la norme
XÊ rÊ vÀiµÕiâ>Ê iÃiÀVâÉvÀiµÕiâ>Ê >iÊ working frequency/rated frequency - fréquence de service/fréquence nominale
ÃiV`Ê iÊ ÀiÊ Ê {{än£{{änÓ° Motors for operation with invertors (fre- DIN 44081-44082.
ÊÌÀÊViÊÛi}ÊV>`>ÌÊÌÀ>ÌiÊ quency converter) are always supplied Les moteurs commandés avec un inver-
YÊ rÊ ÌiÃiÊ iÃiÀVâÉÌiÃiÊ >iÊ operating voltage/rated voltage - tension de service/tension nominale
ÛiÀÌiÀÊÛ>À>ÌÀiÊiiÌÌÀVÊ`ÊvÀiµÕiâ>®Ê with PTC thermistor temperature sensors. teur (variateur éléctronique de fréquence)
1Ê rÊ «ÕÌÊ ìiÊ V>À>ÌÌiÀÃÌViÊ >Ê rated characteristics point - point des characteristiques nominales
ÃÊÃi«ÀiÊvÀÌÊVÊÊÌiÀÃÌÀÊ*/
° sont toujours livrés avec sondes PTC.
2Ê rÊ >Ài>Ê `Ê À>iÊ ÕÌââÊ normal operational area - zone d’utilisation normale
3Ê rÊ >Ài>Ê `Ê ÕÌââÊ VÊ ÀiÃÌÀâÊ operational area with restriction - zone d’utilisation avec restrictions
P.T.C. TERMORIVELATORI A TERMISTORI
P.T.C. THERMISTOR THERMAL DETECTORS
P.T.C. DETECTEURS A THERMISTORS
TEMP. INTERVENTO COLORE TERMINALI CODICE

Tolleranze elettriche Electrical tolerances Tolérances électriques INTERVENTION TEMP. VOLT MAX CABLES COLOUR CODE
-iV`Ê
ÊÈääÎ{£ÊÊ`>ÌÊiiÌÌÀVÊìÊ According to IEC 60034-1 the electri- Selon la norme IEC 60034-1 les don- TEMP. D0INTERVENTION COULEUR DES FILS CODE
ÌÀÊ >Ê µÕiÃÌiÊ ÌiÀ>âi\ cal data of the motors have the follow- nées électriques des moteurs ont les
1Ê Ê 1
ing tolerances: tolérances suivantes: £ÎäÊ c
6°Ê Îä BLUE - BLUE £ÓÉ£Î
" "- BLEU - BLEU
,"Ê Ê ,"
>ÌÌÀiÊ `Ê «Ìiâ> >ÝÊ ä°äÇ £xäÊ c
V. 30
BLACK - BLACK £ÓÉ£Î
Power factor £VÃ ®ÉÈ SINGLE PHASE NOIR - NOIR
Facteur de puissance Ê ä°äÓ
V. 30
"Ê Ê ,"--"
,iìÌ £näÊ c
MONOPHASE WHITE - RED £Ó É£Î
Pn !Ê £xäÜÊ ä°£x£ "® BLANC - ROUGE
Efficiency
Rendement Pn >Ê £xäÜÊ ä°£ä£ "®
-VÀÀiÌ Î®Ê ,iÃÃÌÀÊ ÌiÀiÌÀVÊ */£ää 3) Thermometric resistors PT100 3) Thermistance PT100
Pn !Ê £ÜÊ Ê ´ Îä¯
Slip
Glissement Pn >Ê £ÜÊ Ê ´ Óä¯ >Ê ÀiÃÃÌiâ>Ê `Ê µÕiÃÌÊ `Ã«ÃÌÛÊ The resistence value of this devices var- La résistance de ces dispositifs change
V>L>Ê VÊ Û>À>ÀiÊ ì>Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê ies according the winding temperature. avec la variation de la température des

ÀÀiÌiÊ `Ê Ã«ÕÌ
Locked rotor current ³Óä¯
ì}Ê>ÛÛ}iÌ°Ê-Ê«À>ÌV>iÌiÊ They are suitable for a continous survey enroulements. Ils sont particulièrement
Courant au rotor bloqué
`V>ÌÊ«iÀÊÕÊVÌÀÊVÌÕÊì>Ê of the winding temperature. indiqués pour un contrôle continu de la
Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Êì}Ê>ÛÛ}iÌ°ÊÊÌÀÊ Motors equipped with PT100 are recom- température du bobinage. Les moteurs

««>Ê `Ê Ã«ÕÌ >ÝÊ ³ Óx¯ iµÕ«>}}>ÌÊVÊ*/£ääÊÃÊVÃ}>ÌÊ manded for extra power short time équipés avec PT100 sont recomman-
Locked rotor torque
Ê £x¯ «iÀÊÃiÀÛâÊ`ÊLÀiÛiÊ`ÕÀ>Ì>ÊVÊ«ÌiâiÊ operation, long time start-up, switching dés pour fonctionner de courte durée
Couple au rotor bloqué
>}}À>Ìi]ÊÌi«Ê`Ê>ÛÛ>iÌÊÕ}]Ê operation, reduced cooling air flow rates avec puissances augmentées, temps

««>Ê >ÃÃ> ÕiÀÊ iiÛ>ÌÊ `Ê >ÛÛ>iÌ]Ê ÃV>ÀÃÊ and high ambient temperatures. de démarrage longs, grands nombres
Maximum torque £ä¯ À>vvÀi``>iÌ]ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê>LiÌiÊ de démarrages, faible refroidissement,
Couple maximum elevata. température ambiante élevée.
È Ç
SCHEMI DI COLLEGAMENTO MOTORE TRIFASE Versione basse temperature Low temperature version Version pour basses températures
THREE-PHASES MOTOR CONNECTION DIAGRAM Ê ÌÀÊ ìÃÌ>ÌÊ >Ê ÕÃÊ >iÊ L>ÃÃiÊ Motors intended to use at low tem- Les moteurs destinés pour fonctionner
SCHEMAS DE BRANCHEMENT MOTEUR TRIPHASÉ Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ ìÛÊ iÃÃiÀiÊ À`>ÌÊ peratures must be specially mentioned à basses températures doivent être
>««ÃÌ>iÌi°ÊÊÌÀÊÃÊViÀÌwV>ÌÊ in the order. demandés au moment de la commande.
wÊ >>Ê Ìi«À>ÌÕÀ>Ê >Ê `Ê xxÊ c
° Motors are certified for temparatures Les moteurs sont certfiés pour des
➀ *iÀÊ >ÌiiÀiÊ >½ÌiÀÊ ìÊ Ì as low as -55 °C. températures allant jusqu’à -55 °C.
ÀiÊ Ê vÕâ>ÌiÊ Õ>Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê In order to keep inside the stopped mo- Afin de mentenir à l'interieur du moteur
>Ê `Ê ÓäÊ c
]Ê ÃÊ iViÃÃ>ÀÊ ìÊ tor the minimum temperature of -20 °C, arrêtée une temperature minimale de
ÀÃV>`>ÌÀÊÀiÃÃÌiâi®Ê««ÕÀiÊÊÌÀÊ the motors are equipped with space -20 °C, les moteurs sont équipés des
devono essere alimentati in corrente heaters or the motors can be powered réchauffeurs (résistences) ou il est pos-
>ÌiÀ>Ì>Ê >Ê L>ÃÃ>Ê ÌiÃiÊ ÌÀ>ÌiÊ Ê with low AC voltage via terminals U1-V1 sible d’alimenter les moteurs à basse

i}>iÌÊ 9
i}>iÌÊ # ÀÃiÌÌÊ 1£6£Ûi`Ê iÊ Ì>Lii®° (see below tables). tension à l’aide des bornes U1-V1(voir
Connection Y Connection #
Connexion Y Connexion #

iÊ >ÌiÀ>ÌÛ>Ê >Ê «ÀiÀÃV>`>iÌÊ As an alternative to motor pre-heating, les tableaux ci-dessous).
ìÊÌÀiÊiÊ«ÃÃLiÊÕ>ÊVÃÌÀÕâiÊ it is possible to use a special con- Comme alternative à préchauffage du
Ã«iV>iÊÕÌââ>`Ê>ÌiÀ>ÊìÊ>Ê struction with suitable materials in low moteur, il est possible une fabrication
SINGOLA VELOCITÀ - SINGLE SPEED - MONO-VITESSE vÕâ>iÌÊ >Ê L>ÃÃiÊ Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ temperatures areas (-55 °C). spéciale en utilisant des materiaux adap-
xxÊ c
®° tés pour le fonctionnement à basses
➁ températures (-55 °C).
Prevenzione della condensa Anti-condensation heating Prévention de la condensation

Ê«ÀiÃiâ>Ê`ÊÃL>âÊÌiÀV]Ê>½ÌiÀÊ It's possible to form condensation En présance des écarts de tempéra-
ìÊÌÀiÊÃÊ«ÕÊvÀ>ÀiÊì>ÊVì inside the motor due to temperature ture importants, il peut se former de
Ã>°Ê*iÀÊiÛÌ>ÀiÊµÕiÃÌÊviiÊÊÌÀÊ fluctuations. la condensation à l’intérieur du moteur.
>ÃÃ>Ê ÛiVÌD Ì>Ê ÛiVÌD
ìÛÊiÃÃiÀiÊÀÃV>`>ÌÊi`>ÌiÊì}Ê To prevent this phenomenon,the motors Afin d’éviter ce phénomène, les moteurs
Low speed High speed
Pétite vitesse Grande vitesse ÀÃV>`>ÌÀÊ ÀiÃÃÌiâi®Ê `Ê >iÌ>ÀiÊ must be heated using space heaters doivent être réchauffés avec des résis-
½>ÛÛ}iÌÊ>ÊL>ÃÃ>ÊÌiÃiÊÌÀ>ÌiÊ or low voltage power can be supplied tences ou alimenter l’enroulement à
Ê ÀÃiÌÌÊ 1£6£Ê Ûi`Ê Ì>Lii®° to the winding via terminals U1-V1(see basse tension au travers des bornes
DOPPIA VELOCITÀ (2 avvolg.) - TWO SPEED MOTORS (2 windings) - BI-VITESSES (double bobinage) Ê «ÀÌ>ÌiÊ ViÊ `ÕÀ>ÌiÊ Ê vÕâ> below tables). U1-V1 (voir les tabeaux ci-dessous).
iÌÊìÊÌÀiÊiÊÀiÃÃÌiâiÊÛi}>Ê It's important that during the motor op- Pendant le fonctionnement du moteur
➂ desinserite. eration the space heaters are turned off. les résistences doivent être désactivées.
RESISTENZA ANTICONDENSA
SPACE HEATERS
RESISTANCES ANTI-CONDENSATION
Pétite vitesse Grande vitesse TIPO MOTORE POTENZA (W) TENSIONE (V) RESISTENZA ( ) COLORE TERMINALI CODICE
MOTOR SIZE OUTPUT (W) VOLTAGE (V) RESISTANCE ( ) CABLES COLOUR CODE
DOPPIA VELOCITÀ, DAHLANDER, COPPIA COSTANTE TYPE MOTEUR PUISSANCE (W) TENSION (V) RESISTENCE ( ) COULEUR DES FILS CODE
TWO SPEED, DAHLANDER, COSTANT TORQUE - BI-VITESSES, DAHLANDER, COUPLE CONSTANT Ç££ää £ Ý ÓxÊ I® À>VÊ Ê À>V
££Ó£Èä Ó ÝÓxÊ I® £ HÓÓäÊ II® £ä $Ê >Ê ÓäÊ c
Orange - Orange ÇäÇ£
➃
£näÓxä { ÝÓxÊ I® Orange - Orange
I®Ê *iÀÊ ÕÌââÊ >Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê viÀÀiÊ `Ê ÓäÊ c

Ê wÊ >Ê xäÊ c
®Ê µÕiÃÌiÊ «ÌiâiÊ Û>Ê À>``««>Ìi°Ê II®Ê Ê ÀViÃÌ>Ê £ääÊ 6°
(*) Power has to be doubled when working at lower temperature of -20 °C (up to -50 °C). (**) 100 V on request.
(*) Pour utilisation à temeperature inferieure à -20 °C (jusqu’à -50 °C) ces puissances doivent être doublées. (**) Sur demande 100 V.

Pétite vitesse Grande vitesse RISCALDAMENTO DEI MOTORI ATTRAVERSO L’AVVOLGIMENTO
MOTOR HEATING THROUGH MOTOR WINDING
DOPPIA VELOCITÀ, DAHLANDER, COPPIA QUADRATICA RECHAUFFEMENT DES MOTEURS PAR LE BOBINAGE
TWO SPEED, DAHLANDER, QUADRATIC TORQUE - BI-VITESSES, DAHLANDER, COUPLE QUADRATIQUE
PER PREVENIRE LA CONDENSA PER TEMPERATURE INFERIORI A -20 °C (FINO A -50 °C)
TIPO Potenza FOR PREVENTING CONDENSATION Potenza FOR TEMPERATURES BELOW -20 °C (UP TO -50 °C)
POUR PRÉVENIR LA CONDENSATION POUR TEMPERATURES INFERIEURES À -20 °C (JUSQU’À -50 °C)
SIZE Output Output
SCHEMI DI COLLEGAMENTO PER MOTORE MONOFASE /iÃiÊ `Ê >iÌ>âiÊ «iÀÊ ÌÀÊ >ÛÛÌÊ >\ /iÃiÊ `Ê >iÌ>âiÊ «iÀÊ ÌÀÊ >ÛÛÌÊ >\
TYPE Puissance Voltage supply for wound motors voltage at: Puissance Voltage supply for wound motors voltage at:
SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR CONNECTION DIAGRAMS Tension d’alimentation pour moteurs bobinés à: Tension d’alimentation pour moteurs bobinés à:
SCHEMAS DE BRANCHEMENT MOTEUR MONOPHASE 6 ÓÎä6 {ää6 {{ä6 xää6 6 ÓÎä6 {ää6 {{ä6 xää6
xÈ Óx {x Çx ä £ää Èx Çä £Óä £{ä £Èä
➄ Condensatore Condensatore ÈÎ Óx {x Çx ä £ää Èx Çä £Óä £{ä £Èä

Capacitor Capacitor
Condensateur Condensateur Ç£ {ä Îx Èx Çx nx £ää Èä £ää £Óä £Îä
nä xä Îä xx Èx Çx £Óx xä ä £ää ££x
ä Çä Óx {ä xä xx £Çx {ä Èä Çä nä
ÀÃiÌÌÊ Ê ÕÌââ>Ì
Unused terminal £ää £ää Óx {ä xä xx Óxä {ä Èä Çä nä
Borne non utilisée
££Ó £xä Óä Îx {ä {x ÎÇä Îä xx Èx Çä
£ÎÓ Óää Óä Îx {ä {x xää Îä xx Èx Çä
£Èä Îää £Ç Îä Îx {ä Çxä Óx {x xx Èä
£nä {ää £x Óx Îä Îx £äää Óx {ä xä xx
Óää xää £Î Óä Óx Îä £Óxä Óä Îx {ä {x

" /"Ê * ,Ê ,"/<" Ê º»
" /"Ê * ,Ê ,"/<" Ê º » ÓÓx Èxä £Î Óä Óx Îä £Èxä Óä Îx {ä {x
CONNECTION FOR ROTATION “A” CONNECTION FOR ROTATION “B”
Óxä nxä £ä Óä Óx Îä ÓÇää Óä Îx {ä {x
CONNEXION POUR ROTATION “A” CONNEXION POUR ROTATION “B”
n 9
Motori alimentati da convertitore elet- Motors fed by electronic frequency Moteurs alimentés par un convertis- *>ÀÌV>ÀiÊ >ÌÌiâiÊ ìÛiÊ iÃÃiÀiÊ A particular attention must be paid for Il faut accorder une attention particulière
tronico di frequenza converter. seur électronique de fréquence. «ÃÌ>Ê«iÀÊÊÌÀÊVÊV>ÛÊ`Ê>i motors with long feeding cable between aux moteurs avec un long câble d’ali-
Ì>âiÊ ÌÀ>Ê ÛiÀÌiÀÊ iÊ ÌÀiÊ Õ}Ê the frequency converter and the motor mentation entre le variateur de fréquence
I motori in custodia „d»ÊÊ¹de»Ê>««Ã Motors with enclosures in protection Les moteurs de construction “d” ou “de” ««ÕÀiÊiÊV>ÃÊ`ÊÌiÃiÊ>iÊ or in the case of rated voltage of 690 V: et le moteur ou la tension nominale est de
Ì>iÌiÊ«À}iÌ>ÌÌ]Ê«ÃÃÊvÕâ>ÀiÊ type “d” or “de” are designed to work peuvent fonctionner également avec une `ÊÈäÊ6\Ê½Ã>iÌÊìÊÌÀiÊìÛiÊ the motor insulation must be strength- 690V: l’isolation du moteur doit être
Ê>ÀiiÊV>ÃÃwV>Ìi]Ê>ViÊVÊ>i with feeding by means of a frequency alimentation assurée par l’intermédiaire iÃÃiÀiÊÀ>vvÀâ>ÌÊ>ÊV>ÕÃ>ÊìÊ«VVÊ`Ê ened due to voltage peaks. renforcée en raison des pics de tension.
Ì>âiÊ ÌÀ>ÌiÊ Û>À>ÌÀiÊ iiÌÌÀVÊ `Ê convertor (inverter). d'un variateur électronique de fréquence tensione.
vÀiµÕiâ>Ê ÛiÀÌiÀ®° Euromotori designed and certified the (variateur). Euromotori a projeté et certifié
ÕÀÌÀÊ>Ê«À}iÌÌ>ÌÊiÊViÀÌwV>ÌÊÊ motors Ex d and Ex de using a conver- les moteurs Ex d et Ex de pour alimen- Ó®Ê i½ÕÃÊVÊÛiÀÌiÀ]Ê>ÊÛiVÌDÊìÊ 2) In a frequency converter drive the 2) En utilisant un variateur de fré-
motori Ex d e Ex deÊ«iÀÊ>iÌ>âiÊ tor with a switching frequency above tation par un variateur avec la fréquence ÌÀiÊ«Õ¢ÊÛ>À>ÀiÊÌiÛiÌiÊÀÃ«iÌ actual operating speed of the motor quence, la vitesse du moteur peut varier
`>Ê ÛiÀÌiÀÊ VÊ vÀiµÕiâ>Ê `Ê VÕÌ> 3kHz (type PWM). de commutation supérieure à 3kHz to alla velocità nominale indicata in tar may deviate considerably from its rated de façon importante par rapport à la
âiÊ ÃÕ«iÀÀiÊ >Ê ÎâÊ Ì«Ê *7®° The motors supplied by converters and (type PWM). Les moteurs alimentés par }>°Ê6iVÌDÊÃÕ«iÀÀÊ>ÊµÕiiÊ`V>ÌiÊ speed. For higher speeds it must be vitesse nominale indiquée sur la plaque
I motori alimentati da inverter e destinati intented to be installed in rooms with un variateur et destinés à être installés ÊÌ>À}>ÊìÛÊiÃÃiÀiÊV«>ÌLÊVÊ ensured that the highest permissible signalétique. Les vitesses supérieures à
>`Ê iÃÃiÀiÊ ÃÌ>>ÌÊ Ê >LiÌÊ VÊ atmosphere potentially explosive must dans chambres avec une atmosphère il motore e con macchina comandata. motor rotation speed, or the critical celles indiquées sur la plaque doivent
>ÌÃviÀ>Ê «Ìiâ>iÌiÊ iÃ«ÃÛ>Ê be: potentiellement explosive doivent être: ÌÀiÊÛ>Ê«ÀiÃÌ>Ì>Ê«>ÀÌV>ÀiÊ>ÌÌiâiÊ speed of the entire equipment, is not être compatibles avec le moteur et la
ìÛÊ iÃÃiÀi\ >>Ê ÕLÀwV>âiÊ ìÊ VÕÃViÌÌ° exceeded. In addition, bearing lubrifica- machine commandée. Il faut en outre
UÊiÝ«VÌÞÊ ÀiµÕÀi`Ê vÀÊ ÌÃÊ ÌÞ«iÊ vÊ UÊ iÝ«ÀiÃÃjiÌÊ ÀiµÕÃÊ «ÕÀÊ ViÊ ÌÞ«iÊ tion will require special attention. accorder une attention toute particulière
UÊiÃ«VÌ>iÌiÊ ÀViÃÌÊ «iÀÊ Ì>iÊ Ì«Ê feeding d’alimentation à la lubrification des roulements.
`Ê >iÌ>âi UÊ>««À«À>ÌiÞÊ ÃiiVÌi`Ê >VVÀ`}Ê ÌÊ UÊ VÃÃÊìÊv>XÊ>««À«ÀjiÊiÊvV-
UÊ««ÀÌÕ>iÌiÊ ÃViÌÊ Ê vÕâiÊ load and speed range tion de la charge et la plage de vitesse. Î®Ê 1Ê ÌÀiÊ VÊ ÌiÃiÊ >iÊ 3) A motor with rated voltage 400V, 50Hz 3) Un moteur avec la tension nominale
ìÊ V>ÀVÊ iÊ ìÊ À>}iÊ `Ê ÛiVÌ> UÊ«ÀÛì`Ê ÜÌÊ >««À«À>ÌiÊ «>ÃÃÛiÊ UÊ «ÀjÛÕÃÊ ìÊ «ÀÌiVÌÃÊ ÌiÀµÕiÃÊ {ää6]ÊxäâÊVÊVi}>iÌÊ>ÊÃÌi>]Ê with a star connection, can be used in 400V, 50 Hz à connexion en étoile, peut
UÊ`Ì>ÌÊ`Ê««ÀÌÕiÊ«ÀÌiâÊÌiÀ thermal protection (thermistors, PTC, passives appropriées (thermistances, «Õ¢ÊiÃÃiÀiÊÕÌââ>ÌÊ>ÊV««>ÊVÃÌ>ÌiÊ constant torque up to the frequency être utilisé à couple constant jusqu'à une
ViÊ«>ÃÃÛiÊÌiÀÃÌÀ]Ê*/
]Ê*/£ää® PT100) PTC, PT100) wÊ>>ÊvÀiµÕiâ>Ê`ÊnÇâÊVi}>`Ê delta connection of 87Hz. fréquence de 87Hz, connexion triangle.
UÊ`Ì>ÌÊ`ÊÌ>À}>ÊìÌwV>ÌiÊ½>iÌ> UÊÜÌÊ «>µÕiÊ ìÌvÞ}Ê ÌiÊ vii`}Ê UÊ «ÀjÛÕÃÊ ìÊ «>µÕiÊ `½ìÌvV>ÌÊ >ÊÌÀ>}°ÊÊµÕiÃÌÊV>Ã]Ê>Ê«Ìiâ>Ê In this case, the power of converter Dans ce cas, la puissance du variateur
âiÊ`>ÊÛiÀÌiÀÊi`ÊÊV>«Ê`¿ÕÌââÊ by converter and the field in terms pour alimentation par un variateur et ì½ÛiÀÌiÀÊ ìÛiÊ iÃÃiÀiÊ >}}ÀiÊ `Ê must be greater than 1.73 times the doit être supérieure à 1.73 fois la puis-
ÊÌiÀÊ`ÊV««>]Ê«Ìiâ>]ÊÌiÃiÊ of use of torque, power, voltage and le domaine d’utilisation en termes de £°ÇÎÊÛÌiÊ«Ìiâ>Ê>iÊìÊÌÀiÊ rated power of the motor and the sance nominale du moteur et le variateur
iÊ vÀiµÕiâ>Ê Ê ÛiVÌDÊ `Ê ÀÌ>âi° frequency or rotation speed. couple, de puissance, et de fréquence iÊ ½ÛiÀÌiÀÊ Vw}ÕÀ>ÌÊ Ê `Ê `>Ê converter configured to provide 230V doit être configuré pour fournir 230V à
ou vitesse de rotation. iÀ}>ÀiÊ ÓÎä6Ê >>Ê vÀiµÕiâ>Ê `Ê xäâ° at the frequency of 50Hz. la fréquence de 50Hz.
+Õ>`Ê Ûi}Ê «i}>ÌÊ ÌÀÊ Ex When using a Ex d or Ex de motors Lorsque l’on utilise des moteurs Ex d ou {®Ê Ê iViÃÃ>ÀÊ ÕÌââ>ÀiÊ V>ÛÊ iÊ V 4) It must use cables and connections 4) Il doit utiliser de câbles et connexions
d o Ex deÊ VÊ ÛiÀÌiÀ]Ê ÌÀiÊ >Ê VÀÌiÀÊ with a frequency converter, the follow- Ex de avec des variateurs de fréquence, i}>iÌÊ VvÀÊ >Ê ÀiµÕÃÌÊ
Ê in accordance with requirements under selon les exigences de la EMC (compa-
}iiÀ>Ê `Ê ÃViÌ>Ê ìÊ ÌÀi]Ê Û>Ê ing points must be taken into account outre les critères généraux de sélection V«>ÌLÌ>ÊiiÌÌÀ>}iÌV>®°ÊÊV>ÛÊ the EMC (electromagnetic compat- tibilité électromagnétique). Les câbles
ÌiÕÌÊ Ê VÃìÀ>âiÊ Ê Ãi}ÕiÌÊ in addition to the general selection du moteur, il faut également prendre en `Ê >iÌ>âiÊ ìÊ ÌÀiÊ ìÛÊ ibility). The feeding cables must be d’alimentation du moteur doivent être
iiiÌ\ criteria: considération les éléments suivants: essere simmetrici e schermati. symmetrical and insulated. symétriques et isolés.
iÛiÊ iÃÃiÀiÊ Ài>ââ>Ì>Ê Õ>Ê VÀÀiÌÌ>Ê The grounding of the motor and of the Il faut effectuer une mise à la terre cor-
£®Ê1ÊÌÀiÊ>iÌ>ÌÊ>ÊiââÊÛiÀ 1) A motor fed by converter is subjected 1) Un moteur alimenté par un variateur est messa a terra del motore e del sistema operated system must be properly done recte du moteur et de la charge entraînée
ÌiÀÊmÊÃÌÌ«ÃÌÊ>`ÊÕ>Ê>iÌ>âiÊ to a non-sinusoidal feeding (voltage, soumis à une alimentation (tension, >â>ÌÊ«iÀÊiÛÌ>ÀiÊ«ÃÃLÊÌiÃÊiÊ in order to avoid possible tensions and afin d’éviter d’éventuelles tensions et
ÌiÃi]Ê VÀÀiÌi®Ê Ê ÃÕÃ`>iÊ current) leading to increased additional courent) non sinusoïdale qui provoque correnti sui cuscinetti del motore stesso. currents on motor bearings. courents dans les roulements du moteur.
ViÊ V«ÀÌ>Ê ÕÊ >ÕiÌÊ `Ê «iÀ`ÌiÊ losses, noise, vibration and insulation l’augmentation des pertes supplémen- iÊ ÃÌÀÕâÊ >``â>Ê vÀÌÊ `>Ê V The additional instructions provided by Les instructions supplémentaires fournies
>``â>]Ê `Ê ÀÕÀi]Ê `Ê ÛLÀ>âÊ iÊ solicitations. taires, du niveau de bruit, des vibrations ÃÌÀÕÌÌÀiÊ ì½ÛiÀÌiÀÊ ìÛÊ iÃÃiÀiÊ the manufacturer’s converter should par le constructeur doivent être suivies.
ÃiVÌ>âÊ ìÊ Ã>iÌ° The increase of additional losses gen- et des sollicitations de l’isolement. L’aug- Ãi}ÕÌi° be followed.
½>ÕiÌÊìiÊ«iÀ`ÌiÊ>``â>Ê}i erates an increase of motor heating mentation des pertes supplémentaires
nera un incremento del riscaldamento and consequently the rise of bearings génère une augmentation du réchauf- iÊ «ÀiÃÌ>âÊ Ài>ÌÛiÊ >Ê ÌÀÊ ÓÊ iÊ {Ê The performance of 2 and 4 poles Les performances concernant les mo-
ìÊÌÀiÊiÊVÃi}ÕiÌiÊVÀiiÌÊ temperature. Of these effects must be fement du moteur et peut conduire à «Ê«iÀÊÕÃÊÛiÀÌiÀÊV««>ÊVÃÌ>ÌiÊiÊ motors using a frequency converter teurs à 2 et 4 pôles pour l’utilisation du
ì>ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊìÊVÕÃViÌÌ°ÊÊµÕi taken into account (through an ap- une augmentation de la température des V««>ÊµÕ>`À>ÌV>®ÊÃÊ`V>ÌiÊiiÊ (constant torque and quadratic torque) variateur de fréquence (couple constant
ÃÌÊ ivviÌÌÊ ÃÊ ìÛiÊ ÌiiÀiÊ VÌÊ ÌÀ>ÌiÊ propriate declassification compared roulements. De ces effets il faut tenir Ì>LiiÊÃ«iVwViÊÃiiÊ>iÊVÕÀÛiÊ`Ê are given in specific tables together et couple quadratique) sont indiquées
««ÀÌÕÊìV>ÃÃ>iÌÊÀÃ«iÌÌÊ>>Ê to the mains supply) in particular for compte (par l’intermédiaire d’un déclas- V>ÀV>LÌD° with the loadanility curves. dans les tableaux avec les courbes de
>iÌ>âiÊ`>ÊÀiÌi®ÊÊ«>ÀÌV>ÀiÊ«iÀÊ potentially explosive atmospheres as sement par rapport à l’alimentation de la *iÀÊ ÌÀÊ ÈÊ iÊ nÊ «Ê VÃÕÌ>ÀiÊ Õ For motors of 6 and 8 pole take the charge. Pour les moteurs à 6 et 8 pôles
}Ê >LiÌÊ VÊ >ÌÃviÀ>Ê «Ìiâ> there are limits on the maximum surface réseau) en particulier pour les zones à romotori. advice of EUROMOTORI. consultez EUROMOTORI.
iÌiÊiÃ«ÃÛ>ÊÊµÕ>ÌÊiÃÃÌÊÌÊ temperature. une atmosphère potentiellement explo-
ÃÕ>Ê>ÃÃ>ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>ÊÃÕ«iÀwV>i° The increase of the magnetic noise de- sive, car il y a des limites concernant la
½VÀiiÌÊ ìÊ ÀÕÀiÊ >}iÌVÊ pends mainly on the converter switching température maximale de surface. Compatibilità elettromagnetica Electro-magnetic compatibility Compatibilité électromagnétique
`«iìÊ«ÀV«>iÌiÊ`>>ÊvÀiµÕiâ>Ê frequency and on the harmonic content. L’augmentation du bruit magnétique
`Ê VÕÌ>âiÊ ì½ÛiÀÌiÀÊ iÊ `>Ê Self-cooled versions, with frequencies dépend principalement de la fréquence ÊÌÀÊ>Ê`ÕâiÊÃiÊÃÌ>>ÌÊVÀiÌ Low voltage induction motors, if in- Les moteurs à induction installés correc-
contenuto armonico. higher than the network, including the de commutation du variateur et du Ì>iÌiÊ iÊ VÊ >iÌ>âiÊ `>Ê ÀiÌi]Ê stalled correctly and connected to the tement sur le réseau respectent les limites
iiÊ ÛiÀÃÊ >ÕÌÛiÌ>Ìi]Ê «iÀÊ vÀi noise due to ventilation is increased contenu harmonique. ÀÃ«iÌÌ>ÊÊÌÊ`ÊÕÌ>ÊiÊiÃÃ power supply, respect all immunity d'immunité et d’émission prévus par les
µÕiâiÊÃÕ«iÀÀÊ>ÊµÕi>Ê`ÊÀiÌi]Ê>ViÊ about 3-5 dB (A) for frequency of 60 Dans les versions des moteurs autoventi- iÊ «ÀiÛÃÌÊ `>iÊ ÀiÊ `Ê Ài>ÌÛiÊ >>Ê and emission limits as set out in the normes relatives à la compatibilité élec-
>Ê ÀÕÀÃÌ>Ê `ÛÕÌ>Ê >>Ê ÛiÌ>âiÊ Hz and 8-9 dB (A) for 75 Hz compared lés, pour fréquences supérieures à la fré- V«>ÌLÌDÊ iiÌÌÀ>}iÌV>Ê
regulations relating to electromagnetic tromagnétique (EMC “Generic Standard”
ÃÕLÃViÊÕÊ>ÕiÌÊVÀV>ÊÎxÊ`L®Ê«iÀÊ the values given in the tables. quence de la réseau, également le bruit ÀiÊ}iiÀ>Ê«iÀÊ>LiÌÊ`ÕÃÌÀ>®° compatibility (EMEC “Generic Standard” pour environnements industriels). Dans
vÀiµÕiâ>Ê`ÊÈäÊâÊiÊnÊ`L®Ê«iÀÊÇxâÊ The insulation system of a motor is dû à la ventilation est augmenté, environ iÊV>ÃÊ`Ê>iÌ>âiÊ>ÊiââÊ>â for industrial environments). le cas d’alimentation par l’intermédiaire
ÀÃ«iÌÌÊ Ê Û>ÀÊ `V>ÌÊ iiÊ Ì>Lii° subjected to higher dielectric stress 3-5 db(A) pour une fréquence de 60Hz >iÌÊiiÌÌÀVÊÛiÀÌiÀ]ÊÃvÌÃÌ>ÀÌiÀ]Ê In the case of supply by means of elec- d’appareillages électroniques (variateur,
ÊÃÃÌi>Ê`½Ã>iÌÊ`ÊÕÊÌÀiÊmÊ when using a frequency converter. et 8-9 db(A) pour 75Hz par rapport aux iVV®]Ê ÃÊ >Ê V>ÀVÊ ì½ÃÌ>>ÌÀiÊ iÊ tronic impulse devices (inverters, soft démarreur, etc.) les vérifications et les
ÃÌÌ«ÃÌÊ >Ê «ÙÊ iiÛ>ÌiÊ ÃiVÌ>âÊ According to the characteristics of the valeurs indiquées dans les tableaux. Le ÛiÀwViÊ iÊ }Ê iÛiÌÕ>Ê >VVÀ}>iÌÊ starters, etc.), all verifications and any éventuelles précautions nécessaires
ìiÌÌÀViÊµÕ>`ÊmÊ>iÌ>ÌÊiââÊ feeding system, it must be utilized filters système d’isolation d’un moteur est sou- iViÃÃ>ÀÊ>ÊÀÃ«iÌÌ>ÀiÊÊÌÊ`ÊiÃÃ modifications, necessary to ensure that afin de respecter les limites d’émission
inverter. dU/dt in order to ensure voltage peak mis à des sollicitations diélectriques plus ne e di immunità dettati dalle norme. emission and immunity limits, as stated et immunité données par les normes
Ê vÕâiÊ ìiÊ V>À>ÌÌiÀÃÌViÊ ìÊ of less than 1000V between terminals fortes quand est alimenté par un variateur. within the regulations, are respected sont à la charge et la responsabilité de
ÃÃÌi>Ê `Ê >iÌ>âi]Ê ìÛÊ (motors with 500<Un<600V). Selon les caractéristiques du système and are the installer’s responsibility. l’installateur.
iÃÃiÀiÊÕÌââ>ÌÊìÊwÌÀÊ`1É`ÌÊÊ`Ê d’alimentation, il faut utiliser des filtres
`>Ê}>À>ÌÀiÊÕ>ÊÌiÃiÊ`Ê«VVÊÌÀ>Ê dU/dt pour assurer une tension de crête
ÊÀÃiÌÌÊviÀÀiÊ>Ê£äää6ÊÌÀÊVÊ entre les bornes inférieure à 1000V
xää1Èää6®° (moteurs avec 500<Un<600V).
£ä ££
Scatola morsettiera Terminal box Boîte à bornes Cuscinetti Bearings Roulments
È situata in alto con uscita cavi lato The terminal box is located on the Située au-dessus, avec sortie des Ê ÌÀÊ ÃÌ>`>À`Ê ÃÊ iµÕ«>}}>ÌÊ The standard motors are are equipped Les moteurs standard sont munis de
ÛiÌ>Ê >Ê ÀiÌ>LiÊ }Ê äo. top with cable entry on NDE and can câbles côté ventilateur avec possibilité VÊVÕÃViÌÌÊÀ>`>Ê>ÊÃviÀ>Ê>Ê`««Ê with deep groove ball bearings series roulements radiaux à billes à deflec-
-Ê«ÃÃLÊÓÊiÌÀ>ÌiÊV>ÛÊVÊwiÌÌÊ be rotated through 90o. Standard mode la faire pivoter de 90o. Ils sont pos- ÃViÀÊÃiÀiÊ<<ÊÃ>Ê>ÌÊÌÀ>âiÊViÊ ZZ both at driving and non driving end. teurs série ZZ, aussi bien à l’avant
-Ê Ê 1 Ê È£ÓxÊ Ê iÌÀV]Ê Ê */° tors have 2 cable entries with conical sibles 2 sorties de câbles avec filetage lato ventola. Upon request, open deep groove ball qu’à l’arrière.
I motori equipaggiati con sonde ter- thread GAS GK UNI 6125 or Metric type GAS GK UNI 6125 ou Métrique, ou NPT. -ÕÊÀViÃÌ>]Ê>Ê«>ÀÌÀiÊ`>>Ê>ÌiââiÊ`½>Ã and roller bearings with lubricators Sur demande, à partir de la hauteur
miche o resistenze anticondensa thread, or NPT. Les moteurs équipés de sondes ther- ÃiÊ £ÈäÊ ÃÊ «ÃÃÊ Ì>ÀiÊ VÕÃViÌÌÊ can be fitted at drive end from frame d’axe 160 il est possible de monter sur
sono sempre previsti di entrata cavi Motors with either space heaters, miques ou rechauffeurs sont toujours À>`>iÊ>ÊÃviÀ>Ê>«iÀÌÊÊ>ÊÀÕÊ«ÀÛÛÃÌÊ size 160. le palier avant roulements radiaux sans
supplementare. Clixon or PTC thermistors always prévus avec une entrée de câbles `>Ê }À>ÃÃ>ÌÀiÊ ÃÕÊ ÃVÕ`Ê >ÌiÀÀi° The ZZ series bearings are lubricated deflecteurs ou à rouleaux.
have an extra cable entry. supplémentaire. Ê VÕÃViÌÌÊ ÃiÀiÊ <<Ê ÃÊ ÕLÀwV>ÌÊ for life and require no further lubrication. Les roulements série ZZ sont lubrifiés
>Ê ÛÌ>]Ê iÊ Ê ÀVi`Ê ÌiÀÛiÌÊ `Ê Open bearings are supplied with lubri- à vie et ne demandent pas d’autres
}À>ÃÃ>}}° cators and are to be lubricated accord- interventions de graissage.
56-63 Ex-d IIB 80-132,Ex-d IIC 180-250,Ex-d IIB
Ê VÕÃViÌÌÊ >«iÀÌÊ Ûi}Ê vÀÌÊ VÊ ing to the indications given in the table. Les roulements ouverts sont fournis
56-63 Ex-d IIC 160,Ex-d IIB 160-250,Ex-d IIC }À>ÃÃ>ÌÀÊiÊìÛÊiÃÃiÀiÊÕLÀwV>ÌÊ When assembling ball bearings on both avec graisseurs et doivent être lubrifiés
63-250,Ex-de IIC
C
ÃiV`Ê `V>âÊ ì>Ê Ì>Li>° sides the bearings are axially preloaded. selon les indications du tableau.
C C
ÊVÕÃVÕiÌÌÊÀ>`>Ê>ÊÃviÀiÊÃÊ«ÀiV> A dust seal is fitted in drive and non Des bagues d’étanchéité sont montées
oB oB oB
ricati assialmente. drive end shields. This avoid water and sur les paliers avant et arrière afin
1Ê>iÊ`ÊÌiÕÌ>ÊiÊÌ>ÌÊÃ>ÊÃÕÊ dust travelling along the shaft and pen- d’empêcher l’eau ou la poussière de
ÃVÕ`Ê >ÌÊ ÌÀ>âiÊ ViÊ ÃÕÊ ÃVÕ`Ê etraiting into bearings housing. pénètrer dans le roulements.
>ÌÊ ÛiÌ>Ê VÌÀÊ >Ê «iiÌÀ>âiÊ `Ê
A
A
>VµÕ>Ê iÊ «ÛiÀiÊ Ê VÕÃViÌÌ°
A
1
1
1
Standard Su richiesta - Upon request - Sur demande

ÕÃViÌÌÊVÕÃÊÕLÀwV>Ì
ÕÃViÌÌÊ>«iÀÌÊVÊ}À>ÃÃ>ÌÀ
Closed lubricated bearings Open bearings with lubricators
Roulements fermés lubrifiés Roulements ouverts avec graisseurs
Altezza Cuscinetto Intervallo di

d’asse Bearing - Roulment Cuscinetto - Bearing - Roulment lubrificazione Quantita
Poli Altezza
in ore di servizio grasso**
Frame Posteriore d’asse Poli
Poles ÌiÀÀi Lubrication intervals Grease
size Non drive Frame Poles
Pôles Drive end ÌiÀÀi Posteriore in duty hours quantity**
Hauteur end size Pôles
d'axe Avant Drive end Non drive end Intervalle de Quantité
Arrière Mesure
Avant Arrière graissage en heures graisse**
xÈ Ó{Èn ÈÓä£Ê<< ÈÓääÊ<< de service
ÈÎ Ó{Èn ÈÓäÓÊ<< ÈÓäÓÊ<< Ó Èäää

2 2
2
Ç£ Ó{Èn ÈÓäÎÊ<< ÈÓäÎ<< { nää
£Èä ÈÎäÊ
Î 1ÎäÊ
Î ÈÎäÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎäÊ
ÎI £{}
nä Ó{Èn ÈÓä{Ê<< ÈÓä{Ê<< È £ÓÎää
ä Ó{Èn ÈÓäxÊ<< ÈÓäx<< n £{£ää

DIMENSIONI - DIMENSIONS - DIMENSIONS ENTRATA CAVI PER ALIMENTAZIONE MOTORE TRIFASI £ää Ó{Èn ÈÓäÈÊ<< ÈÓäÈÊ<< Ó Óxää
TIPO CABLE ENTRY FOR THREE-PHASES MOTOR’S SUPLY
££Ó Ó{Èn ÈÎäÈÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎäÈÊ<<Ê
Î { Ç£ää
SIZE
ENTRÉE DE CABLES POUR ALIMENTATION MOTEUR TRIPHASÉ £nä ÈÎ£äÊ
Î 1Î£äÊ
Î ÈÎ£äÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£äÊ
ÎI Óä}
>Ý
>Ý £ Ó £ÎÓ Ó{Èn ÈÎänÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎänÊ<<Ê
Î È nÈää
-/ , SU RICHIESTA - ON DEMAND - SUR DEMANDE
TYPE
£Èä Ó{Èn ÈÎäÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎä<<Ê
Î n ää
1 ÊÈ£Óx
Ê{ÓÎ -Ê £°Óä°£ Ê{äÎä
£nä Ó{Èn ÈÎ£äÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£äÊ<<Ê
Î Ó ÓÎää
xÈ È{ £ £ä{ { {Ýn
£Ý£ÉÓ¸Ê £ÝÓä8£°x £Ý£ÉÓ¸Ê */ £ÝÊ*£Î°x { ÈÇää
ÈÎÇ£ ÇÓ £ä£ ££{ { {Ýn Óää Ó{Èn ÈÎ£ÓÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£ÓÊ<<Ê
Î
Óää ÈÎ£ÓÊ
Î 1Î£ÓÊ
Î ÈÎ£äÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£äÊ
ÎI Óä}
ÓÓx Ó{Èn ÈÎ£ÎÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£ÎÊ<<Ê
Î È nÈää
nä£ää £ £Î£ £x£ x xÝn £ÝÎÉ{¸Ê £ÝÓxÝ£°x £ÝÎÉ{¸Ê */ £Ý*Ó£
Óxä Ó{Èn ÈÎ£{Ê<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£{Ê<<Ê
Î n £ä£ää
££Ó£ÎÓ { £x£ £ÇÎ x xÝn
ÓÝ£¸Ê ÓÝÎÓÝ£°x ÓÝ£¸Ê */ ÓÝ*Ó Ó Ó£ää
£Èä£nä £äÓ Óä£ Ó£ È ÈÝ£ä
{ xäää
ÓääÓxä £{È ÓÈÓ ÓnÈ n nÝ£ä ÓÝ£¤¸Ê ÓÝxäÝ£°x ÓÝ£¤¸Ê */ ÓÝ*{Ó ÓÓx ÈÎ£ÎÊ
Î 1Î£ÎÊ
Î ÈÎ£ÎÊ<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£ÎÊ
ÎI Óx}
È È{ää
n Çxää
Ó Óäää
ENTRATA CAVI PER ALIMENTAZIONE MOTORE MONOFASE
TIPO CABLE ENTRY FOR SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR’S SUPLY { {nää
ENTRÉE DE CABLES POUR ALIMENTATION MOTEUR MONOPHASÉ Óxä ÈÎ£{Ê
Î 1Î£{Ê
Î ÈÎ£{Ê<<Ê
Î ÈÎ£{Ê
ÎI Îä}
SIZE È ÈÎää
-/ , SU RICHIESTA - ON DEMAND - SUR DEMANDE
TYPE n Çxää
1 ÊÈ£Óx
Ê{ÓÎ -Ê £°Óä°£ Ê{äÎä
xÈÇ£ £Ý£ÉÓ¸Ê £ÝÓä8£°x £Ý£ÉÓ¸Ê */ £ÝÊ*£Î°x I®Ê -ÕÊ ÀViÃÌ>Ê Ê Upon request - Sur demande
II®Ê À>ÃÃÊÌ«Ê7ÓÊ-ÊÊiµÕÛ>iÌiÊÊGrease type LGWA2 SKF or equivalent
nä£ää £ÝÎÉ{¸Ê £ÝÓxÝ£°x £ÝÎÉ{¸Ê */ £Ý*Ó£ Graisse type LGWA2 SKF ou équivalente
££Ó£ÎÓ £Ý£¸Ê £ÝÎÓÝ£°x £Ý£¿¿Ê */ £Ý*Ó
ENTRATA CAVI PER AUSILIARI - AUXILIAIRES CABLES ENTRY - ENTRÉE DES CABLES AUXILIAIRES
/*"ÊÊ-< ÊÊ/9* ÊxÈÓxä £ÝÓäÝ£°x £Ý£ÉÓ¸Ê £Ý£ÉÓ¸Ê */ £Ý*£Î°x
£Ó £Î
Sezione cuscinetti Bearing section Section roulements Carico radiale limite Permissible radial load Charge radiale maximum
i>Ê Ì>Li>Ê ÃÊ `V>ÌÊ Ê Û>ÀÊ `Ê The permissible radial loads given in Le tableau indique les valeurs de charge
carico radiali considerando una vita table relate to service life of the bear- radiale maximale en considerant une
`Ê VÕÃViÌÌÊ `Ê Óä°äääÊ Ê «iÀÊ ÌÀÊ ÓÊ ings of 20.000 h for 2 poles motors durée de vie des roulements de 20.000
«ÊiÊ{ä°äääÊÊ«iÀÊÊÌÀÊ{]ÊÈ]ÊnÊ«Ê and 40.000 h for 4, 6, 8 poles motors h pour les moteurs à 2 pôles et 40.000
VÊÕ>ÊvÀiµÕiâ>Ê`Ê>iÌ>âiÊ`Ê operating with 50 Hz power suply at h pour les moteurs à 4, 6, 8 pôles, avec
xäÊ âÊ iÊ Õ>Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê VÕÃViÌÌÊ a bearing temperature lower of 85 °C. une fréquence de 50 Hz a une tempe-
opzionale (per cuscinetto aperto) viÀÀiÊ >Ê nxÊ c
° For operating at 60 Hz the values have rature du roulement inferieure a 85° C.
optional (for open bearing) *iÀÊ½ÕÌââÊ>ÊÈäÊâÊµÕiÃÌÊÛ>ÀÊÛ> to be reduced by 8% in order to achieve Pour l’utillisation á 60 Hz, ces valeurs
option (pour roulement ouvert) ÊÀ`ÌÌÊìÊn¯ÊÊ`Ê`>ÊÌÌiiÀiÊ the same useful life. doivent être réduites de 8% pour obte-
>Ê ÃÌiÃÃ>Ê `ÕÀ>Ì>°Ê *iÀÊ Ê ÌÀÊ `««>Ê For two sped motors always consider nir la même durée de vie. Pour les
ÛiVÌDÊVÃìÀ>ÀiÊ>ÊÛiVÌDÊ«ÕÊ>Ì>° the the higher speed. moteurs à double vitesse, prendre en
considération la vitesse la plus haute.
FR
FA
E1 E0
E2
56-132 160 Carico radiale FR(N) - Permissible radial load FR(N) - Charge radiale maximum FR(N)
Altezza d’asse Poli
Frame size Poles
ÕÃViÌÌÊ >Ê ÃviÀi - Ball bearings - Roulements à billes Cuscinetti a rulli - Roller bearings - Roulements à rouleaux
Hauteur d’axe Pôles E0 E1 E2 E0 E1 E2
Ó Î{ä Î£ä Ónä
xÈ { Î{ä Îäx ÓÇä
Ó {ää ÎÇx Îxä
ÈÎ { {ää ÎÇx Îxä
È {xä {Óx {ää
n xää {Çä {{ä
Ó x£ä {Çx {{ä
Ç£ { xää {Èä {Óä
È xnä xÎx {ä
n È{ä xä x{ä
Ó Èä ÈÎä xÇä
nä { ÈÇä xxx xÈä
È ÇÇä Çäx È{ä
n nÈä Çnx Ç£ä
Ó ÇÈä Èä ÈÓä
ä { Çxä Ènä È£ä
È n{ä ÇÈx Èä
n {ä nxx ÇÇä
Ó £ä{ä {x nxä
£ää { ä ää n£ä
È ££xä £äxä xä
n £Óä ££Çx £äÈä
Ó £xxä £{£x £Ónä
££Ó { £x£ä £Înä £Óxä
È £ÇÎä £xnä £{Îä
n £Îä £ÇÈä £xä
Ó ÓÓÇä Óä{ä £n£ä
£ÎÓ { Ó£nä £Èä £Ç{ä
È Ó{ää Ó£nä £Èä
n ÓÇxä Ó{Çä Ó£ä
Ó ÎÎÈä Îääx ÓÈxä ÈÓä xxÎx {Çnä
160 £Èä { Î£Çä ÓnÎx Óxää Óxää xÇäx {Îä
È Îxää Î£Îx ÓÇÇä ÈÇ{ä xÎx x£Îä
n ÎÈä Îx{x Î£Îä ÈÇ£ä x£ä x££ä
Ó Înää Î{Çx Î£xä È{ä xÎä xÎÇä
£nä { Î{£ä Î£Îx ÓnÈä ÈÎä ÈÎÇä xn£ä
È ÎnÈä Îx{x ÎÓÎä ÇÓxä ÈÈÈx Èänä
n {Ó{ä Înx Îxxä ÇnÇä ÇÓÎx ÈÈää
Ó {nää {{xä {£ää Îä nÇäx näÓä
Óää { {nÇä {x£x {£Èä £ä£Óä Înä nÈ{ä
opzionale (per cuscinetti aperti) È x£ä x{Çx xä{ä £ä{ää È{ä nnnä
optional (for open bearings) n ÈäÇä xÈÓx x£nä £ä{ä £ä£{x Îxä
option (pour roulements ouverts) Ó xÈÈä xÓÈx {nÇä ££Înä £äxnä Çnä
ÓÓx { xäÈä {ÇÓä {Înä £Ó{Îä ££xä £äÇxä
È xÈää xÓÓä {n{ä £ÓÈ{ä ££Çnx £äÎä
n È£Óä xÇäx xÓä £Îää £ÓÓäx ££ÎÓä
Ó xnnä xÎä {ää £ÎÓä £ÓÇxx ££xä
Óxä { ÈÎÇä xn{ä xÎ£ä £ÈäÓä £{Ènä £ÎÎ{ä
È È{Óä xnnx xÎxä £È{ää £xäÎä £ÎÈÈä
n ÈnÓä ÈÓxä xÈnä £È{{ä £xäÇä £ÎÇää
Diametro puleggia Pulley diameter Diamètre poulie

+Õ>`Ê >Ê ÛÌ>Ê ìÃìÀ>Ì>Ê ìÊ VÕÃV When the desired bearing life has been Quand la vie désirée du roulement a
iÌÌÊ mÊ ÃÌ>Ì>Ê ìÌiÀ>Ì>]Ê Ê `>iÌÀÊ determined, the minimum pulley di- été déterminée, il est possible de cal-
Êì>Ê«Õi}}>ÊÃÊ«Õ¢ÊV>V>ÀiÊ ameter can be calculated using FR, culer le diamètre minimale de la poulie
ViÊ Ãi}Õi\ as follows: comme suit:
Ê £° ±£äÇ ± ±*
D =
Ê Ê Ê Ê ±FR
180-250 180-250
Ê rÊ `>iÌÀÊ «Õi}}>Ê ®Ê - pulley diameter (mm) - diamètre poulie (mm)
*Ê rÊ «Ìiâ>ÊÀiÃ>ÊÜ®Ê- power requirement (Kw) - puissance demandée (Kw)
Ê rÊ ÛiVÌ>Ê>iÊìÊÌÀiÊ£É®Ê- motor rated speed (1/min) - vitesse nominale du moteur (1/min)
Ê rÊ v>ÌÌÀiÊ`ÊV>VÊÌÀV}>ÊÓ°xÊ«iÀÊV}iÊÊ6®Ê- belt tension factor (2.5 for V belts) - facteur de calcul tension de courroie (2.5 pour courroies à V)
,Ê rÊ V>ÀVÊÀ>`>iÊÌiÊ ®Ê- permissible radial load (N) - charge radiale maximale (N)
£{ £x
Carico assiale supplementare Additional axial load Charge axiale supplémentaire Messa a terra Grounding Mise à terre
-iÊÃÕ½>LiÀÊmÊ>««V>ÌÊÊ«ÕÌÊ ÓÊ If the shaft in the point E2 is loaded S’ il est appliqué sur l’arbre au point E2 "}ÊÌÀiÊmÊ«ÀiÛÃÌÊ`ÊÓÊ>ÌÌ>VVÊ`Ê Motors are provided with 2 earth screws: Chacun de nos moteurs est conçu avec
ÊV>ÀVÊÀ>`>iÊÌiÊì>ÊÌ>Li>Ê£ÊÃÊ with permissible radial load from table la charge radiale maximum du tableau iÃÃ>Ê >Ê ÌiÀÀ>]Ê ÕÊ i>Ê ÃV>Ì>Ê À one on the terminal box and one on 2 possibilités de mise à terre, l’une dans
«Õ¢Ê>««V>ÀiÊÕÊV>ÀVÊ>ÃÃ>iÊÃÕ««i 1, an additional axial load FAT (pull) or 1, il est possible d’appliquer une charge ÃiÌÌiÀ>]Ê ÕÊ iÃÌiÀÊ ÃÕ>Ê V>ÀV>ÃÃ>° the housing. la boîte à bornes, l’autre à l’extérieur
iÌ>ÀiÊ /Ê ÌÀ®Ê Ê -Ê Ã«Ì>®Ê iÊ FAS (push) is allowed (table 2). axiale supplémentaire FAT (traction) ou sur la carcasse.
ÌÊ ì>Ê Ì>Li>Ê Ó° For operating at 60 Hz the values have FAS (poussée).
*iÀÊ½ÕÌââÊ>ÊÈäÊâÊµÕiÃÌÊÛ>ÀÊÛ>Ê to be reduced by 8% in order to achieve Pour l’utillisation á 60 Hz, ces valeurs Vibrazioni Vibration Vibrations
À`ÌÌÊ ìÊ n¯Ê Ê `Ê `>Ê ÌÌiiÀiÊ >Ê the same useful life. doivent être réduites de 8% pour obte- Ê Û>ÀÊ `Ê ÛLÀ>âiÊ ìÊ ÃÌÀÊ ÌÀÊ Vibration limit are within the limits of Les valeurs de vibrations de nos mo-
stessa durata. For two speed motors always consider nir la même durée de vie. Pour les ÃÊ VvÀÊ >Ê µÕ>ÌÊ ìÌÌ>ÌÊ `>iÊ IEC- 60034-14 and ISO 2373 standards teurs sont conformes aux normes IEC-
*iÀÊÊÌÀÊ`««>ÊÛiVÌDÊVÃìÀ>ÀiÊ the higher speed. moteurs à double vitesse, prendre en ÀiÊ
ÊÈääÎ{£{ÊiÊ-"ÊÓÎÇÎÊ«iÀÊÊ for A (N) vibration grade, measured with 60034-14 et ISO 2373 pour le degré
>Ê ÛiVÌDÊ «ÙÊ >Ì>° If the permissible radial load is smaller, considération la vitesse la plus haute. }À>`ÊÊ ®]ÊÃÕÀ>ÌÊVÊiââÊV> half key in accordance with ISO 8821. A (N), mesurées avec demi-clavette
-iÊ Ê V>ÀVÊ À>`>iÊ mÊ Ài]Ê ÃÊ higher axial loads are possible (values Si la charge radiale est inférieure, des ÛiÌÌ>Ê Ê >VVÀ`Ê >iÊ -"Ê nnÓ£° On request we can supply motors with conformément à ISO 8821. Sur de-
>iÃÃÊV>ÀVÊ>ÃÃ>Ê>}}ÀÊÛ>ÀÊ on request). charges axiales plus grandes sont -Ê «ÃÃ]Ê >Ê ÀViÃÌ>]Ê VÃÌÀÕÀiÊ VÊ vibration value B (R) grade. mande il est possible d’obtenir le de-
ÃÕÊ ÀViÃÌ>®° admises (valeurs sur demande). Û>ÀiÊ `Ê ÛLÀ>âiÊ Ê }À>`Ê Ê ,®° gré de vibration B (R).
B3 V5 V6
FR GRADO DI BILANCIATURA SECONDO IEC 60034-14
FAT
BALANCE DEGREE ACCORDING IEC 60034-14
FAS DEGRÉ D’EQUILIBRAGE SELON LES NORMES IEC 60034-14
FAT
FAS
FAT
FAT
FAS
VALORI LIMITE DELLE VELOCITÀ DI VIBRAZIONE PER LE GRANDEZZE:
FAS GRADO DI BILANCIATURA LIMIT VALUES OF THE VIBRATION SPEED FOR FRAME SIZE:
VALEURS MAXIMALES DES VITESSES DE VIBRATIONS
BALANCE DEGREE
POUR LES HATEURS D’AXE:
DEGRÉ D’EQUILIBRAGE 56< H <132 160< H < 280
ÉÃ ÉÃ
Carico assiale aggiuntivo con FR in E2 - Additional axial load with FR in E2 - Charge axiale supplémentaire avec FR in E2
Altezza d’asse Poli A

ÕÃViÌÌÊ >Ê ÃviÀiÊ - Ball bearings - Roulements à billes Cuscinetti a rulli - Roller bearings - Roulements à rouleaux £]È Ó]Ó
À>iÊÊNormal - Normale®
Frame size Poles Î 6x 6È Î 6x 6È
B
FAS FAT FAS FAT FAS FAT FAS FAT FAS FAT FAS FAT ä]Ç £]£
Hauteur d’axe Pôles ,`ÌÌÊÊReduced - Réduit®
N N N N N N N N N N N N
Ó £Çx £ää £nä x £Çä £äx
xÈ
{ £ÈÇ Ó £ÇÎ nÈ £È£ n
Ó Ó{ä £Îä Óxä £Óä ÓÎä £{ä
{ Ó{ä £Îä Óxä £Óä ÓÎä £{ä
ÈÎ
È ÓÈä £xä ÓÇä £{ä Óxä £Èä
Rumurosità Noise Niveau sonore
n Ónä £Èä Óä £xä ÓÇä £Çä ViÊ Ê Û>ÀÊ `Ê ÀÕÀÃÌDÊ ÀiÌÀ>Ê Standard noise levels are well within Le niveau sonore est conforme aux va-
Ó ÓÇx £xä Óä £Îä ÓÈä £Èä iÊ ÌÊ ì>Ê À>Ê `Ê VÕÊ Ã«À>°Ê Ê the requirements of IEC 60034-9 and leurs définies par les normes citées à
Ç£
{ Ónä £xä Îää £Îä ÓÈä £Çä iÌ`Ê`ÊÃÕÀ>Ê«i}>ÌÊmÊVvÀiÊ ISO R 1680 standards. la rubrique vibrations. La méthode de
È Îää £Çä ÎÓä £xä Ónä £ä
n ÎÓä Óää Î{ä £Çä Îää ÓÓä >iÊ ÀiÊ
Ê ÈääÎ{]Ê -"Ê ,Ê £Ènä mesure employée est celle définie par
Ó {ää Óää {Óä £nä Înä ÓÓä la norme IEC 60034-9, ISO R 1680.
{ {ää Óää {Îä £nä Înä ÓÎä
nä
È {Îä ÓÎä {Çä Óää {ää ÓÇä Tolleranze mecchaniche Mechanical tolerances Tolérances mécaniques
n {Èä ÓÈä {ä ÓÓä {Óä Óä
i>Ê Ãi}ÕiÌiÊ Ì>Li>Ê ÃÊ `V>ÌiÊ In the following table are indicated some Dans le tableau suivant sont indiqées
Ó {Èä Ó£ä {ä £Çä {Óä Ó{ä
{ {Èä Ó£ä xää £Èä {£ä Óxä >VÕiÊ ÌiÀ>âiÊ Ê >VVÀ`Ê VÊ À tolerances according to IEC 60072-1. quelque tolerances selon IEC 60072-1.
ä
È xää Óxä xxä £ä {{ä Îää >Ê
Ê ÈääÇÓä£°
n xÎä Ónä xnä ÓÓä {Çä ÎÎä
Ó Èxä Îää Çää ÓÎä xä Î{ä
{ Èxä Óä ÇÓä ÓÓä xnä ÎÈä
£ää Elemento Dimensione Tolleraza
È Ç£ä Îxä Çä ÓÈä ÈÓä {Îä
n Ç{ä Înä nÎä Îää ÈÈä {Çä Part Dimension Tolerance
Ó n{ä {Óä ää ÎÈä ÇÇä {ä Élément Dimension Tolérance
{ n{ä {Îä {ä ÎÎä Ç{ä xÎä ÃÌÀiÌDÊ>LiÀ ÇÊ! D !ÊÓn -"ÊÈ
££Ó
È £ä xää £äÓä Îä n£ä È£ä
n Èä xxä £äÇä {xä nÈä ÈÈä Shaft end D ÎÓÊ! D !Ê{n -"ÊÈ
Ó £Óää Èää £ÎÎä {{ä £ä{ä ÇÎä Bout d'arbre D !Êxx -"ÊÈ
{ £Óää Èää £ÎÈä {ää £ä£ä ÇÈä }ÕiÌÌ>
£ÎÓ
È £Î£ä Ç£ä £{nä {nä £änä nnä
n £{ää nää £xnä xä ££ä nä Key Ê -"ÊÊ
Ó £Î{ä ÈÈä £x{ä Îä £äÇä nÇä £Ç£ä £äÎä £nä ÇÈä £{Îä £Îää Clavette
{ £ÎÇä Çää £ÈÎä Înä £äxä Èä £nnä £Óää ÓÓää nnä £xÈä £xÓä >}>Ê x
£Èä
È £x£ä n{ä £n£ä {{ä ££Óä £äÓä Óäää £ÎÓä ÓÎä Îä £Èää £ÇÓä
n £xÇä £ä £nÎä x£ä ££ä ££Èä Óänä £{£ä Ó{nä £ä£ä £Èä £nää Flange B5 N -"ÊÈ
Ó £ÈÈä £ä £ä xnä £ÎÎä £Ó{ä £nää £äxä Ó£Óä ÇÓä £{Çä £ÎÇä Flasque B5
{ £Èxä ää Óäxä {Èä £Ó£ä £Îää ÓäÈä £Î£ä Ó{Èä nÇä £ÈÓä £Ç£ä Ìiââ>Ê`¿>ÃÃi Ê!ÊÓxä ä]x
£nä
È £nÎä £änä Ó{£ä xää £Óxä £ÈÈä Ó£nä £{Îä ÓÇÈä n{ä £xä Óä£ä
n £xä £Óää ÓÈää xxä £Îää £nxä ÓÎÈä £È£ä Îä£ä Çä £ÇÓä ÓÓÈä Shaft height
Ó Ó£Îä £ÓÎä ÓÈÎä Ènä £xnä £ÇÎä Óänä ££nä Óxnä ÈÇä £xÇä £Ènä Hauteur d'axe ÊÊÓxä £
{ Ó££ä £Ó£ä ÓÇÎä xä £{ä £nÎä Ó£Èä £ÓÈä ÓÇnä È{ä £x{ä £nnä
Óää
È ÓÎää £{ää ÎäÓä ÈÓä £xÓä Ó£Óä ÓÎxä £{xä ÎäÇä ÇÎä £ÈÎä Ó£Çä
n Ó{nä £xnä ÎÎ{ä ÇÓä £ÈÓä Ó{{ä ÓÈ£ä £Ç£ä Î{Çä nxä £Çxä ÓxÇä
Ó ÓÎÓä £Î{ä Îä£ä ÈÈä £ÈÎä ÓäÎä ÓÓnä £Î£ä ÓÇä ÈÓä £xä £ä
{ ÓÎÓä £Îxä ÎÓÇä {£ä £Înä Ó£ä ÓÎää £ÎÎä ÎÓ{ä Înä £Îxä ÓÓÈä
ÓÓx
È Óxxä £xÇä ÎÈÇä {xä £{Óä ÓÈä ÓÈää £ÈÓä ÎÇÓä xää £{Çä ÓÇxä
n ÓÇxä £ÇÇä ÎÇÎä ÈÇä £Èxä ÓÇÈä Ónxä £nnä În{ä n£ä £Çnä ÓnÈä
Ó Óx£ä £{nä ÎÎÎä Èxä £Ènä ÓÎää ÓÎÇä £Î{ä Î£ä x£ä £x{ä Ó£Èä
{ ÓxÓä £{ä ÎÈä ÎÓä £Îxä ÓÈÈä Ó{Èä £{Îä ÎÈ{ä ÓÈä £Óä ÓÈ£ä
Óxä
È Ón£ä £Çnä {££ä {Çä £xää Îänä ÓÈ{ä £È£ä ÎÈä Î£ä £Î{ä ÓÓä
n Îäää £Çä {{xä xÎä £xÈä Î{Óä Îäää £Çä {{ää xÓä £xxä Î{£ä
£È £Ç
Esecuzioni speciali Special designs Exécutions spéciales Dati nominali una velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data single speed direct on line - Données nominales monovitesse démarrage direct
Corrente >ÌÌÀi Corrente
««>
««>Ê iÌ Pressione ÀÕ«« Classe
Ê ÌÀÊ ÌÀ«V>ââ>Ì - Motors tropicalised - Moteurs tropicalisés /«ÊÌÀi
*Ìiâ>Ê Velocita ,i`° «Ìiâ>
««> avviamento avviamento massima `½iÀâ> sonora Peso custodia Ìi«iÀ>Ì°
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-
resa
Ê ÌÀÊ Ê V>ÃÃiÊ - Class H motors - Bobinage en cl. H Rated Speed
Current
Efficiency
Power
Torque
Starting Starting Maximum Moment of Sound
Weight
Explosion Tempr.
CESI Certificate
factor current torque torque inertia pressure group class
output
Ê ÌÀÊ VÊ «ÀÌiâiÊ *Ê ÈÈ - Mechanical protection IP 66 - Moteurs avec protection IP 66 Motor type
Puissance Vitesse
Intensité
Rendem. Facteur de Couple Intensité Couple Couple Moment Pression Poids Groupe Classe CESI Certificat
{ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage maximal d’inertie sonore explosion témper.
Ê ÌÀÊ VÊ «ÀÌiâiÊ *Ê xÈ - Mechanical protection IP 56 - Moteurs avec protection IP 56 Pn n In cos! J «
Moteur type >É >É É } IIC
Ê ÌÀÊ VÊ ÌiÃiÊ iÊ vÀiµÕiâ>Ê - Special voltage and frequency mo- - Moteurs avec tension et fréquence Ü £É ¯ Nm }Ô ` ®
Ã«iV>i tors spéciales 2 Poli 3000 giri /min - 2 Poles 3000 r.p.m. - 2 Pôles 3000 tours/min
Ê ÌÀÊ >Ê `««>Ê ÛiVÌDÊ ÃÌ>`>À`Ê - Two speed motors, standard or for - Moteurs à deux vitesses, standard ÊxÈÓ ä]£Ó ÓÈÎ£ ä]ÎÈ xÇ]n ä]nÓÇ ä]{{ Ó] Ó]ä{ Ó]ä ä]ääään xx Ç ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä
ÊÈÎÓ ä]£n ÓÇx ä]xÓ ÈÇ]{ ä]Ç{Î ä]ÈÓ Î]{ Ó]xn Ó]Ç ä]äää£Î xÈ £ä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
iÊ «iÀÊ ÛiÌ>ÌÀ fan drive et pour ventilateurs
ÊÈÎ Ó ä]Óx ÓÇÇ ä]Èx Ç£]Ç ä]ÇÇÈ ä]nÈ {]£È Ó]xÇ Î]ää ä]äää£x xÈ ££ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê ÌÀÊ «iÀÊ vÕâ>iÌÊ >Ê iââÊ - Motors suitable for frequency con- - Moteurs alimentés par variateur de ÊÇ£Ó ä]ÎÇ ÓnÈ{ ä]£ Çx]Ó ä]ÇÇÈ £]ÓÎ x]{n Ó]ÇÎ Î]{n ä]äääÎx È{ £x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
inveter verter driving fréquence ÊÇ£ Ó ä]xx Ón£Ó £]ÓÈ ÇÇ]x ä]n£Î £]nÇ {]{ Ó]Èä Ó]nx ä]äää{x È{ £È ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê ÌÀÊ VÊ `>Ê Ì>ViÌÀV>Ê Ê - Motors with tacho generator or en- - Moteurs avec dynamo tachymè- ÊnäÓ ä]Çx ÓnÓ£ £]ÈÈ ÇÇ]Î ä]n{Î Ó]x{ {]ÇÇ Ó]xÓ Ó]{Î ä]äääÈx ÈÈ ÓÓ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä Ó £]£ Ónän Ó]xä ÇÈ]Î ä]nÎÎ Î]Ç{ {]È{ Ó]nÈ Î]ÈÈ ä]äääÇÎ ÈÈ Ó{ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
encoder coder trique ou coder
Êä-Ó £]x ÓäÈ Î]£È nÎ]Ç ä°n£ {]Î È]Ó Î]È{ {]ÓÇ ä]ää£xx È Ó ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê ÌÀÊVÊy>}>Êi`Ê>LiÀÊÃ«iV> - Motors with special shaft and flange - Moteurs avec bride ou arbre spéciales ÊäÓ Ó]Ó Ónn{ {]xÎ n{]Ç ä]nÓn Ç]Ó È]xx Î]Ó Î]ÇÎ ä]ää£n£ È Î£]x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê ÌÀÊ v>Ãi - Single-phase motors - Moteurs monophasés Ê£ääÓ 3 Ónä È]£Ç nÎ]£ ä]n{x ]£ È]ÈÓ Î]än Î]nn ä]ääÎÓÓ ÇÎ {x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê££ÓÓ { Ó£Î n]ä£ n{] ä]n{ £Î]££ È]x Ó]£ Î]nÇ ä]ää{È Ç{ xÈ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê ÌÀÊ v>ÃiÊ >Ì>Ê V««> - Single-phase high-torque motors - Moteurs monophasés fort couple
Ê£ÎÓ-Ó x]x ÓÓ£ ££]££ nÈ]{ ä]nÓÇ £Ç]n È]£Ó Ó]{x Î]Î ä]ä£äÈÎ Çx Ç£ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê ÌÀÊ V««> - Torque motors - Moteurs couple Ê£ÎÓ- Ó Ç]x ÓÓÇ £{]£{ n]Ó ä]nxn Ó{]{Ç Ç]äÓ Î]äÎ Î]x{ ä]ä£Îä{ Çx Ç ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê ÌÀÊ «iÀÊ Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê >LiÌiÊ - Motors for ambient temperature up - Moteurs puor température am- Ê£ÎÓÓ ]Ó ÓÎ£ £È]În Ó]Ó ä]nÇ Ó]n Ç]È{ Ó]È{ Î]{ ä]ä£nä{ Çx n ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓÓÊI ££ ÓäÎ £]x nn] ä]nx ÎÈ]£ x]{ Ó]än Ó]nx ä]ä£nä{ Çx n ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
wÊ >Ê xxc
to -55°C biance jusqu’à -55°C
Ê£ÈäÓ ££ ÓÎ£ Óä]£ nx]Î ä]nä Îx]n{ È]£x Ó]{ Î]Ó ä]äÎÓÎä ÇÈ £Îä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
- Motori per temperature fino a - Motors for ambient temperature - Moteurs pour température Ê£Èä Ó £x Ó{£ ÓÇ]{ä nn]£ ä]nÇ {n]Ç£ Ç]äÎ Ó]Î Î]x{ ä]ä{£ÇÈ ÇÈ £{n ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
+80 °C up to +80 °C ambiance jusqu’à +80 °C Ê£ÈäÓ £n]x Ó{È ÎÓ]nÈ ä]Ó ä]ä£ x]Ç Ç]xÓ Ó]nÈ Î]x£ ä]ä{nÈÈ ÇÈ £È{ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£näÓ ÓÓ Ó{ Î]Îä ä]{ ä]n{ Ç£]Ó{ Ç]Î Ó] Î]{ ä]äÈÈÎÈ ÇÈ ]
/{
ÊÓääÓ Îä ÓÈä x{]{ä £]Ç ä]nÈn È]Ç n Î]Î Î]x ä]£ÓäÎ ÇÇ ]
/{
ÊÓää Ó ÎÇ ÓÈÎ È{]nä £]Ç ä]n ££]Óx n Ó]Ç 3 ä]£xÓän ÇÇ ]
/{
ÊÓÓxÓ {x ÓÈ{ Çn]Èä Ó]{ ä]n{ £{{] n]x Ó]x Ó]n ä]ÓÎx£ Çn ]
/{
ÊÓxäÓ xx ÓÇä x]xä Ó]È ä]nn £ÇÈ]nx Ç]£ Ó]Î Ó]È ä]Î{ÇÎ Ç ]
/{
I®ÊÌÀiÊÊÕwV>ÌÊÊ(*) Non unified motor - (*) Moteur pas unifié

/ÕÌÌ>ÊÃiÀiÊ`Ã«LiÊ>ViÊÊ/xÊiÊ>VÕÊÊ/ÈÊÊAll the range available also in T5 and some in T6 - Toute la série disponible également en T5 et quelques en T6
-ÕÊÀViÃÌ>Ê>ViÊÊV>ÃÃiÊ`ÊÀiìÌÊ ÎÊÊOn request also in efficiency class IE3 - Sur demande aussi en classe de rendement IE3
Dati nominali una velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data single speed direct on line - Données nominales monovitesse démarrage direct
Corrente >ÌÌÀi Corrente
««>
««>Ê iÌ Pressione ÀÕ«« Classe
*Ìiâ>Ê Velocita ,i`°
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-
/«ÊÌÀi «Ìiâ>
««> avviamento avviamento massima `½iÀâ> sonora Peso custodia Ìi«iÀ>Ì°
resa
Current Power Starting Starting Maximum Moment of Sound Explosion Tempr.
Rated Speed Efficiency Torque Weight CESI Certificate
factor current torque torque inertia pressure group class
Motor type output
Intensité Classe
Puissance Vitesse Rendem. Facteur de Couple Intensité Couple Couple Moment Pression Poids Groupe CESI Certificat
{ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage maximal d’inertie sonore explosion témper.
Moteur type Pn n In cos! J «
>É >É É } IIC
Ü £É ¯ Nm }Ô ` ®
4 Poli 1500 giri /min - 4 Poles 1500 r.p.m. - 4 Pôles 1500 tours/min
ÊxÈ{ ä]ä £Î{x ä]ÎÎ xn]Ó ä]ÈÇx ä]È{ Ó]Èn Ó]ÎÇ Ó]{{ ä]äää£Ó {{ Ç ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÈÎ{ ä]£Ó £Î{{ ä]{n x{]£ ä]ÈÇÓ ä] Ó]Î£ £]nÎ Ó]£ä ä]äää£ {x £ä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÈÎ { ä]£n £ÎÎ{ ä]Èä È£]x ä]Çäx £]Ó Ó]xÈ £]ä Ó]ää ä]äääÓÓ {x ££ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£{ ä]Óx £{ä{ ä]Çä Èn]Î ä]ÇxÓ £]Çä {]ä£ Ó]ä£ Ó]ÓÈ ä]äääÈ xä £x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£ { ä]ÎÇ £{£x £]än Çä]Î ä]ÇäÈ Ó]xä {]£ Ó]ÓÇ Ó]xx ä]ääää xä £È ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä{ ä]xx £{£ £]È£ ÇÎ]{ ä]ÈÇä Î]Çä Î]nÎ Ó]Óä Î]{x ä]ää££È x{ ÓÎ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä { ä]Çx £În{ Ó]ä£ Ç{]Ç ä]Ç£ x]£n Î]Èx Ó]£Î Ó]nÈ ä]ää£Îä x{ Ó{ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êä-{ £]£ £{ÓÈ Ó]È£ nä ä]ÇÈ£ Ç]ÎÇ {]Èn Ó]Î£ Î]£{ ä]ääÓÇ£ xÇ Ó ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êä{ £]x £{£{ Î]{£ Ç]n ä]Çx £ä]£Î {]ÈÈ Ó]Ó£ Ó]nÓ ä]ääÎ£n xÇ Î£]x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ää{ Ó]Ó £{Îx x]äÇ nÓ] ä]Çxx £{]È{ x]În Ó]{n Î]xä ä]ääxÓÓ ÈÓ {{ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ää { 3 £{ÎÈ È]xÇ nÎ] ä]Çnx £]x x]nä Ó]{ Î]xÓ ä]ääÈÎÎ ÈÓ {Ç ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê££Ó{ { £{ÓÈ n]ÓÈ nx]x ä]n£Ç ÓÈ]Ç x]Î Ó]£n Î]äÈ ä]ä£äÈn ÈÈ Èä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ-{ x]x £{x{ ££]ÈÈ nÇ]x ä]ÇÇn ÎÈ]£Ó x]Ç Ó]Î{ Î]än ä]äÓ£È{ ÈÇ Ç ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ{ Ç]x £{x£ £x]xn nn]Î ä]ÇnÇ {]ÎÈ x]ÎÇ Ó]{{ Ó]nä ä]äÓnÓ ÈÇ x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ { n]n £{x£ £n]äx nn]x ä]Çx xÇ]Ó x]ÈÈ Ó]{x Ó]Èä ä]äÎÓÈä ÈÇ £äÓ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èä{ ££ £{ÈÓ ÓÓ]{ nÈ]x ä]nää Ç£]nx x]Î Ó]£Î Ó]Î ä]äxÇä£ Çä £{ä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èä{ £x £{È{ Îä]{ nn]Ç ä]Çn Ç]nx x]Èn Ó]Ó Î]ä{ ä]äÇÎnÇ Çä £È{ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£nä{ £n]x £{Èx În]Çx n]n ä]ÇÈÇ £Óä]Èä È]xx Î]ää Î]ää ä]£äÇ£ Çx ]
/{
Ê£nä{ ÓÓ £{ÈÇ {Î]nÎ £ ä]ÇÈ £{Î]ÓÓ È]Çx Î]ää Î]£ä ä]£ÎÓ££ Çx ]
/{
ÊÓää{ Îä £{Çä xx]{x £]Ó ä]nxÈ £{]ä È]{ä Ó]{ä Ó]Çx ä]Ó£{£Ó Çn ]
/{
ÊÓÓx-{ ÎÇ £{Çx Èn]xÈ £]Ç ä]n{ ÓÎ]xÈ Ç]ää Ó]Èä Î]£x ä]ÎÓ{n n£ ]
/{
ÊÓÓx{ {x £{Çx n{]xn Ó]x ä]nÎä Ó£]ÎÈ È]{x Ó]Èx Ó]Ç{ ä]{{ÓÈ n£ ]
/{
ÊÓxä{ xx £{nä x]xä {]Ó ä]nnÓ Îx{]ä È]ä Ó]Çn Ó]n{ ä]ÈnÎÇ nÎ ]
/{
/ÕÌÌ>ÊÃiÀiÊ`Ã«LiÊ>ViÊÊ/xÊiÊ>VÕÊÊ/ÈÊÊAll the range available also in T5 and some in T6 - Toute la série disponible également en T5 et quelques en T6
£n £
Dati nominali una velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data single speed direct on line - Données nominales monovitesse démarrage direct 2/4 POLI - 2/4 POLES - 2/4 PÔLES
Corrente >ÌÌÀiÊ Corrente
««>Ê
««>Ê iÌÊ Pressione ÀÕ««Ê Classe
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-
«Ìiâ>
««> avviamento avviamento massima `½iÀâ> sonora Peso custodia Ìi«iÀ>Ì° Dati nominali due velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data double speed direct on line - Données nominales bi-vitesses démarrage direct
/«ÊÌÀi resa
Current Power Starting Starting Maximum Moment of Sound Explosion Tempr. >ÌÌÀiÊ Corrente
««>Ê iÌÊ ÀÕ««Ê Classe
Rated Speed Efficiency Torque Weight CESI Certificate Corrente
output
factor current torque torque inertia pressure group class *Ìiâ>ÊÀiÃ> Velocita ,iìÌ «Ìiâ>
««> avviamento avviamento `½iÀâ> Peso custodia Ìi«iÀ>Ì°
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-
Intensité Moment Pression Poids Groupe Classe
Motor type Puissance Vitesse Rendem. Facteur de Couple Intensité Couple Couple CESI Certificat /«ÊÌÀi Current Power Starting Starting Moment of Explosion Tempr.
{ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage maximal d’inertie sonore explosion témper. Rated output Speed Efficiency Torque Weight CESI Certificate
factor current torque inertia group class
Pn n In cos! J « Motor type Intensité Facteur de Intensité Couple Moment Poids Groupe Classe
Moteur type Puissance Vitesse Rendement Couple CESI Certificat
>É >É É } IIC {ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage d’inertie explosion témper.
Ü £É ¯ Nm }Ô ` ® Moteur type
*Ü® n In cos! J
>É >É } IIC
6 Poli 1000 giri /min - 6 Poles 1000 r.p.m. - 6 Pôles 1000 tours/min Ó«rÓ Ó«r{ £É ¯ Nm }Ô
ÊxÈÈ ä]äÎx nÈ ä]În Óx]{ ä]xÓÎ ä]ÎÇ £]{n Ó]Îä Ó]Îä ä]äää£Ó {{ Ç ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä 3000/1500 giri/min per uso generale - 3000/1500 r.p.m. for general purpose - 3000/1500 tours/min pour usage général
ÊÈÎÈ ä]ä nÈä ä]xÈ {Ó]ä ä]xxä £]ä£ £]ä Ó]£ä Ó]£ä ä]äää£ {Î £ä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÈÎ ä]£n ä]£Ó ÓxÈä £Îää ä]x{ ä]{Î xn]x x]ä ä]nÓ ä]Èn ä]Ç ä] Î]Èä Ó]xä Ó]xä Ó]£ä ä]äää£ £ä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÈÎ È ä]£Ó nÈÓ ä]ÈÇ {Î] ä]xÇ £]ÎÎ £]Ç Ó]ä£ Ó]ä£ ä]äääÓÓ {Î ££ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÈÎ ä]Óx ä]£x ÓxÇÓ £Î£ä ä]Çä ä]x£ x] Èä] ä]nÈ ä]Ç ä] £]£ Ó]Èä Ó]nä £]Çä £]Çä ä]ääääÓÓ ££ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£È ä]£n nn£ ä]Èn x{]È ä]Çä{ £]x Ó]ÓÓ £]Èä £]Çä ä]äääÈ {È £x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÊÇ£ ä]Î{ ä]Óx ÓnÎx £{ää £]ää ä]nÈ ÈÇ]ä xn]ä ä]ÇÎ ä]ÇÓ £]£ £]Ç {]Èx Î]äÇ £]Çä £] ä]äääÈ £x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£ È ä]Óx äx ä]Î xn]n ä]ÈÈ£ Ó]È{ Ó]xä £]ä Ó]£ä ä]ääää {È £È ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÊÇ£ ä]x£ ä]ÎÇ ÓnÎÈ £{äx £]£x £]äÇ Ç£] ÈÈ]n ä]n ä]Çx £]Ç Ó]x {]Çn Î]È£ £]ÇÎ £]Ó ä]ääää £È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊnäÈ ä]ÎÇ {È £]£Ç Èn]n ä]ÈÈÓ Î]Ç{ Î]ÈÈ Ó]Ó{ Ó]Ç ä]ääÓÓÓ { ÓÓ]x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ênä ä]xx ä]{ä ÓnÓä £Îä £]Ón £]£{ Ç£]x ÈÈ] ä]nÇ ä]ÇÈ £] Ó]Ç Î]È{ Ó]nä Ó]{ä £]nx ä]ää££È ÓÎ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä È ä]xx £È £]ÈÈ È{]£ ä]Ç{Ç x]ÇÎ Î]£È Ó]äÇ Ó]Óx ä]ääÓxn { Ó{]x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ênä ä]Çx ä]xx ÓnäÓ £Î{ £]Èx £]{Î ÇÎ]£ ÇÓ]È ä] ä]ÇÇ Ó]È Î]n {]xÎ Î]È Ó]£Ó £]nÎ ä]ää£Îä Ó{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êä-È ä]Çx Îä Ó]äÈ Ç£]Ç ä]ÇÎ{ Ç]Çä Î]Ç £]n Ó]Ç£ ä]ääÎn x{ Ó ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Êä- £]Óä ä]ä ÓnÇn £{ÓÎ Ó]{{ Ó]£x Çn]x Çn]Ó ä]£ ä]ÇÇ {]ä È]ä x] {]ÈÇ Ó]£Ç Ó]£Ç ä]ääÓÇ£ Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊäÈ £]£ {Ó Î]äÓ Çx]È ä]ÈÈ ££]£x {]x Ó]xä Î]Ó£ ä]ääxxÎ x{ Î£ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Êä £]Èä £]Óä ÓnÈÎ £{£{ Î]Óx Ó]Ç{ ÇÇ]{ ÇÇ]È ä]Ó ä]nÓ x]Î n]£ x]È£ x]{Ç Ó]Ón Î]äÈ ä]ääÎ£n Î£]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ää Ó]Îä £]nä ÓäÈ £{ÎÇ {]Ç {]ÓÓ Çx]Ç Çn]Ç ä]nn ä]Çn Ç]È £Ó]ä È]Èä x]ÎÓ Ó]ÎÓ Ó]£ ä]ääxÓÓ {{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ääÈ £]x {x Î]x ÇÈ]x ä]Ç£È £x]£È {]n Ó]Î{ Î]ä ä]äänÇx xÈ {Î ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ää Î]ää Ó]Óä ÓnÇÈ £{Îx x]Çn {]x nä]Ç n{]È ä]Î ä]nÓ £ä]ä £{]È x]n x]Ó{ Ó]£{ £]Î ä]ääÈÎÎ {Ç ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈ£
Ê££ÓÈ Ó]Ó xx x]Ó£ Ç]x ä]ÇÈÈ ÓÓ]ää {]nÇ £]È{ Ó]{Ç ä]ä£Înä xn xÇ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê££Ó {]ää Î]Îä Ó£ä £{{Ó n]£ä Ç]äÓ Ç] n{]Ó ä]n ä]n£ £Î]£ Ó£] È]Èä x]{x Ó]{È Ó]Óx ä]ä£äÈn Èä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ-È 3 È Ç]ÎÓ nÎ]Ç ä]ÇäÇ Ó]xÇ x]{Î £]nÓ Ó]Èä ä]äÓä£ È£ Çx ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ- x]xä {]ää Ónnä £{{ä £ä]x Ç]Ç{ n£]x nÈ]Ç ä]Ó ä]nÈ £n]Ó ÓÈ]x {]nÈ {]Èä Ó]£x Ó]äx ä]äÓ£È{ Ç ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓÈ { ÈÇ ]ÇÇ nÓ]n ä]Ç£{ Î]xä x]Î£ £]È Ó]xÈ ä]äÎÇ{ä È£ ä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ Ç]xä x]xä Óää £{xä £x]n £Ó]£Ó nÓ]£ nÈ]Ó ä]nÎ ä]ÇÈ Ó{]Ç ÎÈ]Ó È]Ó£ x]nä Ó]Ó£ Ó]££ ä]äÓnÓ x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ È x]x ÈÈ £Ó]ÎÈ nx]x ä]Çx£ x{]ÎÇ È]äÈ Ó]ä£ Ó]Çx ä]ä{nÓÇ È£ 99 ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ ]ää È]Èä ÓnÇÎ £{În £È]ä £Ó]{x nÓ]x nÈ]Ó ä]Î ä]n Ó] {Î]n È]{x È]xÎ Ó]ÓÓ Ó]ä ä]äÎÓÈä £äÓ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÈäÈ Ç]x È{ £È]Óx nx]{ ä]Çn Ç{]Îä x]È Ó]{x Î]nÓ ä]än{äÈ ÈÎ £{Ó ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èä £Ó]ää ]nä ÓÎä £{Çä ÓÓ]În Ó£]£x nÈ]ä nn]ä ä] ä]ÇÈ Î]£ ÈÎ]Ç Ç]nä x]ÎÈ Ó]ää £]ä ä]äxÇä£ £{ä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÈäÈ ££ È ÓÎ]ää nÇ]Ç ä]ÇnÇ £än]{£ È]{n Ó]{{ Î]xÇ ä]£££Î ÈÎ £È{ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èä £x]ää £Ó]xä ÓÎä £{Èä ÓÇ]È ÓÈ]În nÇ]ä ä]ä ä]n ä]ÇÈ {n]n n£]n Ç]££ Ç]££ Ó]nä Ó]£ä ä]äÇÎnÇ £È{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£näÈ £x ÇÎ Ón]Çx nn]n ä]n{n £{Ç]ÓÎ x]Îä £]nä Ó]Îx ä]ÓäÓ£{ Èx ]
/{
Ê£nä £n]xä £x]xä ÓÎx £{Èx Îx]ÇÓ Îä]nä n{]ä nÎ]x ä]n ä]nÇ Èä]Ó £ä£]ä È]Èä x]nx Ó]Óä £]x ä]£äÇ£
ÊÓääÈ £n]x nä ÎÇ]ÈÓ ä]n ä]ÇnÓ £nä]Ón x]Çx £]Çx Ó]Óä ä]ÓnÓä ÈÇ ]
/{
Ê£nä ÓÓ]ää £n]xä ÓÎÇ £{Çä {Ó]Ó£ ÎÈ]£x nn]x n]ä ä]nx ä]nÎ Ç£]x £Óä]Ó Ç]ää È]Óä Ó]Îä Ó]ää ä]£ÎÓ££
ÊÓää È ÓÓ nä {{]Ó{ £]x ä]Çn{ Ó£{]Î È]ää £]nx Ó]Óx ä]Î{Ó{Î ÈÇ ]
/{
ÊÓää Îä]ää Ó{]xä Óxx £{Çx xx]{ {È]{ n]Ç n]x ä]nÇ ä]nx Ç]ä £xn]È Ç]Îä È]Èx Ó]Óä Ó]£ä ä]Ó£{£Ó
ÊÓÓxÈ Îä nÎ Èä]nx £]x ä]ÇÇn Ó£]{x È]ää Ó]Óä Ó]È{ ä]ÈnÈ{Î È ]
/{ ÊÓÓx- Î{]ää Ó]ää ÓÈä £{nä ÈÎ]äÓ xÎ]È nÇ]x ä]Ó ä]n ä]nÈ £ä]Ç £nÇ]£ Ç]Óä È]xä Ó]Îä Ó]Óä ä]ÎÓ{n
ÊÓxäÈ ÎÇ nx ÇÓ]Èn £]n ä]nää Îxn]ÇÎ x]{ä Ó]Îx Ó]xÎ ä]ÓÇÈ£ È ]
/{ ÊÓÓx {ä]ää ÎÇ]ää ÓÈx £{nx ÇÓ]ä Èn]£ nn]ä n]ä ä] ä]nn £Ón]n ÓÎÇ] Ó]Îä È]Èä Ó]Îx Ó]ÓÈ ä]{{ÓÈ
/ÕÌÌ>ÊÃiÀiÊ`Ã«LiÊ>ViÊÊ/xÊiÊ>VÕÊÊ/ÈÊ All the range available also in T5 and some in T6 - Toute la série disponible également en T5 et quelques en T6 ÊÓxä xä]ää {£]ää ÓÇä £{nä nÇ]x ÇÎ]äÇ nn]È £]ä ä]Î ä]n £Èä]n ÓÈ{]È Ç]ää È]nä Ó]{x Ó]Îx ä]ÈnÎÇ
Dati nominali due velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data double speed direct on line - Données nominales bi-vitesses démarrage direct
Dati nominali una velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data single speed direct on line - Données nominales monovitesse démarrage direct Corrente >ÌÌÀiÊ Corrente
*Ìiâ>ÊÀiÃ> Velocita ,iìÌ «Ìiâ>
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-
««>Ê
««>Ê iÌÊ Pressione ÀÕ««Ê Classe /«ÊÌÀi Current Power Starting Starting Moment of Explosion Tempr.
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-
«Ìiâ>
««> avviamento avviamento massima `½iÀâ> Peso custodia Rated output Speed Efficiency Torque Weight CESI Certificate
sonora Ìi«iÀ>Ì° factor current torque inertia group class
/«ÊÌÀi resa
Current Power Starting Starting Maximum Moment of Sound Explosion Tempr. Motor type Intensité Facteur de Intensité Couple Moment Poids Groupe Classe
Rated Speed Efficiency Torque Weight CESI Certificate Puissance Vitesse Rendement Couple CESI Certificat
factor current torque torque inertia pressure group class {ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage d’inertie explosion témper.
output Moteur type
Intensité Moment Pression Poids Groupe Classe
Motor type Puissance Vitesse Rendem. Facteur de Couple Intensité Couple Couple CESI Certificat *Ü® n In cos! J
{ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage maximal d’inertie sonore explosion témper. >É >É } IIC
Ó«rÓ Ó«r{ £É ¯ Nm }Ô
Moteur type Pn n In cos! J «
>É >É É } IIC 3000/1500 giri/min per ventilatori - 3000/1500 r.p.m. fan driver output - 3000/1500 tours/min pour ventilateurs
Ü £É ¯ Nm }Ô ` ® 6ÊÈÎ ä]£n ä]äÎ Óxxä £Î{ä ä]x{ ä]£Î xn]ä xx]ä ä]nÎ ä]Èä ä]Ç ä]Ó Ó]nä Ó]Çä £]£ Ó]ää ä]äää£Î £ä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
8 Poli 750 giri /min - 8 Poles 750 r.p.m. - 8 Pôles 750 tours/min 6ÊÈÎ ä]Óx ä]äÈ ÓxÈn £Îx£ ä]Çä ä]Ó£ È£]ä xn]È ä]nx ä]È ä] ä]{ Ó]Ç£ Ó]ÈÇ £]£ Ó]äÈ ä]äää£x ££ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÈÎn ä]ä{ ÈÓä ä]Ón {ä ä]x£ä ä]ÈÓ £]n £]Èä Ó]ää ä]äääÓÓ {ä ££ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä 6ÊÇ£ ä]ÎÇ ä]ä ÓnÓÈ £{än ä]Î ä]ÎÎ Èn] xÇ]{ ä]nÎ ä]Èn £]Î ä]È Ó]nÎ {]£ £]n{ £]nn ä]äääÎx £x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£n ä]ä Ç£x ä]ÇÈ Î]Ó ä]{ÎÈ £]Óä Ó]£È Î]ÎÇ Î]Èx ä]ääää {£ £x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä 6ÊÇ£ ä]xx ä]£x Ónx£ £În £]Îä ä]{n Ç{]Î Èx]È ä]nÓ ä]È £]n £]ä {]nx Î]£{ Ó]{n £]Ç ä]äää{x £È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênän ä]£n ÇäÎ ä]n {] ä]xnn Ó]{x Ó]x Ó]£ Ó]n{ ä]ääÓÓÓ {Î ÓÓ]x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä 6Ênä ä]Çx ä]£x ÓÇn{ £{£ä £]ÇÈ ä]x£ Ç£]x È{]Ó ä]nÈ ä]ÈÈ Ó]È £]ä {]äÇ Î]£ £]nx Ó]äx ä]äääÈx ÓÓ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä n ä]Óx ÈÎ £]££ xÓ]Ç ä]È£x Î]{x Ó]Èn Ó]ÓÇ Ó]{ä ä]ääÓxn {Î Ó{]x ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä 6Ênä £]ää ä]£n ÓÇÈ{ £{£ Ó]£ä ä]xÇ Çn]ä È]È ä]nn ä]ÈÈ Î]x £]Ó {]äÎ Î]xÓ £]{Î Ó]ÓÎ ä]äääÇÎ Ó{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êä-n ä]ÎÇ Çän £]Ç£ Èä]Î ä]x£n {] Ó]ä Ó]ÎÈ Î]ÓÎ ä]ääÎn xä Ó ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä 6Êä- £]xä ä]ÎÇ Ó££ £{{Ó Î]Ón £]£Ó nÎ]x ÇÓ] ä]Ç ä]ÈÈ {] Ó]x È]{Î Î]ÇÓ Ó]ÎÈ Ó]ÈÇ ä]ää£xx Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êän ä]xx ÇäÎ Ó]Î{ È{]Ó ä]xÓ Ç]{Ç Ó]x{ Ó]£x Ó]{Ó ä]ääxxÎ xä Î£ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä 6Êä Ó]ää ä]xx ÓnÇ £{£{ {]ÎÈ £]xÇ Çn]È Ç£]n ä]n{ ä]Çä È]È Î]Ç È]Î{ Î]xÈ Ó]È Ó]Ón ä]ää£n£ Î£]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ää Ó]xä ä]Èx ÓnÈä £{Óx x]£x £]nä n£]x ÇÓ]x ä]nÈ ä]ÇÓ n]Î {]{ x]Îä Î]{x £]Ç £]Çx ä]ääÓx {Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ään ä]Çx ÇäÇ Ó]x Ç£]Ó ä]xnn £ä]£Î Î]xÎ Ó]ÓÈ Ó]n{ ä]äänÇx x{ {Î ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ää Î]Îä ä]Çx ÓnÈ £{Ó È]{Î £]{ n{]È ÇÈ]{ ä]nn ä]ÇÎ ££]ä x]ä x]În Î]xn £]n{ £]ÇÎ ä]ääÎÓÓ {x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ää n £]£ È Î]ÇÎ È]È ä]È£Ó £x]äÎ Î]Îä Ó]£n Ó]x£ ä]ä£äÇÎ x{ {È ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê££Ó {]ää £]£ä Óää £{xä n]Îä Ó]Ç n{]n ÇÈ]ä ä]nÓ ä]Çx £Î]Ó Ç]Ó x]äÓ Î]Óä £]nn £]ÇÇ ä]ää{È xÈ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê££Ón £]x Ç££ {]Óä Ç{]£ ä]ÈÈ Óä]£x Î]n£ £]{{ Ó]£Ç ä]ä£Înä xÈ xÇ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ- x]xä £]Óä ÓÎÇ £{Ç{ £ä]Ó Î]äÇ n{]Ç nÓ]Î ä]nÈ ä]È £Ç] Ç]n Ç]{È È]£È Ó]{Ç Ó]x ä]ä£äÈÎ Ç£ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ-n Ó]Ó ÇÓä x]nÇ Ç]Ó ä]ÈnÎ Ó]£n {]Îä £]{È Ó]ÎÓ ä]äÎ£äÈ x Çn ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ Ç]xä £]xä ÓÎä £{Îä £{]n£ Î]Çä n{]ä Çx]ä ä]nÇ ä]Çn Ó{]{ £ä]ä È]Çä Î]n £]x £]ä ä]ä£Îä{ Ç ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓn 3 ÇÓ£ n]äÎ n£]ä ä]ÈÈÈ Î]Ç{ {]ÇÇ £]x{ Ó]£x ä]äÎ{x x 93 ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ ]ää £]nä ÓnÇx £Înx £n]Ó{ {]äÎ nÎ]n n{]n ä]nx ä]ÇÈ Ó] £Ó]{ x]Ç{ Î]xä Ó]ÈÓ £]ÈÓ ä]ä£nä{ n ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èän { ÇÓÇ £ä]Ó£ nx]Î ä]ÈÈÎ xÓ]x{ x]Óx Ó]ÎÈ Î]{n ä]äÈÇÇ È£ £Îä ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£Èä £Ó]xä Î]ää Ó{x £{ÇÓ ÓÎ]äÎ È]{È nÈ]£ nÈ]ä ä]£ ä]Çn {ä]x £]x È]Ón {]{ Ó]n£ £]xn ä]ä{£ÇÈ £{n ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èä n x]x ÇÓÈ £Î]x{ nx]È ä]Ènx ÇÓ]Îx x]£È Ó]£Ç Î]{x ä]än{äÈ È£ £{Ó ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£Èä £È]nä {]ää Óää £{xä Îä]x£ n]ää nÈ]{ nÇ]ä ä]Ó ä]nÎ xx]Î ÓÈ]Î È]Óx {]xä Ó]Çx £]Èä ä]ä{nÈÈ £È{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èän Ç]x ÇÓ £Ç]Çn nn]È ä]ÈnÇ n]Óx x]ÎÇ Ó]Óx Î]xä ä]£££Î È£ £È{ ]
/{
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£nä £n]xä {]xä ÓÈä £{xx Î{]{Ó ]äÓ nÈ]Ó nÇ]n ä]ä ä]nÓ x]Ç Ó]x Ç]{ä È]xx Ó]Îx £]nx ä]äÈÈÎÈ ]
T3
Ê£nän ££ ÇÓÈ ÓÓ]nx nÇ]{ ä]Çx £{{]Çä x]Èx £]nä Ó]Èä ä]ÓxÎÈ{ ÈÎ ]
/{
6Ê£nä Ó{]ää È]ää ÓÈx £{È{ {Î]ÎÈ ££]xn nÇ]n n]ä ä]£ ä]n{ ÇÇ]Î Î]£ Ç]Óä È]£x Ó]ÓÈ £]Ç{ ä]äÈÈÎÈ ]
T3
ÊÓään £x ÇÎä Î{]Î{ n]{ ä]Çäx £È]ÓÎ x]În £]Çä Ó]{x ä]{£Çän È{ ]
/{
6ÊÓää Îä]ää n]ää ÓÇÈ £{Çx xÓ]Çä £x]£x n]n n]Ç ä]Ó ä]nx È]Î x£]n Ç]Èä È]Èx Ó]£È £]Èn ä]£ÓäÎ ]
T3
ÊÓÓx-n £n]x ÇÎ£ {Ó]Óä nÇ]n ä]ÇÓ£ Ó{£]È x]Î £]ÈÈ Ó]Î{ ä]xnÇx ÈÇ ]
/{ 6ÊÓÓx- ÎÇ]ää ]ää ÓÈx £{ÇÇ ÈÈ]Î£ £Ç]È nn]x nÇ]{ ä]£ ä]n{ ££]Ó xn]Ó È]nx È]£ä Ó]{x £]nÈ ä]£xÓän ]
T3
ÊÓÓxn ÓÓ ÇÎä {x]nä nn]ä ä]Çnn ÓnÇ]n£ x]x{ £]ÇÇ Ó]Èx ä]ÇäÎ{Ç ÈÇ ]
/{ 6ÊÓÓx {x]ää ££]ää ÓÇä £{nä nä]£ Ó£]££ ä]ä nn]x ä]ä ä]nx £{{]Ç Ç£]ä È]È{ x]ä Ó]ÎÈ £]Ç{ ä]ÓÎx£ ]
T3
ÊÓxän Îä ÇÎÈ È£]Óä £]x ä]ÇÇÎ În]ÓÇ x]x £]Çä Ó]{Î £]£ÎxäÓ ÈÇ ]
/{ 6ÊÓxä xä]ää £Ó]xä ÓÇ{ £{Çn n]Èä ÓÎ]x£ ä]x nn]Ó ä]n ä]nÇ £Èä]È nä]n È]Çä È]Óä Ó]{Î £]x ä]Î{ÇÎ ]
T3
/ÕÌÌ>ÊÃiÀiÊ`Ã«LiÊ>ViÊÊ/xÊiÊ>VÕÊÊ/ÈÊÊAll the range available also in T5 and some in T6 - Toute la série disponible également en T5 et quelques en T6 -ÕÊÀViÃÌ>Ê>ViÊÊ/{ÊÊOn request also in T4 - Sur demande aussi en T4
Óä Ó£
4/6 POLI - 4/6 POLES - 4/6 PÔLES 4/8 POLI - 4/8 POLES - 4/8 PÔLES
Dati nominali due velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data double speed direct on line - Données nominales bi-vitesses démarrage direct Dati nominali due velocita avviamento diretto - Rated data double speed direct on line - Données nominales bi-vitesses démarrage direct
2 avvolgimenti separati - 2 separate windings - 2 enroulements séparés
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
- /«ÊÌÀi Current Power Starting Starting Moment of Explosion Tempr.
Rated output Speed Efficiency Torque Weight CESI Certificate
/«ÊÌÀi Current Power Starting Starting Moment of Explosion Tempr. factor current torque inertia group class
Rated output Speed Efficiency Torque Weight CESI Certificate Motor type Intensité Facteur de Intensité Couple Moment Poids Groupe Classe
factor current torque inertia group class Puissance Vitesse Rendement Couple CESI Certificat
Motor type Intensité Facteur de Intensité Couple Moment Poids Groupe Classe {ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage d’inertie explosion témper.
Puissance Vitesse Rendement Couple CESI Certificat
{ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage d’inertie explosion témper. Moteur type
*Ü® n In cos! J
Moteur type >É >É } IIC
*Ü® n In cos! J Ó«r{ Ó«rÈ £É ¯ Nm }Ô
>É >É } IIC
Ó«r{ Ó«rÈ £É ¯ Nm }Ô
1500/750 giri/min per uso generale - 1500/750 r.p.m. for general purpose - 1500/750 tours/min pour usage général
1500/1000 giri/min per uso generale - 1500/1000 r.p.m. for general purpose - 1500/1000 tours/min pour usage général ÈÎ ä]£x ä]äÇ £ÎÎÇ ÈÎÈ ä]xÈ ä]xn x{]£ Î£]{ ä]Ç£ ä]xx £]£ £]£ Ó]Î £]{È £]£{ Ó]äÇ ä]äääÓÓ ££ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£ ä]ÓÓ ä]££ £{{ä {n ä]ÇÓ ä]xä xÇ] {]n ä]ÇÈ ä]È{ £]x £]£ Î]£n Ó]xÈ £]Îx £]ÈÈ ä]ääää £È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÊÇ£ ä]£n ä]££ £{{Î Èn{ ä]ÈÓ ä]ÇÓ x] ÎÈ]ä ä]Çä ä]ÈÓ £]Ó £]x Î]xÓ £]Ç £]ÇÈ £]£ ä]ääää £È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä ä]ÎÇ ä]ÓÓ £{{ {n £]äÎ ä]Ç£ È]{ x]n ä]Çx ä]Ç{ Ó]{ Ó]Ó {]x Ó]Çx £]nä £]Óx ä]ääÓÓÓ ÓÓ]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ênä ä]Îä ä]£x £{{{ Ç£x ä]nÇ ä]nn ÈÎ] {x]È ä]Çn ä]x{ Ó]ä Ó]ä {]{x Ó]È £]Ó Ó]È£ ä]ääÓÓÓ ÓÓ]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä ä]{{ ä]Îä £{Óä {ä £]Ó £]än Èn]Î xÓ]ä ä]ÇÓ ä]ÇÇ Î]ä Î]ä {]£ä Ó]Îä £]È{ £]{ä ä]ääÓxn Ó{]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ênä ä]{x ä]Óx £{Îä ÈÈ £]ÓÎ £]£{ È{]Ó xä]È ä]nÓ ä]ÈÓ Î]ä Î]{ {]än Ó]{ £]ÇÈ Ó]äÈ ä]ääÓxn Ó{]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êä- ä]Çx ä]{ä £{Ó{ {ä Ó]ää £]{Î Ç{]£ ÈÈ]ä ä]ÇÎ ä]È£ x]ä {]£ Î]ä Î]£ä £]Çx £]Èä ä]ääÎn Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Êä- ä]Èx ä]Îä £{Ón ÇäÈ £]È{ £]{n Èn]n x£] ä]nÎ ä]xÈ {]Î {]£ {]Ó{ Ó]Ç£ £]Èä Ó]£Ó ä]ääÎn Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êä ä]nn ä]{{ £{ÎÇ Ç££ Ó]£Î £]Î Çä]n xn]Î ä]n{ ä]xÈ x]n x] x]ä Î]£ £]ä Ó]Îä ä]ääxxÎ Î£ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Êä ä]nn ä]{{ £{ÎÓ Çää Ó]£ £]ÈÓ Ç{]Ó È{]Ó ä]Çn ä]È£ x] È]ä Î]£ä Ó]ÎÓ £]nx £]ÈÓ ä]ääxxÎ Î£ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ää £]{ä ä]nn £{ÎÎ x{ Î]{ Î]Óä Ç{]Î ÈÈ]Ó ä]Çn ä]Èä ]Î n]n {]xä Î]nÇ £]nx £]nä ä]äänÇx {Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê£ää £]Óä ä]Èä £{Îx Ç£ä Ó]ä Ó]{ä Çx]È È{]x ä]Ç ä]xÈ n]ä n]£ {]ää Î]ä £]xÎ Ó]ää ä]äänÇx {Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ää £]nä £]£ä £{Îx xÇ {]Î Î]nÓ Çx]ä ÈÇ]ä ä]Ç ä]ÈÓ £Ó]ä ££]ä {]Ç£ Î]ÇÈ £]ä £]nÈ ä]äänä {È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê£ää £]Èä ä]nä £{Îä Ç£ä Î]{ Î]££ ÇÇ]Ó Èx]Ó ä]ÇÈ ä]xÇ £ä]Ç £ä]n {]{Ç Î]£ä £]Èä £]È ä]äänä {È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê££Ó Ó]xä £]Èä £{{ä Èä x]Î {]Èä Ç]ä Çx]ä ä]ÇÇ ä]ÈÇ £È]È £x] x]Ó{ Î]Î £]n £]{x ä]ä£Înä xÇ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê££Ó Ó]{ä £]Óä £{{Ó Ç£ x]£È {]ÓÇ ÇÇ]n Èn]È ä]nÈ ä]x £x] £x] x]ÓÓ Î]Èä £]£ £]nÓ ä]ä£Înä xÇ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ- Î]ää Ó]ää £{xx Èx È]Èä x]än nÎ]ä nä]ä ä]Ç ä]Ç£ £]Ç £]n x]Î£ {]xÓ £]nx £]nÓ ä]äÓä£ Çx ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê£ÎÓ- Î]nä £]ä £{Îx Ç£x Ç]ÇÓ È]än nÓ]È ÇÈ]{ ä]nÈ ä]x Óx]Î Óx]{ {]xÈ Ó]Ç £]nÈ £]Çx ä]äÓä£ Çx ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ {]{ä Î]ää £{Èä ÈÇ ££]ä{ n]ÇÓ n£]ä ÇÓ]ä ä]Ç£ ä]È Ón]n Ó]È {]ÎÓ Î]ÎÇ £]ä £]ÈÇ ä]äÎÇ{ä ä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê£ÎÓ x]Óä Ó]Èä £{Èx ÇÓÈ ££]äÓ n]Ç n£]ä Ç{]x ä]n{ ä]xÇ ÎÎ] Î{]Ó È]xÓ {]£È £]n Ó]££ ä]äÎÇ{ä ä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ {]Çä Î]Óä £{È{ Çä £ä]nÎ n]nä nÎ]x Çx]ä ä]Çx ä]Çä Îä]Ç Î£]x È]ÓÓ Î]nn £]Çx £]Ç£ ä]ä{nÓÇ 99 ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê£ÎÓ x]xä Ó]nä £{xx ÇÓä £ä]x ]Èä nÈ]Î Ç]{ ä]n{ ä]xÎ ÎÈ]£ ÎÇ]£ x]£n Î]£{ £]xn £]xä ä]ä{nÓÇ 99 ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èä È]Èä {]{ä £{ÈÈ È £{]x{ £ä]£ Ç]Î Ç]ä ä]nÎ ä]Ç{ {Î]ä {Î]{ {]Î Î]Ç £]xÓ £]x ä]än{äÈ £{Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê£Èä n]Óä x]ää £{{n ÇÓÈ £Ç]{n £{]{£ ÇÈ]Ç Ç]È ä]nn ä]ÈÎ x{]£ Èx]n x]{ {]ÈÎ £]{ Ó]Ó£ ä]än{äÈ £{Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£Èä ]ää È]ää £{ÈÈ È{ £]£Ó £{]xÎ nä]x ÇÇ]Ç ä]n{ ä]ÇÇ xn]È x]{ {]xn Î]Çn £]Èä £]ÈÓ ä]£££Î £È{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ê£Èä £ä]xä È]Èä £{{ ÇÓn ÓÓ]äÎ £n]Çn ÇÇ]{ nÓ]x ä]n ä]ÈÓ È]Ó nÈ]È {]Çx Î]nÓ Ó]{{ Ó]Ó£ ä]£££Î £È{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£nä ££]ää Ç]Îä £{Çä Çx ÓÓ]{ä £Ç]Ó{ n{]{ nä]{ ä]n{ ä]ÇÈ Ç£]x Ç£]x È]Óä x]Î{ £]Ç £]Çx ä]ÓäÓ£{ ]
T3 Ê£nä £Ó]xä Ç]nä £{ÈÈ ÇÎä Ó{]nx Ó£]{ä nÓ]x nÎ]x ä]nn ä]ÈÎ n£]{ £äÓ]ä x]Çx {]nx Ó]£ä Ó]Ó{ ä]ÓäÓ£{ ]
T3
Ê£nä £Î]ää n]xä £{Çx Çn Óx]{ £]Î£ nÈ]È nÓ]x ä]nx ä]ÇÇ n{]Ó nÎ]ä x]x x]Îä £]nn £]ÇÓ ä]ÓäÓ£{ ]
T3 Ê£nä £x]ää ]{ä £{Çä ÇÎÓ Ó]n ÓÈ]{Ó nÎ]ä n{]Ó ä]nÇ ä]È£ Ç]{ £ÓÓ]È x]ÈÎ {]ÇÓ £]{ £]nn ä]ÓäÓ£{ ]
T3
ÊÓää £x]ää £ä]ää £{nä nä Ón]nÇ ÓÓ]În nÇ]Ó nÓ]Ç ä]nÈ ä]Çn È]n Ç]{ È]{ä x]xx Ó]äx £]nÈ ä]ÓnÓä ]
T3 ÊÓää Óä]ää £Ó]xä £{Èn ÇÎ£ Î]ÓÈ Î{]ÈÇ nÈ]x nn]Ó ä]nx ä]x £Îä]£ £ÈÎ]Î È]Óä x]Îä Ó]Îx Ó]ää ä]Ó£{£Ó ]
T3
ÊÓää £n]xä £Ó]ää £{n{ n{ Îx]£È ÓÈ]Ó nn]Î nÎ]{ ä]nÈ ä]Ç ££]£ ££È]x È]£ä x]Îx Ó]ää £]Çn ä]Î{Ó{Î ]
T3 ÊÓÓx- Ó{]ää £È]ää £{Ç{ ÇÎÎ {È]ÈÓ {Ó]nn nÈ]{ nn]Î ä]nÈ ä]È£ £xx]x Óän]x È]Îä x]Èä Ó]{ä Ó]£ä ä]ÎÓ{n ]
T3
ÊÓÓx- ÓÓ]ää £x]ää £{nÈ nx {£]Óä ÎÓ]ÎÎ nn]È nÎ]Ç ä]nÇ ä]nä £{£]{ £{x]{ x]nä x]Óx £]Çx £]xÎ ä]ÈnÈ{Î ]
T3 ÊÓÓx Îä]ää £]ää £{Çx ÇÎx xÈ]£n {n]È nn]È n]{ ä]nÇ ä]ÈÎ £{]Ó Ó{È] È]{x È]ää Ó]Óx £]{ ä]{{ÓÈ ]
T3
ÊÓÓx Óx]ää £È]xä £{nx nÇ {x]nÓ Î{]n{ n]x n{]{ ä]nn ä]n£ £Èä]n £x]Ç x]Èx x]Îä £]nÈ £]Èx ä]ÈnÈ{Î ]
T3 ÊÓxä {ä]ää Óx]ää £{nÓ ÇÎx ÇÎ]ÓÎ ÈÓ]Ç n]È n]n ä]nn ä]È{ ÓxÇ]n ÎÓ{]n x]nx x]£Î Ó]Îä Ó]£x ä]ÈnÎÇ ]
T3
ÊÓxä Îä]ää Óä]ää £{nÎ nx xÎ]nn {ä]{ ä]Î nx] ä]n ä]nÎ £Î]Ó £Î] x]xx x]Óä £]x{ £]Îx ä]ÓÇÈ£ ]
T3
2 avvolgimenti separati - 2 separate windings - 2 enroulements séparés *Ìiâ>ÊÀiÃ> Velocita ,iìÌ «Ìiâ>
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
-

««>Ê iÌÊ ÀÕ««Ê Classe /«ÊÌÀi Rated output Speed
Current
Efficiency
Power
Torque
Starting Starting Moment of
Weight
Explosion Tempr.
CESI Certificate
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
- factor current torque inertia group class
Motor type Intensité Facteur de Intensité Couple Moment Poids Groupe Classe
/«ÊÌÀi Rated output Speed
Current
Efficiency
Power
Torque
Starting Starting Moment of
Weight
Explosion Tempr.
CESI Certificate
Puissance Vitesse
{ää6
Rendement Couple CESI Certificat
factor current torque inertia group class puissance démarrage démarrage d’inertie explosion témper.
Intensité Moteur type
Motor type Puissance Vitesse Rendement Facteur de Couple Intensité Couple Moment Poids Groupe Classe CESI Certificat *Ü® n In cos! J
{ää6 puissance démarrage démarrage d’inertie explosion témper. >É >É } IIC
Moteur type Ó«r{ Ó«rÈ £É ¯ Nm }Ô
*Ü® n In cos! J
>É >É } IIC 1500/750 giri/min per ventilatori - 1500/750 r.p.m. fan driver output - 1500/750 tours/min pour ventilateurs
Ó«r{ Ó«rÈ £É ¯ Nm }Ô
6ÈÎ ä]£x ä]äÎ £ÎÇÈ ÈÎÓ ä]Èn ä]Ó{ {Ç]È Îä]ä ä]ÈÇ ä]x £]ä ä]x Ó]ÓÇ £]{ £]Ón £]£ ä]äääÓÓ ££ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
1500/1000 giri/min per ventilatori - 1500/1000 r.p.m. fan driver output - 1500/1000 tours/min pour ventilateurs
6ÊÇ£ ä]Î ä]äÇ £{Î{ Èn £]£ä ä]{È Èä]Î În]ä ä]Èx ä]xn Ó]ä £]ä Î]Çä £]n Ó]£n Ó]£{ ä]ääää £È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6ÊÇ£ ä]ÓÓ ä]ä £{ÎÈ xn ä]nä ä]xÎ x{]£ {Ó]Ç ä]ÇÎ ä]xÇ £]x ä] Î]äx Ó]{Ç £]{Î Ó]£È ä]ääää £È ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ênä ä]{{ ä]£ä £Î£ Èx £]Î ä]{x È{]ä xÇ]Ó ä]Ç£ ä]xÈ Î]ä £]{ Î]{È Ó]äÈ £]ÎÇ £]Î{ ä]ää££È ÓÎ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ênä ä]{{ ä]£Î £{£ä {x £]ÓÈ ä]Ç{ Ç£]ä În]ä ä]Ç£ ä]ÈÇ Î]ä £]Î Î]nä Î]nä £]Ç{ £]Ç{ ä]ää££È ÓÎ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ênä ä]xx ä]£Î £ÎÎ È{È £]ÇÈ ä]x ÈÎ] xÈ]Î ä]Ç£ ä]xÇ Î]n £] Î]ÓÓ £]nn £]Ó £]ÎÎ ä]ää£Îä Ó{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ênä ä]xx ä]£n £{Óä ÈÎ £]{£ ä]ÇÇ Èx]n x£]Ç ä]nx ä]Èx Î]Ç £]n x]xä Î]Ón £]Î£ £]È£ ä]ää£Îä Ó{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Êä- ä]ä ä]£x £{Óx Çä{ Ó]£Î ä]Èx ÇÇ]È È{] ä]Ç ä]x£ È]ä Ó]ä {]ÓÇ Ó]{ £]ÇÇ £]nÈ ä]ääÓÇ£ Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Êä- ä]nx ä]Óx £{ää {ä Ó]äÓ £]äÇ Çn]ä xÈ]Ó ä]Çn ä]È x]n Ó]x Î]{ä Ó]£ä £]x£ £]{x ä]ääÓÇ£ Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Êä £]Óä ä]Óä £{£Ç È Ó]n{ ä]nÈ Ç{]ä Èä]ä ä]nÓ ä]xÈ n]£ Ó]Ç Î]n Ó]Î £]Çä £]Ç ä]ääÎ£n Î£]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Êä £]£ä ä]ÎÇ £{ÓÈ xn Ó]x{ £]Ón Ç]{ ÈÇ]£ ä]Ç ä]ÈÓ Ç]{ Î]Ç {]xx Î]x£ £]nä £]{ ä]ääÎ£n Î£]x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ää £]Èä ä]ÎÎ £{{ä Ç£x Î]ÇÈ £]£È nÎ]ä Ç£]ä ä]Ç{ ä]xn £ä]È {]{ x]Èx Î]äÎ £]ÇÈ £]Ç{ ä]ääxÓÓ {{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ää £]Èä ä]xx £{ÎÎ Çä Î]ÎÇ £]nn nä]È Èx]È ä]nx ä]Èx £ä]Ç x]{ È]äÓ {]än Ó]än £]{Ó ä]ääxÓÓ {{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ää Ó]Óä ä]{{ £{{Ç Çä x]ÓÇ £]È ÇÇ]n ÈÇ]ä ä]ÇÇ ä]xÈ £{]x x] {]£ Ó]Ç{ Ó]Ó£ £]nÇ ä]ääÈÎÎ {Ç ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ää Ó]Óä ä]Çx £{£È È{ {]x Ó]ÓÇ Çn]È ÈÇ]Ç ä]nn ä]Ç£ £{]n Ç]{ x]Óä Î]xÇ £]ä £]Èx ä]ääÈÎÎ {Ç ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê££Ó Î]ää ä]Èä £{Î ÇäÇ È]ÈÓ Ó]ä nä]{ Çä]n ä]n£ ä]xn £] n]£ {]nn Ó]n£ £]nx £]xÓ ä]ä£äÈn Èä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê££Ó Î]ää £]ää £{{ä Çä È]Èä Ó]Ó nä]ä ÇÈ]ä ä]nÓ ä]Èx £] ]n {]xä {]ÈÈ £]Èx £]xä ä]ä£äÈn Èä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ- {]nä £]£ä £{xä Ç£ä ]Ón Î]ÓÇ n{]n Ç{]n ä]nn ä]Èx Î£]È £{]n {]x Ó]{ £]xn £]xÇ ä]äÓ£È{ Ç ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ- {]nä £]£ä £{{n Çä ]n£ Î]ÓÓ nÎ] Çx] ä]n{ ä]Èx Î£]Ç £ä]n {]Î Ó]ÈÇ £]nÎ £]ÓÇ ä]äÓ£È{ Ç ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ x]xä £]xä £{Èä Ç£ä ££]Óx {]Îä nx]ä nä]ä ä]nÎ ä]ÈÎ ÎÈ]ä Óä]Ó x]ä£ Ó]ÓÓ £]xÎ Ó]ÓÈ ä]äÓnÓ x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ x]nä Ó]£ä £{Èä Çä £Ó]än x]Î{ ä]ä nä]ä ä]ÇÇ ä]Ç£ ÎÇ] Óä]Ç È]£ä x]Îä £]x £]nÈ ä]äÓnÓ x ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ Ç]ää £]Èä £{ÈÎ ÇÓä £{]xÎ Î]n nn]ä ä]ä ä]Ç ä]ÈÈ {x]Ç Ó£]Ó Î]Ç Ó]Ó £]xx £]ÈÈ ä]äÎÓÈä £äÓ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£ÎÓ Ç]xä Ó]xä £{Èx ÇÇ £x]ÈÇ È]äÎ n]Ç nÎ]£ ä]ÇÇ ä]ÇÓ {n] Ó{]{ È]Îä x]Óx Ó]£ä £]ä ä]äÎÓÈä £äÓ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£Èä n]nä Ó]Óä £{Èx ÇÓx £È]Î{ x]{n ä]{ nx]Ó ä]nÈ ä]Èn xÇ]{ Ó]ä È]£ä Î]ÈÇ £]xä £]xx ä]äxÇä£ £{ä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£Èä ]ää Î]ää £{Çä nx £]nx n]{ nx]ä nx]ä ä]ÇÇ ä]Èä xn]x Ó]£ È]ä{ x]ÇÈ £]xÓ Ó]äÈ ä]äxÇä£ £{ä ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£Èä £Ó]ää Î]Óä £{ÈÇ ÇÓn Ó{]ÎÓ £ä]ÎÈ nÇ]Ç Ç]Î ä]n£ ä]xÈ Çn]£ {Ó]ä È]£È Î]Óä Ó]Óx £]È ä]äÇÎnÇ £È{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£Èä £Ó]ää {]ää £{Çä nä Óx]È£ ££]Èx n]ä n{]ä ä]ÇÈ ä]x Çn]ä Î]ä Ç]nn x]Çä £]n £]nÈ ä]äÇÎnÇ £È{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
6Ê£nä £È]ää {]ää £{Çä ÇÓx Î£]{{ ££]äÈ nn]x nä]x ä]nÎ ä]x £äÎ] xÓ]Ç È]äx {]Èx Ó]x{ Ó]Î{ ä]£äÇ£ ]
T3
6Ê£nä £x]ää x]ää £{ÇÎ nä Î£]£ ££] nÇ]ä nÓ]ä ä]nÇ ä]Ç£ Ç]Î {n]Ç È]È{ x]nx Ó]ää £]ÇÈ ä]£äÇ£ ]
T3
6Ê£nä ÓÓ]ää x]xä £{Çä ÇÓn {Î]{n £{]xx nn]ä n£]ä ä]nÎ ä]ÈÓ £{Ó] ÇÓ]£ È]ää {]xä Ó]Îx Ó]Óä ä]£ÎÓ££ ]
T3
6Ê£nä £n]xä È]ää £{Ç{ Çx Î]ÓÓ £Î]{Î nÇ]Î nÓ]x ä]Çn ä]Çx ££] xn]n È]Èä x]Çx £]x £]nÓ ä]£ÎÓ££ ]
T3
6ÊÓää ÓÈ]ää È]xä £{ÇÎ ÇÓn x£]Èä £Ç]ÈÎ nn]Ç n£]Î ä]nÓ ä]Èä £Èn]È nx]Î x]nä {]È{ Ó]Èx Ó]Îx ä]Ó£{£Ó ]
T3
6ÊÓää ÓÓ]ää Ç]xä £{Çx ÇÇ {x]££ £È]£È nÈ] nÎ]£ ä]n£ ä]ÇÇ £{Ó]{ ÇÎ]Î È]Óx x]Èä £]Ó £]Çx ä]Ó£{£Ó ]
T3
6ÊÓÓx- ÎÓ]ää n]ää £{Çx ÇÓ ÈÎ]{Î Ó£]ÇÇ n] nÎ]Î ä]n£ ä]x ÓäÇ]Ó £ä{]n x]x {]nä Ó]Îx £]È ä]ÎÓ{n ]
T3
6ÊÓää Óx]ää n]Îä £{Çx nä xä]Ó £Ç]{ nÇ]x nÎ]{ ä]nÓ ä]Çn £È£] nä] È]ää x]{x Ó]äÈ £]nÈ ä]Ó£{£Ó ]
T3
6ÊÓÓx ÎÇ]ää ]Óä £{ÇÈ ÇÎä Ç£]£n ÓÎ]{£ £]x n{]Ó ä]nÓ ä]ÈÓ ÓÎ]{ £Óä]{ x]xx {]xx Ó]Ón £]ä ä]{{ÓÈ ]
T3
6ÊÓÓx- Îä]ää £ä]ää £{nä nä x]£x Óä]äÓ nn]Ó nÎ] ä]nÎ ä]n£ £Î]È Ç]{ È]Óä x]ÇÎ Ó]ää £]ÇÈ ä]ÎÓ{n ]
T3
6ÊÓxä {x]ää ££]Óä £{ÇÇ ÇÎÓ nÇ]Çn ÓÇ]Ç{ Ó]x nÇ]{ ä]nä ä]ÈÎ Ó£]ä £{È]£ x]Îä {]ä Ó]xx Ó]Î{ ä]ÈnÎÇ ]
T3
6ÊÓÓx ÎÈ]ää £Ó]ää £{n{ nÓ Çä]È ÓÎ]xx nn]È n{]È ä]nÎ ä]nÓ ÓÎ£]Ç ££È]Ç x]Çx x]Îä £]Ç £]Çä ä]{{ÓÈ ]
T3
-ÕÊÀViÃÌ>Ê>ViÊÊ/{ÊÊOn request also in T4 - Sur demande aussi en T4
6ÊÓxä În]ää £Î]ää £{nx nx ÇÎ]Óä Óx]nÇ n]Ó nx]{ ä]n{ ä]nÎ Ó{{]{ £ÓÈ]ä x]xx x]Óx £]x £]nx ä]ÈnÎÇ ]
T3
-ÕÊÀViÃÌ>Ê>ViÊÊ/{ÊÊOn request also in T4 - Sur demande aussi en T4
ÓÓ ÓÎ
MONOFASI - SINGLE PHASE - MONOPHASEES Motori autoventilati alimentati da inverter - Self ventilated motors fed by inverter - Moteurs autoventilés alimentés par variateur de fréquence
iÌ>âiÊ`>ÊÀiÌi ÌÀÊ>iÌ>ÌÊ`>ÊÛiÀÌiÀÊÊÌÀÃÊvi`ÊLÞÊÛiÀÌiÀÊÊÌiÕÀÃÊ>iÌjÃÊ«>ÀÊÛ>À>ÌiÕÀÊìÊvÀjµÕiVi ÀÕ««Ê Classe
Dati nominali motori monofasi - Rated data single phase motors - Données nominales moteurs monophasées custodia

««>ÊµÕ>`À>ÌV>ÊÊQuadratic torque
««>ÊVÃÌ>ÌiÊÊConstant torque
««>ÊVÃÌ>ÌiÊÊConstant torque Ìi«iÀ>Ì°
/«ÊÌÀi Mains connection Explosion /i«À°
««>Ê
««>Ê ÀÕ««Ê Classe Couple quadratique * Couple constant Couple constant
««> Condensatore avviamento avviamento Peso custodia
iÀÌwV>ÌÊ
- class
«Ìiâ> massima Ìi«iÀ>Ì° âÊxÊeÊxä âÊ£äÊeÊxä âÊxÊeÊÈäÊII group
resa Alimentation de secteur
/«ÊÌÀi Current Power Starting Starting Maximum Explosion Tempr. Motor type
>«Ê- Range - ChampÊ£\£ä
>«Ê- Range - ChampÊ£\x
>«Ê- Range - ChampÊ£\£Ó Groupe Classe
Rated Speed Efficiency Torque Capacitor Weight CESI Certificate Ìj«iÀ°
output
factor current torque torque group class {ää6]Êxäâ]Ê£ÉÊrÊÎäää £ÉÊrÊÎääÊeÊÎäää £ÉÊrÊÈääÊeÊÎäää £ÉÊrÊÎääÊeÊÎÈää explosion
Motor type Intensité Facteur de Moteur type
Puissance Vitesse Rendem. Couple Condensateur Intensité Couple Couple Poids Groupe Classe CESI Certificat Pn In P I P I P I
ÓÎä6 puissance démarrage démarrage maximal explosion témper. £® Ó®
Moteur type Ü Ü Nm Ü Nm Ü Nm
Pn n In cos! C
>É >É É } IIC
Ü £É ¯ Nm " 2 Poli - 2 Poles - 2 Pôles
2 Poli 3000 giri/min - 2 Poles 3000 r.p.m. - 2 Pôles 3000 tours/min ÊÈÎÓ ä]£n ä]xÓ ä]£x ä]xÓ ä]{Î ä°ä£ÊÊä°£Î ä]{x ä]În ä°ä£ÊÊä°££ ä]În ä]ÎÓ ]
/{
ÊxÈÓ ä]£Ó ÓÇäÎ ä]Ç xÓ]ÇÓ ä]n£ ä]{Ó x Ó]Îx ä]{{ £]x{ Ç]Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÊÈÎ Ó ä]Óx ä]Èx ä]Óä ä]Çä ä]xÓ ä°äÓÊÊä°£n ä]Èä ä]{ ä°ä£ÊÊä°£Î ä]{Ç ä]Îx ]
/{
ÊÈÎÓ ä]£n ÓnÎÈ £]{Ç Èä]ÓÎ ä]n{ ä]È£ x Î]äÎ ä]{£ Ó]£Î £ä]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÊÇ£Ó ä]ÎÇ ä]£ ä]Î£ £]äx ä]Ç ä°äÎÊÊä°ÓÇ ä]nn ä]Èn ä°äÓÊÊä°ÓÓ ä]Ç£ ä]xÎ ]
/{
ÊÈÎ Ó ä]Óx ÓnÎ{ £]nx Èx]Î ä]n£ ä]n{ È]Î Ó]x ä]{ £]Çx ££]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÊÇ£ Ó ä]xx £]ÓÈ ä]{Ç £]xn £]än ä°ä{ÊÊä°{£ £]În ä]Î ä°äÎÊÊä°ÎÎ £]£Ó ä]ÇÈ ]
/{
ÊÇ£Ó ä]ÎÇ ÓnÇ Ó]nä È]ä£ ä]nÎÇ £]ÓÓ n Î]nÎ ä]În Ó]Ó{ £x]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä ÊnäÓ ä]Çx £]ÈÈ ä]Èx Ó]£n £]{x ä°äÈÊÊä°xÈ £]nn £]Óx ä°ä{ÊÊä°{x £]xÓ £]ää ]
/{
ÊÇ£ Ó ä]xx Ó£Ó {]Óä È]{Ç ä]n£ £]nä £Ó]x {]ÓÇ ä]{x Ó]Îä £È]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Ênä Ó £]£ Ó]xä ä]{ Î]Óä Ó]£x ä°änÊÊä°nÓ Ó]n£ £]nÇ ä°äÈÊÊä°ÈÈ Ó]Óx £]xä ]
/{
ÊnäÓ ä]Çx Ón{Ó x]äÓ Çä]n ä]£ Ó]xÓ £È Î]În ä]ÎÇ £]ÈÈ ÓÓ]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Êä-Ó £]x Î]£È £]ÎÎ {]ÎÈ Ó]Èn ä°££ÊÊ£°£Ó Î]Çä Ó]{ä ä°äÇÊÊä°nn Ó]nä £]nx ]
/{
ÊäÓ Ó]Ó {]xÎ £]{ È]{ä Î]nÈ ä°£ÈÊÊ£°È{ x]{ä Î]{ä ä°££ÊÊ£°Ón {]£ä Ó]xÓ ]
/{
Ênä Ó £]£ Ón£ Ç]xn Ç£] ä]nÓ Î]ÈÎ Óx {]È ä]{Ó Î]Ón Ó{]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ääÓ 3 È]£Ç Ó]È{ n]ÇÎ x]{Ç ä°ÓÓÊÊÓ°Ó{ Ç]Ó {]Èä ä°£xÊÊ£°nä x]nÈ Î]Ç£ ]
/{
Êä-Ó £]£ ÓÎÈ È]n ÇÈ]{ ä]ÓÓ Î]xn Î£ x]ÇÎ ä]{n Î]ÓÓ Ó]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê££ÓÓ { n]ä£ Î]xx ££]È È]n ä°ÎäÊÊÎ°£ä ]Çä È]Óä ä°ÓäÊÊÓ°{ä Ç]nä {]ä ]
/{
ÊäÓ £]x ÓÇÇn ]ÓÓ ÇÈ]££ ä]ÎÈ x]£È Îx Î]Î ä]ÈÇ Ó]Çä ÎÓ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ-Ó x]x ££]££ {]n{ £È]ä ]n£ ä°{äÊÊ{°Îä £{]ä n]{ä ä°ÎäÊÊÎ°Óä £ä]x È]Çä ]
/{
£ääÓ Ó]Ó ÓäÎ £Î]£Ç Ç]{£ ä]x{ Ç]Ó{ {ä Ó]Ó ä]ÎÈ Ó]£ {x]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓ- Ó Ç]x £{]£{ È]ÈÓ Ó£]n £Ó]xÎ ä°ÈäÊÊx°Çä £n]x £ä]È ä°{äÊÊ{°xä £{]x n]xä ]
/{
£ää Ó 3 ÓnxÎ £n]Î Çn]äx ä]Ón £ä]ä{ xä Î]È ä]xx Ó]În {È]n ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÎÓÓ ]Ó £È]În n]ÓÎ ÓÈ]n £{]ÇÓ ä°ÇäÊÊÈ°ä ÓÓ]{ £Ó]£ ä°xäÊÊx°xä £n]ä ]ä ]
/{
Ê££ÓÓ { Ónxä Óx]Îä ÇÓ]ä{ ä]xÎ £Î]{ä Çx {]n ä]È £]ä xÈ]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÈäÓ ££ Óä]£ ]nÓ ÎÓ]ä £n]Ç£ ä°näÊÊn°Óä ÓÈ]n £x]È ä°ÈäÊÊÈ°Èä Ó£]x £Ó]x ]
/{
4 Poli 1500 giri /min - 4 Poles 1500 r.p.m. - 4 Pôles 1500 tours/min
Ê£Èä Ó £x ÓÇ]{ä £Î]{ {Î]È Ó{]Çn £°ÓäÊÊ££°È În]ä Óä]È ä°näÊÊ°ää Îä]ä £È]x ]
/{
ÊxÈ{ ä]ä £Î£ä ä]nÈ x£]Î ä]nnx ä]ÈÈ x Ó]Óx ä]x£ £]n Ç]Ó ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£ÈäÓ £n]x ÎÓ]nÈ £È]{ xÎ]n Ó]{È £°{äÊ£Î°n {x]ä Ó{]n ä°äÊÊ££°£ ÎÈ]Ó £]Ç ]
/{
ÊÈÎ{ ä]£Ó £{£È £]Óä xÎ]Ç{ ä]näÈ ä]n£ x Ó]ÎÇ ä]xÈ Ó]ää £ä]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ê£näÓ ÓÓ Î]Îä £]Ç È{]ä Îx]xä £°ÈäÊÊ£È°{ xÎ]x Ó]x £°£äÊÊ£Î°Ó {Î]ä ÓÎ]n ]
/{
ÊÈÎ { ä]£n £{än £]Èx x{]x ä]nÈÈ £]ÓÓ n Ó]x{ ä]xÇ £]x ££]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÓääÓ Îä x{]{ä ÓÈ]n nÇ]Î {n]nä Ó°ÓäÊÊÓÓ°{ ÇÓ] {ä]ä £°xäÊÊ£n°ä xn]È ÎÓ] ]
/{
Ç£{ ä]Óx £{äÇ £]nx ÈÓ]{Î ä]Ó £]Çä È]Î Ó]nÓ ä]{Î £]xÈ £x]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÓää Ó ÎÇ È{]nä ÎÎ]£ £äÇ]È xn]xä Ó°näÊÊÓÇ°Ç ä]ä {]Ç £°äÊÊÓÓ°Ó ÇÓ]Î Î]£ ]
/{
ÊÇ£ { ä]ÎÇ £Î£ Ó]Èx È{]Èä ä]ÎÇ Ó]x{ n Ó]Ç ä]{x £]{Î £È]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÓÓxÓ {x Çn]Èä {ä]Ó £Î£]ä Ç£]£ä Î°ÎäÊÊÎÎ°È £ä]ä x]{ Ó°ÎäÊÊÓÇ°ä nÇ] {Ç]Ç ]
/{
Ênä{ ä]xx £{£n {]£Ó È{]ää ä]än Î]Çä £Ó]x Ó]n£ ä]{Ó £]Èä ÓÎ]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÓxäÓ xx x]xä {]£ £x]x nÈ]Îä {°£äÊÊ{£°Î £ÎÓ]È ÇÎ]£ Ó°näÊÊÎÎ°ä £äÈ]Î xÇ]Î ]
/{
Ênä { ä]Çx £{£x x]äx ÇÎ]nÈ ä]nÇx x]äÈ £{ Î]ä{ ä]ÎÎ £]n Ó{]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Êä-{ £]£ £Î{£ È]{ä Ç{]Çn ä]nn Ç]nÎ Î£ Ó]x ä]{È £]ÇÇ Ó]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Motori autoventilati alimentati da inverter - Self ventilated motors fed by inverter - Moteurs autoventilés alimentés par variateur de fréquence
Êä{ £]x £ÎÈÎ ]{n ÇÓ]ÇÓ ä]ÎÈ £ä]x£ {ä Ó]ÇÈ ä]Îx £]nä ÎÓ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
iÌ>âiÊ`>ÊÀiÌi ÌÀÊ>iÌ>ÌÊ`>ÊÛiÀÌiÀÊÊÌÀÃÊvi`ÊLÞÊÛiÀÌiÀÊÊÌiÕÀÃÊ>iÌjÃÊ«>ÀÊÛ>À>ÌiÕÀÊìÊvÀjµÕiVi ÀÕ««Ê Classe
£ää{ Ó £{ä{ £Ó]{Ç Ç{]Èn ä]ÎÎ £Ó]{Ç {x Ó]nx ä]xÎ Ó]{È {{]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä custodia

««>ÊµÕ>`À>ÌV>ÊÊQuadratic torque
««>ÊVÃÌ>ÌiÊÊConstant torque
««>ÊVÃÌ>ÌiÊÊConstant torque Ìi«iÀ>Ì°
£ää { Ó]Ó £{xä £Ó]Çx n£]{x ä]Îx £{]{ xx {]{£ ä]Óä Ó]£n {Ç]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä /«ÊÌÀi Mains connection Explosion /i«À°
Couple quadratique * Couple constant Couple constant
££Ó{ 3 £{äÈ £Ç]Óx Ç]È ä]x£ Óä]În xx Î]È£ ä]£ £]nÓ Èä]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä âÊxÊeÊxä âÊ£äÊeÊxä âÊxÊeÊxäÊeÊnÇÊII group class
Motor type Alimentation de secteur Classe

>«Ê- Range - ChampÊ£\£ä
>«Ê- Range - ChampÊ£\x
>«Ê- Range - ChampÊ£\£ä\£Ç Groupe
6 Poli 1000 giri /min - 6 Poles 1000 r.p.m. - 6 Pôles 1000 tours/min Ìj«iÀ°
{ää6]Êxäâ]Ê£ÉÊrÊ£xää £ÉÊrÊ£xäÊeÊ£xää £ÉÊrÊÎääÊeÊ£xää £ÉÊrÊ£xäÊeÊ£xääÊeÊÓÈää explosion
ÈÎ È ä]äÈ £n ä]È În]Ç£ ä]Îx ä]ÈÓ { £]ÈÎ ä]Ç £]£Ó £Ó]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä Moteur type
Pn In P I P I P I
Ç£ È ä]£n ä£ £]Ón È£]{£ ä]ÇÇ £]£ n Ó]ä{ ä]£È £]ÎÓ £È]Î ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8ÊäÈä £® Ó®
Ü Ü Nm Ü Nm Ü Nm
ÊnäÈ ä]Óx ää Ó]Îä xÈ]{ä ä]nxÓ Ó]Èx £ä Ó]Îä ä]{ä £]nä ÓÓ]n ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
4 Poli - 4 Poles - 4 Pôles
nä È ä]ÎÇ {ä Ó]Ó Èä]Î£ ä]nÎ Î]ÇÈ £ä Ó]Çn ä]ÎÎ £]ÇÇ Ó{]n ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÈÎ{ ä]£Ó ä]{n ä]££ ä]nä ä]{Î ä°ä£ÊÊä°ä ä]ÈÇ ä]ÎÈ ä]äÇ ä]xÓ ä]ÓÇ ]
/{
Êä-È ä]xx nÇä {]xä x]xä ä]nxn È]ä{ £n Ó]Óä ä]{£ £]Îä Ó]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÈÎ { ä]£n ä]È ä]£È £]£Ó ä]xÓ ä°ä£ÊÊä°£{ £]ää ä]{È ä]££ ä]Çn ä]ÎÈ ]
/{
ÊäÈ ä]Çx nnn x]ä Èn]ÓÈ ä]Î£ n]äÇ Óx Ó]ä ä]x £]xä Î£]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£{ ä]Óx ä]Ç ä]Ó£ £]{Ó ä]x ä°äÓÊÊä°£ £]Óx ä]xÎ ä]£x £]äx ä]{Ó ]
/{
£ää È £ xn È]£È Ç{]£ä ä]ÈÇ ]Ç {x {]äÎ ä]Î{ £]{{ {Î]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
ÊÇ£ { ä]ÎÇ £]än ä]Î£ Ó]££ ä]ä ä°äÎÊÊä°Ón £]ä ä]n£ ä]ÓÓ £]{n ä]È{ ]
/{
££ÓÈ £]x Óx ]Óä Çx]xä ä]{Ç £x]{ Îx Î]äÎ ä]Î{ £]ää xÇ]{ ]
T3
-ÊäÈÊ/ 8Êäx
Ênä{ ä]xx £]È£ ä]{n Î]Óx £]{ä ä°ä{ÊÊä°{£ Ó]nä £]Ó£ ä]ÎÎ Ó]Ó£ ä]Ç ]
/{
-ÕÊÀViÃÌ>Ê>ViÊÊ/{ÊÊOn request also in T4 - Sur demande aussi en T4 Ênä { ä]Çx Ó]ä£ ä]Èx {]{Î £]nä ä°äÈÊÊä°xn Î]x £]xx ä]{x Î]än £]ÓÇ ]
/{
««>Ê`ÊÃ«ÕÌÊ>}}ÀiÊVÊ>}}ÕÌ>Ê`ÊVìÃ>ÌÀiÊiiÌÌÀVÊ`Ê>ÛÛ>iÌÊÊIncreased starting torque with startup electronic capacitor - Couple de démarrage augmenté à
condensateur de démarrage éléctronique Êä-{ £]£ Ó]È£ ä]È È]{ Ó]Î£ ä°änÊÊä°nÓ x]xä Ó]ää ä]ÈÈ {]Î£ £]xn ]
/{
Êä{ £]x Î]{£ £]ÎÓ n]nÈ Î]ä{ ä°£ÓÊÊ£°£È Ç]nä Ó]Çä ä]ä È]ää Ó]ä{ ]
/{
Ê£ää{ Ó]Ó x]äÇ £]È £Î]ä {]{Ç ä°£ÇÊÊ£°Çä ££]Ó Î]ä £]ÎÓ n]È£ Î]ä{ ]
/{
Ê£ää { 3 È]xÇ Ó]ÈÈ £Ç]Ç x]Ó ä°ÓÎÊÊÓ°Îä £x]£ x]£ä £]nä ££]Ç Î]x ]
/{
Ê££Ó{ { n]ÓÈ Î]xx ÓÎ]È Ç]{Ó ä°ÎäÊÊÊÎ°ä Óä]ä È]Îä Ó]{ä £x]Ç x]äÎ ]
/{
Ê£ÎÓ-{ x]x ££]ÈÈ {]nÈ ÎÓ]x £ä]{x ä°{äÊÊ{°Óä ÓÇ]{ n]ä Î]Óä Ó£]x È]x ]
/{
Ê£ÎÓ{ Ç]x £x]xn È]ÇÎ {{]£ £Î]n{ ä°ÈäÊÊx°nä ÎÇ] £Ó]£ {]xä Ó]{ ]xä ]
/{
Ê£ÎÓ { n]n £n]äx Ç]nÇ xÓ]ä £È]{Ó ä°ÇäÊÊÈ°ä {x]ä £{]ä x]Îä Î{]x ££]ä ]
/{
Ê£Èä{ ££ ÓÓ]{ ]x Èx]ä Óä]ÈÈ ä°näÊÊn°{x xx]ä £n]ä È]Èä {Î]£ £Î] ]
/{
Ê£Èä{ £x Îä]{ £Î]È nn]È Ón]£{ £°£äÊÊ££°Î Çx]x ÓÎ]n ]ää xn]Ç £n]Ç ]
/{
Ê£nä{ £n]x În]Çx £È]n £ä]Ó Îx]£ä £°{äÊÊ£{°Ó Ó]x Ó]x ££]£ä ÇÓ]{ ÓÎ]x ]
/{
Ê£nä{ ÓÓ {Î]nÎ Óä]ä £Ó] Î]xä £°ÇäÊÊ£È°n £än]È ÎÎ]È £Î]Óä nÈ]£ ÓÈ]È ]
/{
ÊÓää{ Îä xx]{x ÓÇ]Ó £ÇÇ]£ xä]Îä Ó°ÎäÊÊÓÎ°Ó £{n]x {Î]ä £n]ää ££Ç]{ ÎÎ]x ]
/{
Tipo - Type MAK-M 63 71 80 90 100 112 ÊÓÓx-{ ÎÇ Èn]xÈ ÎÎ]È Ó£n]{ È£]Çä Ó°näÊÊÓn°Î £nÓ]x xÓ]x ÓÓ]Óä £{{]n {£]x ]
/{
J ÓÎ {ä É É É É ÊÓÓx{ {x n{]xn {ä]n ÓÈx]Ç ÇÈ]{ä Î°xäÊÊÎ{°x ÓÓä]x Èx]n ÓÇ]ää £ÇÈ]£ x£]ä ]
/{
7 É É Îä Îä xä Èä ÊÓxä{ xx x]x xä]ä ÎÓ{]ä nÈ]ää {°ÓäÊÊ{Ó°Ó ÓÈ]Ç ÇÎ]ä ÎÎ]ää Ó£Ó] xÇ]n ]
/{
Y £Óä ££ä ££x £Îx £xx £Èä *®Ê 6>ÀÊÊÀviÀÌÊ>ÊxäâÊÊValues refer to 50Hz - Valeurs se réfèrent à 50Hz
**®Ê ÀiµÕiâ>ÊÃÕ«iÀÀiÊÃÕÊÀViÃÌ>ÊÊHigher frequency upon request - Fréquence supérieure sur demande
Dimensioni in mm - Dimension in mm - Dimensiones en mm £®Ê -ÌiÃÃÊViÀÌwV>ÌÊì}ÊÌÀÊÌÀv>ÃÊÕ>ÊÛiVÌDÊÊSame certicates as three-phase single speed motors - Même certificats que ceux des moteurs triphasés monovitesse
*iÀÊ >ÌÀiÊ ÃÕÀiÊ Ûi`Ê ÌÀÊ ÌÀv>ÃÊ For other dimensions look at three phases motors - Pour autres measures voir les moteurs triphases Ó®Ê /ÎÊÃÕÊÀViÃÌ>ÊÊT3 upon request - T3 sur demande
Ó{ Óx
Curve di caricabilità - Loadability curves - Courbes de chargeabilitè B3
L
oAF
M/Mn(%) LL BF
120
IC
110
IC416
100
90
GD
HD
F
IC411
80
GA
AC
D
DA
Freq. max. per grandezze 180-250
70 Max. freq. for sizes 180-250
HA
Freq. max. pour hauteur d’axe 180-250
60
Freq. max. per grandezze 112-160 ØK
E C B Z A
Freq. max. pour hauteur d’axe 112-160 AA
BB AB
40
Freq. max. per grandezze 63-100
Freq. max. pour hauteur d’axe 63-100
20
10
0 (Hz)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 87 DIMENSIONI D’INGOMBRO B3 - OVERALL DIMENSIONS B3 - ENCOMBREMENTS B3
Tipo A AA AB AC AF B BB BF C D DA E F GA GD H HA HD K L LL Z IC-GK
xÈÊ ä ÓÎ £äx ££ä £ Ç£ ä £ä{ ÎÈ 9 Î Óä 3 £ä]Ó 3 xÈ È £ÇÈ È Ó£ä xÎ 9 £Ý¤»
ÈÎÊÊÉÊ £ää Îä £Óä £ÓÎ £ä£ nä £ää ££{ {ä ££ { ÓÎ { £Ó]x { ÈÎ Ç £n Ç Ó{{ Èn £ä £Ý¤»
Ç£ÊÊÉÊ ££Ó ÎÓ £{ä £Î £ä£ ä ££ä ££{ {x £{ x Îä x £È x Ç£ n Ó£x Ç Ón{ nä £ä £Ý¤»
näÊÊÉÊ £Óx 39 £xx £xÇ £Î£ £ää £Îä £{£ xä £ È {ä È Ó£]x È nä 9 ÓÎn £ä ÎÓÎ nx £x £ÝÏ»
äÊ- £{ä Î{ £Çä £ÇÇ £Î£ £ää £Îä £{£ xÈ Ó{ n xä n ÓÇ Ç ä 9 ÓxÈ £ä ÎÈÓ £äÓ £x £ÝÏ»
äÊ £{ä Î{ £Çä £ÇÇ £Î£ £Óx £xx £{£ xÈ Ó{ n xä n ÓÇ Ç ä 9 ÓxÈ £ä ÎnÓ £äÓ £x £ÝÏ»
Curve di caricabilità - Loadability curves - Courbes de chargeabilitè £ääÊÊÉÊ £Èä {x £È £È £Î£ £{ä £Çä £{£ ÈÎ Ón £ä Èä n Î£ Ç £ää £Ó Ónx £Ó {{ £Ó £x £ÝÏ»
££ÓÊ £ä {n ÓÓ{ ÓÓ£ £x£ £{ä £Çä £ÈÎ Çä Ón £ä Èä n Î£ Ç ££Ó £Ó Î£n £Ó {xÓ £Ón £x ÓÝ£»
£ÎÓÊ- Ó£È Èä ÓÈä ÓÈä £x£ £{ä £nä £ÈÎ n În £Ó nä £ä {£ n £ÎÓ £Î Îxx £Ó xÓÈ £În Óä ÓÝ£»
£ÎÓÊ Ó£È Èä ÓÈä ÓÈä £x£ £Çn ÓÓä £ÈÎ n În £Ó nä £ä {£ n £ÎÓ £Î Îxx £Ó xÈÈ £În ÓÓ ÓÝ£»
M/Mn(%)
£ÈäÊ Óx{ Çx ÎäÈ Î£Ç Óä£ Ó£ä ÓÈä Ó£ £än {Ó £È ££ä £Ó {x n £Èä £x {ÓÎ £x ÈÎ£ £Çx Ón ÓÝ£»
120
£ÈäÊ Óx{ Çx ÎäÈ Î£Ç Óä£ Óx{ Îää Ó£ £än {Ó £È ££ä £Ó {x n £Èä £x {ÓÎ £x ÈÇ£ £Çx Ó{ ÓÝ£»
110
IC416 £näÊ ÓÇ nÎ Î{£ Î{n Óä£ Ó{£ ÎäÎ Ó£x £Ó£ {n £È ££ä £{ x£]x 9 £nä Óä {nÓ £x Çxx Óä Î£ ÓÝ£»
100
£näÊ ÓÇ nÎ Î{£ Î{n Óä£ ÓÇ Î{ä Ó£x £Ó£ {n £È ££ä £{ x£]x 9 £nä Óä {nÓ £x Çx Óä Îä ÓÝ£»
90
ÓääÊ Î£n 93 Înä Înx ÓÈÓ Îäx ÎÇä ÓnÈ £ÎÎ xx Óä ££ä £È x £ä Óää ÓÓ xÈÈ £n nÇä Ó£Î ÎÓ ÓÝ££¤»
IC411
80 ÓÓxÊ- ÎxÈ ££ä {Î{ {ÎÎ ÓÈÓ ÓnÈ ÎÈx ÓnÈ £{ Èä Óä £{ä £n È{ ££ ÓÓx Óx È££ £ £Ç Ó{n xä ÓÝ££¤»
70 ÓÓxÊÊÓ ÎxÈ ££ä {Î{ {ÎÎ ÓÈÓ Î££ Îä ÓnÈ £{ xx Óä ££ä £È x £ä ÓÓx Óx È££ £ ÓÇ Ó{n xä ÓÝ££¤»
60 ÓÓxÊÊ{n ÎxÈ ££ä {Î{ {ÎÎ ÓÈÓ Î££ Îä ÓnÈ £{ Èä Óä £{ä £n È{ ££ ÓÓx Óx È££ £ xÇ Ó{n xä ÓÝ££¤»
50 ÓxäÊÊÓ {äÈ £ÓÓ {nÈ {nä ÓÈÓ Î{ {Óx ÓnÈ £Èn Èä Óä £{ä £n È{ ££ Óxä Óx ÈÈ£ Ó{ nÈ Óx{ În ÓÝ££¤»
Freq. max. per motori 4 poli
40 Max. freq. for 4 poles motors ÓxäÊÊ{n {äÈ £ÓÓ {nÈ {nä ÓÈÓ Î{ {Óx ÓnÈ £Èn Èx Óä £{ä £n È ££ Óxä Óx ÈÈ£ Ó{ nÈ Óx{ În ÓÝ££¤»
Freq. max. pour les moteurs 4 poles
30 Dimensioni in mm - Dimension in mm - Dimensiones en mm
20
10
0 (Hz)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 87
ÓÈ ÓÇ
B5 B14
oAF LL BF oAF
LL BF
45°
IC
AD
nxØS
AD
S
45°
GD
F
GD
90°
GA
AC
N
D
P
GA
AC
N
D
P
DA DA
ØM
ØM
T
20
40 E
T
E
L
L
B35
L
oAF
LL BF
B34
45°
LL BF oAF
T
IC
nxØS
AD
IC
GD
F
S
90°
GA
AC
N
D
P
45°
HD
GD
F
DA
ØM
GA
AC
N
D
P
HA
DA
ØM
HA
Z ØK
LA A
E C B AA
AB nK
E C B A
BB
BB
AA
L AB
DIMENSIONI D’INGOMBRO B5, B35 - OVERALL DIMENSIONS B5, B35 - ENCOMBREMENTS B5, B35
Tipo A AA AB AC AD AF B BB BF C D DA E F GA GD K L LA LL M N P n S U T IC-GK
xÈÊ ä ÓÓ £äx ££ä £Óä £ Ç£ ä £ä{ ÎÈ 9 Î Óä 3 £ä]Ó 3 x]n Ó£ä n xÎ £ää nä ££ { Ç {xc 3 £Ý¤»
ÈÎÊÊÉÊ £ää Îä £Óä £ÓÎ £Îx £ä£ nä £ää ££{ {ä ££ { ÓÎ { £Ó]x { Ç Ó{{ n Èn ££x x £{ä { £ä {xc 3 £Ý¤»
Ç£ÊÊÉÊ ££Ó ÎÓ £{ä £Î £{{ £ä£ ä ££ä ££{ {x £{ x Îä x £È x Ç Ón{ n nä £Îä ££ä £Èä { £ä {xc Î]x £Ý¤»
näÊÊÉÊ £Óx 39 £xx £xÇ £xn £Î£ £ää £Îä £{£ xä £ È {ä È Ó£]x È £ä ÎÓÎ 9 nx £Èx £Îä Óää { £Ó {xc Î]x £ÝÏ» DIMENSIONI D’INGOMBRO B14, B34 - OVERALL DIMENSIONS B14, B34 - ENCOMBREMENTS B14, B34
äÊ- £{ä Î{ £Çä £ÇÇ £ÈÈ £Î£ £ää £Îä £{£ xÈ Ó{ n xä n ÓÇ Ç £ä ÎÈÓ 9 £äÓ £Èx £Îä Óää { £Ó {xc Î]x £ÝÏ» /«
C D GD L LL N P - T

äÊ £{ä Î{ £Çä £ÇÇ £ÈÈ £Î£ £Óx £xx £{£ xÈ Ó{ n xä n ÓÇ Ç £ä ÎnÓ 9 £äÓ £Èx £Îä Óää { £Ó {xc Î]x £ÝÏ» xÈÊ ä ÓÓ £äx ££ä £Óä £ Ç£ ä £ä{ ÎÈ 9 Î Óä 3 £ä]Ó 3 xÈ È £ÇÈ È Ó£ä xÎ Èx xä nä x Ó]x £Ý¤»
£ääÊÊÉÊ £Èä {x £È £È £nx £Î£ £{ä £Çä £{£ ÈÎ Ón £ä Èä n Î£ Ç £Ó {{ £ä £Ó Ó£x £nä Óxä { £x {xc { £ÝÏ»
ÈÎÊÊÉÊ £ää Îä £Óä £ÓÎ £Îx £ä£ nä £ää ££{ {ä ££ { ÓÎ { £Ó]x { ÈÎ Ç Óä£ Ç Ó{{ Èn Çx Èä ä x Ó]x £Ý¤»
££ÓÊ £ä {n ÓÓ{ ÓÓ£ ÓäÈ £x£ £{ä £Çä £ÈÎ Çä Ón £ä Èä n Î£ Ç £Ó {xÓ ££ £Ón Ó£x £nä Óxä { £x {xc { ÓÝ£»
Ç£ÊÊÉÊ ££Ó ÎÓ £{ä £Î £{{ £ä£ ä ££ä ££{ {x £{ x Îä x £È x Ç£ n Ó£n Ç Ón{ nä nx Çä £äx È Ó]x £Ý¤»
£ÎÓÊ- Ó£È Èä ÓÈä ÓÈä ÓÓÎ £x£ £{ä £nä £ÈÎ n În £Ó nä £ä {£ n £Ó xÓÈ £Ó £În ÓÈx ÓÎä Îää { £x {xc { ÓÝ£»
£ÎÓÊ Ó£È Èä ÓÈä ÓÈä ÓÓÎ £x£ £Çn ÓÓä £ÈÎ n În £Ó nä £ä {£ n £Ó xÈÈ £Ó £În ÓÈx ÓÎä Îää { £x {xc { ÓÝ£» näÊÊÉÊ £Óx 39 £xx £xÇ £xn £Î£ £ää £Îä £{£ xä £ È {ä È Ó£]x È nä 9 ÓÎÇ £ä ÎÓÎ nx £ää nä £Óä È 3 £ÝÏ»
£ÈäÊ Óx{ Çx ÎäÈ Î£Ç ÓÈÎ Óä£ Ó£ä ÓÈä Ó£ £än {Ó £È ££ä £Ó {x n £x ÈÎ£ £{ £Çx Îää Óxä Îxä { £ {xc x ÓÝ£» äÊ- £{ä Î{ £Çä £ÇÇ £ÈÈ £Î£ £ää £Îä £{£ xÈ Ó{ n xä n ÓÇ Ç ä 9 Óxx £ä ÎÈÓ £äÓ ££x x £{ä n 3 £ÝÏ»
£ÈäÊ Óx{ Çx ÎäÈ Î£Ç ÓÈÎ Óä£ Óx{ Îää Ó£ £än {Ó £È ££ä £Ó {x n £x ÈÇ£ £{ £Çx Îää Óxä Îxä { £ {xc x ÓÝ£» äÊ £{ä Î{ £Çä £ÇÇ £ÈÈ £Î£ £Óx £xx £{£ xÈ Ó{ n xä n ÓÇ Ç ä 9 Óxx £ä ÎnÓ £äÓ ££x x £{ä n 3 £ÝÏ»
£näÊ ÓÇ nÎ Î{£ Î{n ÎäÓ Óä£ Ó{£ ÎäÎ Ó£x £Ó£ {n £È ££ä £{ x£]x 9 £x Çxx £x Óä Îää Óxä Îxä { £ {xc x ÓÝ£»
£ääÊÊÉÊ £Èä {x £È £È £nx £Î£ £{ä £Çä £{£ ÈÎ Ón £ä Èä n Î£ Ç £ää £Ó Ónx £Ó {{ £Ó £Îä ££ä £Èä n Î]x £ÝÏ»
£näÊ ÓÇ nÎ Î{£ Î{n ÎäÓ Óä£ ÓÇ Î{ä Ó£x £Ó£ {n £È ££ä £{ x£]x 9 £x Çx £x Óä Îää Óxä Îxä { £ {xc x ÓÝ£»
££ÓÊ £ä {n ÓÓ{ ÓÓ£ ÓäÈ £x£ £{ä £Çä £ÈÎ Çä Ón £ä Èä n Î£ Ç ££Ó £Ó Î£n £Ó {xÓ £Ón £Îä ££ä £Èä n Î]x ÓÝ£»
ÓääÊ Î£n 93 Înä Înx ÎÈÈ ÓÈÓ Îäx ÎÇä ÓnÈ £ÎÎ xx Óä ££ä £È x £ä £n nÇä £n Ó£Î Îxä Îää {ää { £ {xc x ÓÝ££¤»
ÓÓxÊ- ÎxÈ ££ä {Î{ {ÎÎ ÎnÈ ÓÈÓ ÓnÈ ÎÈx ÓnÈ £{ Èä Óä £{ä £n È{ ££ £ £Ç £n Ó{n {ää Îxä {xä n £ ÓÓ]xc x ÓÝ££¤» Dimensioni in mm - Dimension in mm - Dimensiones en mm
ÓÓxÊÊÓ ÎxÈ ££ä {Î{ {ÎÎ ÎnÈ ÓÈÓ Î££ Îä ÓnÈ £{ xx Óä ££ä £È x £ä £ ÓÇ £n Ó{n {ää Îxä {xä n £ ÓÓ]xc x ÓÝ££¤»
ÓÓxÊÊ{n ÎxÈ ££ä {Î{ {ÎÎ ÎnÈ ÓÈÓ Î££ Îä ÓnÈ £{ Èä Óä £{ä £n È{ ££ £ xÇ £n Ó{n {ää Îxä {xä n £ ÓÓ]xc x ÓÝ££¤»
ÓxäÊÊÓ {äÈ £ÓÓ {nÈ {nä {££ ÓÈÓ Î{ {Óx ÓnÈ £Èn Èä Óä £{ä £n È{ ££ Ó{ nÈ £n Óx{ xää {xä xxä n £ ÓÓ]xc x ÓÝ££¤»
ÓxäÊÊ{n {äÈ £ÓÓ {nÈ {nä {££ ÓÈÓ Î{ {Óx ÓnÈ £Èn Èx Óä £{ä £n È ££ Ó{ nÈ £n Óx{ xää {xä xxä n £ ÓÓ]xc x ÓÝ££¤»
Dimensioni in mm - Dimension in mm - Dimensiones en mm
Ón Ó
DIMENSIONI D’INGOMBRO - OVERALL DIMENSIONS - ENCOMBREMENTS
B5/14 SPECIALE - B5/B14 SPECIAL - B5/B14 SPÉCIALE
7 2
9 5
4
15
8
/« B5 ridotta - B5 reduced - B5 réduite /« B14 aumentata - B14 enlarged - B14 augmentée
10
Type C D M N P S Type C D M N P S
71 xÇ I® ££x x £{ä (Ê£ä 71 {x I® ££x x £{ä n

16
80 Ç£ I®]II® £Îä ££ä £Èä (Ê£Ó 80 xä I®]II® £Îä ££ä £Èä n
90 Ç£ I® £Îä ££ä £Èä (Ê£Ó 90 xÈ I®]II® £Îä ££ä £Èä n 11 12
100 ÇÈ I® £Èx £Îä Óää (Ê£x 100 ÈÎ I®]II® £Èx £Îä Óää n
13
112 nÎ I® £Èx £Îä Óää (Ê£x 112 Çä I®]II® £Èx £Îä Óää £ä 6
14
132 ££n I® Ó£x £nä Óxä (Ê£x 132 n I® £Èx £Îä Óää £ä
160 £ÎÈ I® ÓÈx ÓÎä Îää (Ê£ 160 £än I® Ó£x £nä Óxä £Ó
Dimensioni in mm - Dimension in mm - Dimensiones en mm

I®Ê LiÀÊÃÌ>`>À`ÊÊStandard shaft - Arbre standard
II®Ê LiÀÊÃ«iV>iÊÊSpecial shaft - Arbre spécial
/« D `£ `Ó d3 Ì£ PARTI DI RICAMBIO - SPARE PARTS - PIÈCES DETACHÉES

Type mm mm mm mm mm
56-132
d1
60°
d2
d3
xÈ ÊÈ Î Î]Ó x]Î £Ó

D
ÈÎ ££ÊÈ { {]Î È]Ç £{ £°Ê

«ÀÀÃiÌÌiÀ>Ê- Terminal box cover - Couvre bôite á bornes °Ê LiÀÊ VÊ ÀÌÀiÊ - Shaft with rotor - Arbre avec rotor
Ç£ £{ÊÈ x x]Î n]£ £Ç Ó°Ê -V>Ì>Ê ÀÃiÌÌiÀ>Ê - Terminal box - Boîte á bornes £ä°Ê
>ÀV>ÃÃ>Ê - Frame - Carcasse
nä £ÊÈ È È]{ ]È Ó£ Î°Ê ÀÃiÌÌÊ - Terminal board - Plaque á bornes ££°Ê iÊ `Ê «ÀiV>ÀVÊ - Spring washer - Rondelle élastique
t1 {°Ê
>ÛiÌÌ>Ê - Key - Clavette £Ó°Ê -VÕ`Ê «ÃÌiÀÀiÊ - No drive end shield - Flasque arrière
ä Ó{ÊÈ n n]{ £Ó]Ó Óx
x°Ê 6ÌiÊ ÀiÌÌwV>ÌÊ - Rectify screw - Vis rectifiée £Î°Ê 6iÌ>Ê - Cooling fan - Ventilateur
£ää ÓnÊÈ £ä £ä]x £{] Îä
È°Ê iÊ `Ê ÌiÕÌ>Ê - Sealing ring - Joint à lèvre £{°Ê
>ÌÌ>Ê V«ÀÛiÌ>Ê - Fan cover - Couvre ventilateur
££Ó ÓnÊÈ £ä £ä]x £{] Îä
Ç°Ê -VÕ`Ê >ÌiÀÀiÊ - Drive end shield - Flasque avant £x°Ê >}>Ê xÊ - Flange B5 - Bride B5
£ÎÓ ÎnÊÈ £Ó £Î £n]£ ÎÇ]x n°Ê
ÕÃViÌÌÊ - Ball bearings - Roulments á billes £È°Ê >}>Ê £{Ê - Flange B14 - Bride B14
£Èä {ÓÊÈ £È £Ç ÓÎ {x
£nä {nÊÈ £È £Ç ÓÎ {x
Óää xxÊÈ Óä Ó£ Ón]{ xÎ
ÓÓx xxÉÈäÊÈ Óä Ó£ Ón]{ xÎ
Óxä ÈäÉÈxÊÈ Óä Ó£ Ón]{ xÎ
Îä Î£
,1**"Ê Ê
1-/"Ê
Group of gas IIA - Groupe d’enveloppe IIA
-Ê "Ê 6*", ",1 c
I®
-Ê "Ê 6*", ",1 c
I®
1
Gas ou Vapour Formule Gas ou Vapour Formule
ViÌ>>ìì
3
" £{ä Ì> C È È x£x
ViÌ>ÌÊ `Ê >i
3
""
x££ ÎÇx Ì> CÓx" {Óx
ViÌ>ÌÊ `Ê LÕÌi
3
""
{9 ÎÇä Ì>ViÌ>ViÌ>Ì
3
"
Ó
""
Óx {Èä
ViÌ>ÌÊ `Ê iÌi
3
""
Óx {Èä ÌLiâii C È xC Ó x {Î£
2 ViÌ>ÌÊ `Ê iÌi
3
""
3 {Çx ÌVVLÕÌ> CÓx

Ó®Ó
Ó
3 ViÌ>ÌÊ `Ê «À«i
3
""
3Ç {Îä ÌVViÃ> CÓx

Ó®{
Ó
ViÌ>ÌÊ `Ê Ûi
3
""
r
Ó ÌVV«iÌ> CÓx

Ó®3
Ó
4
ViÌi
3®Ó
" xÎx ÌiÌViÌi CÓx
"
3 xäx
7 8 V`Ê >ViÌV
9
"" {nx ÌÌÀi
3
Ó" "
9
5 VÊ `Ê >ViÌi
3
"
Ó

3®Ó" È{ä i CÈx" Èäx
5 viÌ>> CÈx
Ó Ó®
3 À>ÌÊ `Ê iÌi
""
Óx {{ä
iÌViÌi Cx££
"
3 À>ÌÊ `Ê iÌi
""
3 {xä
6 >V> 3 ÈÎä iÀÃii Ó£ä
10 6 > C È x Ó È£Ç iÌ>ìì
3
"®
11 iâii C È È xÈä iÌ>
{ xx
15
iâ iÌ>Ê `ÕÃÌÀ>i® Ûi`Ê Ì>Ê £
ÀiÌ> CÓx À x£ä iÌ>
3" {xx
16 17 ÀLÕÌ> C{9 À ÓÈx iÌ>>
3 Ó {Îä
ÕÌ> C{£ä ÎÈx iÌVVLÕÌ>
3

Ó®
Ó
ÕÌ> C{9" Î{ä iÌVViÃ>
3

Ó®{
Ó ÓÈä
25 12
ÕÌ>> C { 9 Ó Î£Ó iÌVViÃ>
3

Ó®{
" Óx
ÕÌiÌViÌi C{9
"
3 xÎä iÌVV«iÌ>
3

Ó®3
Ó
18
Vi«Ì>
Ó
Ó®x
Ó >vÌ>Ê `>Ê V>ÀLi® ÓÇÓ
19 Cicloesano
Ó
Ó®{
Ó Óx >vÌ>Ê `>Ê «iÌÀ® Óä
13
ÀLiâii CÈxCl ÈÎÇ >vÌ>ii C£än xÓn
14
ÀLÕÌ> C{9Cl {Èä Nitroetano C Ó x " Ó {£ä
20 7
Cloroetano CÓxCl x£ä Nitrometano
3 "Ó {£x
Cloroetanolo
Ó

Ó" {Óx "Ê VLÕÃÌLi
21 Cloroetilene
Ór

{Çä "Ê ìÃi
Clorometano
3Cl ÈÓx "ÃÃ`Ê `Ê V>ÀL
"Ó xÎ
22 23
À«À«> C3ÇCl xÓä "ÌÌ> Cn£n {£ä
Cloruro di acetile
3
"
Îä "ÌÌ> Cn£Ç"

ÀÕÀÊ `Ê Liâi CÈx
ÓCl xnx Pentano Cx£Ó Ónx
24 Cloruro di metile
ÓClÓ Pentanolo Cx££" Îää
Cresolo
3CÈ{ xxx PetrolioÊ V«ÀiÃÊ Liâ>® ÓÓä
Decano C£äÓÓ Óäx *À«> C 3 n {Çä
VÀLiâii CÈ{ClÓ È{ä *À«> C3Ç" {äx
Dicloroetano CÓ{ClÓ {{ä *À«iiÊ «À«ii®
3
r
Ó {xx
Dicloroetilene

r

{{ä *À«>> C 3 Ç Ó ÎÓä
VÀ«À«> C3ÈClÓ xxx *À«iÌViÌi C3Ç
"
Ç xäx
Dietilamina
Óx®Ó Î£ä /iÀiLiâi Óx{
Dietilaminoetanolo
Óx®Ó
Ó
Ó" /iÌÀ>`ÀÌvii
Ó
Ó®Ó
Ó-
Dimetilamina
3®Ó {ää Toluene CÈx
3 xÎx
PARTI DI RICAMBIO - SPARE PARTS - PIÈCES DETACHÉES «À«iÌiÀi
3Ç®Ó" Trietilamina
Óx® Ó
«Ì> CÇ£È Ó£x Trimetilamina
3®3 £ä
160-250 «Ì> CÇ£x" /ÀiÌLiâii CÈx
3®3 {Çä
Ã> CÈ£{ ÓÎÎ 8ii CÈx
3®Ó {È{
£°Ê
«ÀÀÃiÌÌiÀ>Ê- Terminal box cover - Couvre boîte á bornes £{°Ê
>ÌÌ>Ê V«ÀÛiÌ>Ê - Fan cover - Couvre ventilateur
,1**"Ê Ê
1-/"Ê
Ó°Ê 6ÌiÊ ÀiÌÌwV>ÌÊ - Rectify screw - Vise rectifiée £x°Ê
ÕÃViÌÌÊ >ÌÊ /Ê - Bearing D-end - Roulement AV Group of gas IIB - Groupe d’enveloppe IIB
Î°Ê ÀÃiÌÌÊ - Terminal board - Plaque à bornes £È°Ê
«iÀVÊ ÌiÀÊ VÕÃViÌÌÊ >ÌÊ Ê - Inner bearing cover V`Ê V>`ÀV
«ÃÃ«À«>
3

Ó" {Îä
D-end - Couvercle roulement interieur AV VÀ>ÌÊ `½iÌi
Ór

""
Óx ÌiÀiLÕÌV
{9®Ó" £nx
{°Ê -V>Ì>Ê ÀÃiÌÌiÀ>Ê - Terminal box - Boîte à bornes
£Ç°Ê
>ÛiÌÌ>Ê - Key - Clavette VÀ>ÌÊ `Ê iÌi
Ór

""
3 ÌiÀiÊ iÌV
3®Ó"
x°Ê v>ÀÊ - Hoist ring - Anneau de levage VÀÌÀi
Ór

{nä ÌiÀiÌV
Óx®Ó" £Çä
£n°Ê LiÀÊ VÊ ÀÌÀiÊ - Shaft with rotor - Arbre avec rotor VÊ ÌiÌÀ>`ÀvÕÀvÕÀV "
Ó®3

Ó" Ónä Ìii C Ó { {Óx
È°Ê }À>ÃÃ>ÌÀiÊ - Grease nipple - Graisseur
£°Ê
>ÛiÌÌ>Ê ÛiÌ>Ê - Fan key - Clavette ventilateur ììÊ VÀÌV>
3"r

"
3 ÌiÌiÌiÀi
3"
Óx £ä
Ç°Ê iÊ `Ê ÌiÕÌ>Ê - Sealing ring - Joint à levre ii
3
\
>ÃÊ `>Ê vÀÊ >Ê Vi
Óä°Ê
«iÀVÊ ÌiÀÊ VÕÃViÌÌÊ >ÌÊ 6Ê - Inner bearing cover ÕÌ>ìi
Ór

r
Ó {Îä Ã«À«ÌÀ>Ì
3®Ó
" "Ó £Çx
n°Ê
«iÀVÊ iÃÌiÀÊ VÕÃViÌÌÊ >ÌÊ /Ê - Outer bearing cover N-end - Couvercle roulement interieur AR
D-end - Couvercle roulement éxterieur AV
V«À«>
Ó
Ó
Ó {x "ÃÃ`Ê `½iÌii
Ó
Ó" {{ä
Ó£°Ê
ÕÃViÌÌÊ >ÌÊ 6Ê - Bearing N-end - Roulement AR Diossano
Ó
Ó"
Ó
Ó" ÎÇ Tetrafluoroetilene C Ó {
°Ê -VÕ`Ê >ÌiÀÀiÊ - Drive end shield - Flasque avant Diossolano
Ó
Ó"
Ó" /iÌÀ>`ÀvÕÀ>
Ó
Ó®Ó
Ó" ÓÈä
ÓÓ°Ê iÊ i>ÃÌVÊ - Elastic ring - Anneau élastique
£ä°Ê iÊ `Ê «ÀiV>ÀVÊ - Spring washer - Rondelle elastique
ÓÎ°Ê 6iÌ>Ê - Cooling fan - Ventilateur
££°Ê
>ÀV>ÃÃ>Ê - Frame - Carcasse ,1**"Ê Ê
1-/"Ê
Ó{°Ê iÊ i>ÃVÊ - Elastic ring - Anneau élastique Group of gas IIC - Groupe d’enveloppe IIC
£Ó°Ê -VÕ`Ê «ÃÌiÀÀiÊ - No drive end shield - Flasque arrière
Óx°Ê >}>Ê xÊ - Flange B5 - Bride B5 ViÌii C Ó Ó Îäx Nitrato di etile CÓxr" "Ó
£Î°Ê
«iÀVÊ iÃÌiÀÊ VÕÃViÌÌÊ >ÌÊ 6Ê - Outer bearing cover
N-end - Couvercle roulement éxterieur AR `À}i Ó xÈä -vÕÀÊ `Ê V>ÀL
-Ó £ää
I®Ê /i«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê `Ê >VViÃiÊ Ê ignition temperature - température d’allumage

Nota 1Ê Ê iÌ>Ê `ÕÃÌÀ>iÊ V«ÀiìÊ iÊ ÃViiÊ `Ê iÌ>Ê ViÊ VÌi}Ê wÊ >Ê £x¯]Ê Ê ÛÕi]Ê `Ê `À}i°
Industrial methane includes methane mixed with no more than 15%, by volume, of hydrogen.
Le méthane industriel comprend les mélanges de methane contenant jusqu’au 15%, en volume, d’hydrogene
ÎÓ
PROGRAMMA DI VENDITA SALES PROGRAM PROGRAMME DE VENTE
Motori antideflagranti IECEx Flameproof IECEx motors Moteurs antidéflagrants EICEx

ÝÊ `Ê Ê /È]Ê /x]Ê /{]Ê /Î Ex d IIB T6, T5, T4, T3 Ex d IIB T6, T5, T4, T3
ÝÊ ÌÊ Ó£Ê *ÈÈ Ex tD A21 IP66 Ex tD A21 IP66
T nx c
]Ê / £ää c
]Ê / £Óx c
]Ê / £xä c
T 85 °C, T 100 °C, T 125 °C, T 150 °C T 85 °C, T 100 °C, T 125 °C, T 150 °C
Motori antideflagranti (ATEX) Flameproof motors (ATEX) Moteurs antidéflagrants (ATEX)

Ê Ê ÓÊ Ý` II 2G Ex-d II 2G Ex-d
Ê Ê Ó *ÈÈÊ /Ê nxÊ c
]Ê /Ê £ääÊ c
II 2GD IP66 T 85 °C, T 100 °C II 2GD IP66 T 85 °C, T 100 °C
/Ê £ÎxÊ c
]Ê /Ê £xxÊ c
Ê Ý` T 135 °C, T 155 °C Ex-d T 135 °C, T 155 °C Ex-d
Ê Ê Ó *ÈÈÊ /Ê nxÊ c
]Ê /Ê £ääÊ c
II 2G IP66 T 85 °C, T 100 °C II 2G IP66 T 85 °C, T 100 °C
/Ê £ÎxÊ c
]Ê /Ê £xxÊ c
T 135 °C, T 155 °C T 135 °C, T 155 °C
ÀÕ««Ê Ê Ê Ê Ê
Groups IIA - IIB - IIC Groupes II A - II B - IIC
>ÃÃiÊ `Ê Ìi«iÀ>ÌÕÀ>Ê /ÎÊ Ê /xÊ Ê /È® Temperature classes T3 - T5 - (T6) Classes de température T3 - T5 - (T6)
/Àv>ÃÊ iÊ v>Ã Three and single phase Triphasés et monophasés
ÌÀ\Ê ÝÆÊ ÝÌ Motors: Ex-nA; Ex-tD Moteurs: Ex-nA; Ex-tD
Motori standard Standard Motors Moteurs Standard

ÌÀÊ VÕÃÊ VÊ ÛiÌ>âiÊ iÃÌiÀ> Totally enclosed fan cooled motors Moteurs fermes avec ventilation extèrieure
/Àv>ÃÊ iÊ v>Ã Three and single-phase Triphasés et monophasés
ÕÌvÀi>Ì Brake motors Avec frein
`Ê >iÊ VÊ ÀÌÀiÊ >ÛÛÌ Slip-ring motors with winding rotor A bagues avec rotor bobiné
-«iV>Ê ÃÕÊ ÀViÃÌ>Ê ìÊ ViÌi Special motors according to customer’s design Spéciaux selon la demande du client
Motori sommersi Submersible motors Moteurs submersibles
Motori raffreddati a liquido Water cooling motors Moteurs refroidis par liquide
6 ,Ê >ÀÌÊ }À>wViÊ Ê >ViÀÊ Ê äÎ°Óä°££Î°Óä
®
euromotori
motori elettrici
s.r.l.
6>Ê
>ÛÕÀÊ UÊ Óän{ÈÊ
,"Ê ®Ê Ê Ì>ÞÊ UÊ /i°Ê ³ÎÊ äÎ°Óä°£Ó°Î{{Ê UÊ >ÝÊ ³ÎÊ äÎ°Óä°£Ó°È£Ó
>\Ê iÕÀÌÀJiÕÀÌÀ°ÌÊ UÊ ÜÜÜ°iÕÀÌÀ°Ì
IV
Section 11-1
Supplier Logo
Equipment:

MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS -
1

Document Title: Material Safety DataSheets
Section 11-1
Printing date: 08.02.2012 Page 1 / 4
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
1. Identification of substance
Trade name DIMENSION GREASE
Tipe of product: lubricant
Manufacturer/Supplier: Nils spa

Via Stazione, 30
39014 Postal (BZ) - ITALY
Tel. 0473/292400 e-mail: [email protected]

Fax: 0473/291244 www.nils.eu
Emergency information: 0039/0473/292400
2. Hazards identification
Hazard description: Non applicable
Information pertaining to particular
dangers for man and environment: No hazard during normal use
Classification system: The classification was made according to the latest

editions of the EC-lists, and expanded upon from
company and literature data.
3. Composition/Data on components
Chemical characterization:
- description: Synthetic base oil, soap, additives
Dangerous components:
Nr. EINECS Nr. CAS Description % Class. 67/548 Class. 1272/08
Additional indication: Mineral oil DMSO extract according to IP 346 < 3%

PBC/PCT presence is excluded.
4. First aid measures

General information No special measures required
- After inhalation: Aerate the room, if necessary consult a doctor
- After skin contact: Remove contaminated clothes, wash with plenty of soap
and water
- After eye contact: Rinse opened eye for several minutes under running
water, if necessary consult a doctor
- After swallowing: Do not induce vomit – danger of chemical pneumonia, if
necessary consult a doctor
DIMENSION GREASE
5. Fire fighting measures

Suitable extinguishing agents: CO2, extinguishing powder, foam, sand or nebulized
water
For safety reasons unsuitable Water jet (use water jet only to cool the around surfaces)
extinguishing agents:
Special hazards caused by the
material, its products of
combustion or resulting gases: Carbon oxides, sulphur dioxide (SO2) ), nitrogen oxides
(NOx), aliphatic and aromatic pyrolysis products
Protective equipment: Body and respiratory protective devices

Additional information: Collect contamined fire fighting water separately. It is
absolutely not alowed to enter the sewage system.
6. Accidental release measures

Person-related safety precautions: Prevent skin contact and vapour inhalation
Measures for environmental Do not allow to enter the product in sewage system,
protection: surface of ground water
Measures for cleaning/collecting: Use absorbing products, sand or fossil meal, pick up
mechanically
7. Handling and storage
Handling:
information for safe handling: Keep the site ventilated, avoid vapour respiration, prevent
skin and eye contact
information about protection
against explosions and fires: Do not smoke, avoid contact with lighting sources
Storage:
requirements to be met by Respect water pollution normative, use only original
storerooms and receptacles: holders
information about storage in one
common storage facility: Not required
further information about storage Protect from frost and direct sunlight, assure proper
conditions: ventilation
Storage class:
Class according to regulation on
flammable liquids: Not required
8. Exposure controls and personal protection
Additional information about
design of technical systems: no further data; see item 7.
Components with limit values that
require monitoring at the
3
workplace: TLV-TWA: 5 mg/m
Additional information:
Personal protective equipment:
General protective and hygienic Avoid gas, vapour and aerosol respiration. Avoid
measures: prolungated and intensive skin contact
- breathing equipment: Not necessary in ventilated area
- protection of hands: Nitrile rubber oil resistant gloves, thickness 0.4mm,
perforation time >240 min
- eye protection: safety glasses
- body protection: protective work clothing
DIMENSION GREASE
9. Physical and chemical properties

Form: pasty
Colour: blue
Odour: characteristic
Melting point/Melting range: n.a. °C

Boiling point/Boiling range: n.a. °C
Flash point: >200 °C ISO 2592
NLGI Class: 2
3
Density at 15°C: 0.90 g/cm DIN 51757
Solubility in/Miscibility with water: Not miscible
Self igniting: product is not selfigniting
Danger of explosion: product does not present an explosion hazard
Lower limit: Vol. %
Upper limit: Vol. %
10. Stability and reactivity

Thermal decomposition/conditions
to be avoided: no decomposition if used according to specifications
Materials to be avoided: strong oxidizers
Dangerous reactions: no dangerous reactions known
Dangerous products of
decomposition: sulphur oxides (SOx), nitrogen oxides (NOx), carbon
oxides, smoke, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
11. Toxicological information

- inhalation: Prolonged exposition to vapour or mist may cause
irritation of respiratory tract
- swallowing: May cause irritation of digestive tract, vomit, nausea and
diarrhoea
- skin contact: Frequent and prolonged contact with skin may degrease
and irritate it and possibly cause dermatitis
- eye contact: May cause light irritation
- sensitization No senziting effects known
Add. toxicological information: when used and handled according to specifications, the
product does not have any harmful effects according to
our experience and the information provided to us
12. Ecological information

General notes: This product is not readily biodegradable.
Do not allow product to reach ground water, surface water or sewage system.
DIMENSION GREASE
13. Disposal considerations

Product disposal:
- recommendation: May not be disposed together with household garbage.
Do not allow to reach sewage system
- waste disposal key: 120112
Holder disposal: Disposal to be made according to official regulations

14. Transport information
Transport by land ADR/RID and GGVS/GGVE (abroad/domestic):
ADR/RID - GGVS/GGVE class: /
Number/word: /
UN number: /
Material description: /
Transport/Additional information : Not requested
15. Regulations
Marking according EU guidelines: According to EU guidelines no marking requested.
Respect norms for handling with chemical substances.
Hazard identification marks: /
R phrases: /
S phrases: /
16. Other information

Security data sheet according to Regulation (EC) 1907/2006.
R-phrases of components:
GHS hazard statements of components:
This information are based on our present knowledge. However, this shall not constitute a
guarantee for any specific product features and shall not establish a legally valid contractual
relationship.
Info MSDS on: [email protected]

Last revision on: 08.02.2012
Shell Spirax S2 A 80W-90
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
Effective Date 01/17/2012
According to OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR
Material Safety Data Sheet 1910.1200
1. MATERIAL AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
Material Name : Shell Spirax S2 A 80W-90

Uses : Transmission oil.
Manufacturer/Supplier : SOPUS Products

PO BOX 4427
Houston, TX 77210-4427
USA
MSDS Request : 877-276-7285
Emergency Telephone Number

Spill Information : 877-242-7400
Health Information : 877-504-9351
2. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Highly refined mineral oils and additives.

The highly refined mineral oil contains <3% (w/w) DMSO-extract, according to IP346.
3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
Emergency Overview
Appearance and Odour : Amber. Liquid at room temperature. Slight hydrocarbon.
Health Hazards : Not classified as dangerous for supply or conveyance.

Safety Hazards : Not classified as flammable but will burn.
Environmental Hazards : Not classified as dangerous for the environment.
Health Hazards : Not expected to be a health hazard when used under normal
conditions.
Health Hazards
Inhalation : Under normal conditions of use, this is not expected to be a
primary route of exposure.
Skin Contact : Prolonged or repeated skin contact without proper cleaning can
clog the pores of the skin resulting in disorders such as oil
acne/folliculitis.
Eye Contact : May cause slight irritation to eyes.
Ingestion : Low toxicity if swallowed.
Other Information : Used oil may contain harmful impurities.
Signs and Symptoms : Oil acne/folliculitis signs and symptoms may include formation
of black pustules and spots on the skin of exposed areas.
Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting and/or diarrhoea.
Aggravated Medical : Pre-existing medical conditions of the following organ(s) or
Conditions organ system(s) may be aggravated by exposure to this
material: Skin.
Environmental Hazards : Not classified as dangerous for the environment.
1/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
Additional Information : Under normal conditions of use or in a foreseeable emergency,

this product does not meet the definition of a hazardous
chemical when evaluated according to the OSHA Hazard
Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200.
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
General Information : Not expected to be a health hazard when used under normal
conditions.
Inhalation : No treatment necessary under normal conditions of use. If
symptoms persist, obtain medical advice.
Skin Contact : Remove contaminated clothing. Flush exposed area with water
and follow by washing with soap if available. If persistent
irritation occurs, obtain medical attention.
Eye Contact : Flush eye with copious quantities of water. If persistent
irritation occurs, obtain medical attention.
Ingestion : In general no treatment is necessary unless large quantities
are swallowed, however, get medical advice.
Advice to Physician : Treat symptomatically.
5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Clear fire area of all non-emergency personnel.
Flash point : Typical 175 °C / 347 °F (COC)

Upper / lower : Typical 1 - 10 %(V)(based on mineral oil)
Flammability or
Explosion limits
Auto ignition temperature : > 320 °C / 608 °F
Specific Hazards : Hazardous combustion products may include: A complex
mixture of airborne solid and liquid particulates and gases
(smoke). Carbon monoxide. Unidentified organic and inorganic
compounds.
Suitable Extinguishing : Foam, water spray or fog. Dry chemical powder, carbon
Media dioxide, sand or earth may be used for small fires only.
Unsuitable Extinguishing : Do not use water in a jet.
Media
Protective Equipment for : Proper protective equipment including breathing apparatus
Firefighters must be worn when approaching a fire in a confined space.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Avoid contact with spilled or released material. For guidance on selection of personal protective
equipment see Chapter 8 of this Material Safety Data Sheet. See Chapter 13 for information on
disposal. Observe the relevant local and international regulations.
Protective measures : Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Use appropriate containment
to avoid environmental contamination. Prevent from spreading
or entering drains, ditches or rivers by using sand, earth, or
other appropriate barriers.
Clean Up Methods : Slippery when spilt. Avoid accidents, clean up immediately.
2/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
Prevent from spreading by making a barrier with sand, earth or

other containment material. Reclaim liquid directly or in an
absorbent. Soak up residue with an absorbent such as clay,
sand or other suitable material and dispose of properly.
Additional Advice : Local authorities should be advised if significant spillages
cannot be contained.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
General Precautions : Use local exhaust ventilation if there is risk of inhalation of

vapours, mists or aerosols. Properly dispose of any
contaminated rags or cleaning materials in order to prevent
fires. Use the information in this data sheet as input to a risk
assessment of local circumstances to help determine
appropriate controls for safe handling, storage and disposal of
this material.
Handling : Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Avoid inhaling
vapour and/or mists. When handling product in drums, safety
footwear should be worn and proper handling equipment
should be used.
Storage : Keep container tightly closed and in a cool, well-ventilated
place. Use properly labelled and closeable containers. Store at
ambient temperature.
Recommended Materials : For containers or container linings, use mild steel or high
density polyethylene.
Unsuitable Materials : PVC.
Additional Information : Polyethylene containers should not be exposed to high
temperatures because of possible risk of distortion.
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
Occupational Exposure Limits
Material Source Type ppm mg/m3 Notation

Oil mist, ACGIH TWA(Inhalabl 5 mg/m3
mineral e fraction.)
Oil mist, OSHA Z1 PEL(Mist.) 5 mg/m3

mineral
Oil mist, OSHA TWA(Mist.) 5 mg/m3
mineral Z1A
Oil mist, OSHA Z1 (Mist.) Listed.
mineral
Additional Information : Shell has adopted as Interim Standards the OSHA Z1A values
that were established in 1989 and later rescinded.
Exposure Controls : The level of protection and types of controls necessary will vary
3/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
depending upon potential exposure conditions. Select controls

based on a risk assessment of local circumstances.
Appropriate measures include: Adequate ventilation to control
airborne concentrations. Where material is heated, sprayed or
mist formed, there is greater potential for airborne
concentrations to be generated.
Personal Protective : Personal protective equipment (PPE) should meet
Equipment recommended national standards. Check with PPE suppliers.
Respiratory Protection : No respiratory protection is ordinarily required under normal
conditions of use. In accordance with good industrial hygiene
practices, precautions should be taken to avoid breathing of
material. If engineering controls do not maintain airborne
concentrations to a level which is adequate to protect worker
health, select respiratory protection equipment suitable for the
specific conditions of use and meeting relevant legislation.
Check with respiratory protective equipment suppliers. Where
air-filtering respirators are suitable, select an appropriate
combination of mask and filter. Select a filter suitable for
combined particulate/organic gases and vapours [boiling point
>65°C(149 °F)].
Hand Protection : Where hand contact with the product may occur the use of
gloves approved to relevant standards (e.g. Europe: EN374,
US: F739) made from the following materials may provide
suitable chemical protection: PVC, neoprene or nitrile rubber
gloves. Suitability and durability of a glove is dependent on
usage, e.g. frequency and duration of contact, chemical
resistance of glove material, glove thickness, dexterity. Always
seek advice from glove suppliers. Contaminated gloves should
be replaced. Personal hygiene is a key element of effective
hand care. Gloves must only be worn on clean hands. After
using gloves, hands should be washed and dried thoroughly.
Application of a non-perfumed moisturizer is recommended.
Eye Protection : Wear safety glasses or full face shield if splashes are likely to
occur.
Protective Clothing : Skin protection not ordinarily required beyond standard issue
work clothes.
Monitoring Methods : Monitoring of the concentration of substances in the breathing
zone of workers or in the general workplace may be required to
confirm compliance with an OEL and adequacy of exposure
controls. For some substances biological monitoring may also
be appropriate.
Environmental Exposure : Minimise release to the environment. An environmental
Controls assessment must be made to ensure compliance with local
environmental legislation.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Appearance : Amber. Liquid at room temperature.

Odour : Slight hydrocarbon.
pH : Not applicable.
Initial Boiling Point and : > 280 °C / 536 °F estimated value(s)
4/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
Boiling Range
Pour point : Typical -27 °C / -17 °F
Flash point : Typical 175 °C / 347 °F (COC)
Upper / lower Flammability : Typical 1 - 10 %(V) (based on mineral oil)
or Explosion limits
Auto-ignition temperature : > 320 °C / 608 °F
Vapour pressure : < 0.5 Pa at 20 °C / 68 °F (estimated value(s))
Specific gravity : Typical 0.904 at 15 °C / 59 °F
Density : Typical 904 kg/m3 at 15 °C / 59 °F

Water solubility : Negligible.
n-octanol/water partition : > 6 (based on information on similar products)
coefficient (log Pow)
Kinematic viscosity : Typical 146 mm2/s at 40 °C / 104 °F
Vapour density (air=1) : > 1 (estimated value(s))
Evaporation rate (nBuAc=1) : Data not available
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability : Stable.
Conditions to Avoid : Extremes of temperature and direct sunlight.
Materials to Avoid : Strong oxidising agents.
Hazardous Decomposition : Hazardous decomposition products are not expected to form
Products during normal storage.
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Basis for Assessment : Information given is based on data on the components and the
toxicology of similar products.
Acute Oral Toxicity : Expected to be of low toxicity: LD50 > 5000 mg/kg , Rat
Acute Dermal Toxicity : Expected to be of low toxicity: LD50 > 5000 mg/kg , Rabbit
Acute Inhalation Toxicity : Not considered to be an inhalation hazard under normal
conditions of use.
Skin Irritation : Expected to be slightly irritating. Prolonged or repeated skin
contact without proper cleaning can clog the pores of the skin
resulting in disorders such as oil acne/folliculitis.
Eye Irritation : Expected to be slightly irritating.
Respiratory Irritation : Inhalation of vapours or mists may cause irritation.
Sensitisation : Not expected to be a skin sensitiser.
Repeated Dose Toxicity : Not expected to be a hazard.
Mutagenicity : Not considered a mutagenic hazard.
Carcinogenicity : Product contains mineral oils of types shown to be non-
carcinogenic in animal skin-painting studies. Highly refined
mineral oils are not classified as carcinogenic by the
International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). Other
components are not known to be associated with carcinogenic
effects.
Reproductive and : Not expected to be a hazard.

Developmental Toxicity
Additional Information : Used oils may contain harmful impurities that have
5/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
accumulated during use. The concentration of such impurities

will depend on use and they may present risks to health and
the environment on disposal. ALL used oil should be handled
with caution and skin contact avoided as far as possible.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Ecotoxicological data have not been determined specifically for this product. Information given is
based on a knowledge of the components and the ecotoxicology of similar products.
Acute Toxicity : Poorly soluble mixture. May cause physical fouling of aquatic
organisms. Expected to be practically non toxic: LL/EL/IL50 >
100 mg/l (to aquatic organisms) (LL/EL50 expressed as the
nominal amount of product required to prepare aqueous test
extract.) Mineral oil is not expected to cause any chronic
effects to aquatic organisms at concentrations less than 1 mg/l.
Mobility : Liquid under most environmental conditions. Floats on water. If

it enters soil, it will adsorb to soil particles and will not be
mobile.
Persistence/degradability : Expected to be not readily biodegradable. Major constituents
are expected to be inherently biodegradable, but the product
contains components that may persist in the environment.
Bioaccumulation : Contains components with the potential to bioaccumulate.
Other Adverse Effects : Product is a mixture of non-volatile components, which are not
expected to be released to air in any significant quantities. Not
expected to have ozone depletion potential, photochemical
ozone creation potential or global warming potential.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Material Disposal : Recover or recycle if possible. It is the responsibility of the

waste generator to determine the toxicity and physical
properties of the material generated to determine the proper
waste classification and disposal methods in compliance with
applicable regulations. Do not dispose into the environment, in
drains or in water courses.
Container Disposal : Dispose in accordance with prevailing regulations, preferably
to a recognised collector or contractor. The competence of the
collector or contractor should be established beforehand.
Local Legislation : Disposal should be in accordance with applicable regional,
national, and local laws and regulations.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
US Department of Transportation Classification (49CFR)

This material is not subject to DOT regulations under 49 CFR Parts 171-180.
IMDG
6/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
This material is not classified as dangerous under IMDG regulations.
IATA (Country variations may apply)

This material is either not classified as dangerous under IATA regulations or needs to follow
country specific requirements.
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
The regulatory information is not intended to be comprehensive. Other regulations may apply to this
material.
Federal Regulatory Status
Notification Status
EINECS All components listed or

polymer exempt.
TSCA All components listed.
DSL All components listed.
Shell classifies this material as an "oil" under the CERCLA Petroleum Exclusion, therefore
releases to the environment are not reportable under CERCLA.
SARA Hazard Categories (311/312)

No SARA 311/312 Hazards.
State Regulatory Status
California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act (Proposition 65)
This material does not contain any chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
16. OTHER INFORMATION
NFPA Rating (Health, : 0, 1, 0

Fire, Reactivity)
MSDS Version Number : 1.0
7/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
MSDS# 23608
Version 1.0
MSDS Effective Date : 01/17/2012
MSDS Revisions : A vertical bar (|) in the left margin indicates an amendment
from the previous version.
MSDS Regulation : The content and format of this MSDS is in accordance with the
OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200.
MSDS Distribution : The information in this document should be made available to
all who may handle the product.
Disclaimer : The information contained herein is based on our current

knowledge of the underlying data and is intended to describe
the product for the purpose of health, safety and environmental
requirements only. No warranty or guarantee is expressed or
implied regarding the accuracy of these data or the results to
be obtained from the use of the product.
8/8
Print Date 01/20/2012 000000019570
MSDS_US
Via Bellaria, 228
44033 Berra (FE) Italy
Tel: +39 0532 831010
Fax: +39 0532 831650
[email protected]

518 - HV - VFD - 00AMV13058 - 00 Rev - 04 - 03 - 7338540 - 01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

518 - HV - VFD - 00AMV13058 - 00 Rev - 04 - 03 - 7338540 - 01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

518 - HV - VFD - 00AMV13058 - 00 Rev - 04 - 03 - 7338540 - 01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operating and Maintenance Manual

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD

M-I SWACO, a Schlumberger Company

© Copyright 2014 M-I SWACO

Publication Date: October 2018

Information contained within this publication is subject to change without notice.

Document Title: Total No. of Pages

Congratulations for having chosen an M-I SWACO product.

Notice on the Ownership of the Information

Document Title: Total No. of Pages

02 E-Tech S.r.l. Jul 2013 A. Rosignoli L. Guandalini -

02.02 E-Tech S.r.l. Feb 2014 A. Rosignoli L. Guandalini -

02.03 E-Tech S.r.l. Jun 2014 L. Guandalini A. Spinello -

03.00 M-I SWACO Sep 2015 L. Guandalini A. Spinello 15CF0059

03.01 E-Tech S.r.l. Aug 2017 L. Guandalini A. Spinello -

03.02 E-Tech S.r.l. Nov 2017 B. Peverati L. Guandalini -

04.02 E-Tech S.r.l. June 2018 B. Peverati L. Guandalini 18CF0051

04.03 E-Tech S.r.l. Oct 2018 B. Peverati L. Guandalini -

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 2

Document Title: Total No. of Pages

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 2

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 3

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 4

Document Title: Total No. of Pages

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 2

2. Using the Manual

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 3

3. Keeping the Manual

4. Receivers of the Manual

4.2. Mechanical installers / maintenance technicians

4.3. Electrical installers / maintenance technicians

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 4

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 5

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 6

Document Title: Total No. of Pages

C DO NOT operate with guards removed

DO NOT perform maintenance when

DO NOT start without removing bearing

F DO NOT operate with guards removed

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 2

User Manual Symbols

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 3

The notices preceded by this symbol contain

Packing Symbols and Warnings

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 4

Do not tamper with, alter or remove the data plates.

Should the data plates be removed from the machine,

The picture above is illustrative only. Please refer to the

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 5

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 6

Document Title: Total No. of Pages

The M-I SWACO CENTRIFUGE 518 HV equipment is designed and manufactured to

The following general instructions should be closely respected to avoid injury to

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 2

Before installing or performing maintenance on M-I

1. Lockout/Tag out power to the Unit before beginning the work.

Refer to Section 2-4 for Health, Environment and Safety information.

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 3

CENTRIFUGE 518 HV VFD 4